Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONTRACT WITH HEBBARD ELECTRIC, INC. FOR ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS AT HIGHLAND AVENUE WATER TREATMENT PLANT I gxac«xe�ment�e ietiment ,,./:::::, .e- G E-- 0 R 'G 1 A �� � ,9gc1• N r,��nd, 01JUieeCtazie III FAXED/MAILED I TO: All Vendors Nancy Williams, Quality Assurance Analyst Tom Wiedmeier, Augusta Utilities Department I FROM: Geri Sams Procurement Director f, ij�1.y DATE: October 7, 2016 I SUBJ: Responses to Vendor's Questions I BID ITEM: Bid Item #16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements for Augusta, GA- Utilities Department BID OPENING DATE: Tuesday, October 18, 2016 @ 3:00 p.m. IADDENDUM NO. 1 This Addendum shall form a part of the referenced Bid Item #16-241 Highland Avenue Water ITreatment Plant Electrical Improvements and any agreement entered into in connection therewith equally as if bound into the original document. Acknowledge receipt of all Addendums on Attachment "B"within the Specifications package. IResponses to Vendor's Questions: 1. Site visit, point of contact? IAnswer: Gene Bodie at 706-564-5276 and Steve Orton at 706-836-7283 2. How do we as a contractor verify if we are prequalified? Section IB-2 Answer: There is no prequalification necessary on this solicitation. Submit your Ibidder's qualifications with your submittal. 3. How does contactor get prequalified? Answer: Not Applicable. I4. Is a performance bond required? Section PB-3 Answer: Yes I 5. Invitation to bid only calls out 10% bid bond and 100% payment bond Answer: The invitation to bid calls for"A 10% Bid Bond is required to be submitted along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% Performance bond and a 100% payment I bond will be required for award." 6. Is PhotographyNideo required during project? Section 01380-1 Answer: Provide as required per the contract. I 7. Are prints and tapes required? Section 01380-1 Answer: No, a DVD or Flash drive would be preferred. I 8. Can contactor perform all field testing of electrical equipment Section 01400-2 Answer: The testing and service schedule only requires for the concrete to be tested. Room 605- 535 Telfair Street,Augusta Georgia 30901 I (706)821-2422-Fax(706)821-2811 0 _*,, Scan this QR code with your ��'«-�.au�us€�«,,.« '. smartphone or camera equipped �� Dy .'� tablet to visit the Augusta,Georgia Register at www.demandstar.com/supplier for automatic bid notification d o I Addendum 1 Bid 16-241 Page 1 of 3 1 9. Will manufacture field representative/engineer of each manufactured equipment need to be ' provided for each installation inspections, pre-demonstration, personal training, demonstration, and final start up? Section 01400 and 01600 and 16010 Answer: Provide if required by 01650 10. Will start up training be required Section 01600-8 and 01650-5 Answer: No. 11. Will maintenance and operation training be required? Section 01650-5 Answer: No. 12. What costs are incurred under Cost of Start Up? Section 01650 Answer: Responsibility of the contractor. 13. Is 24hr security service mandatory? Or any security service? Answer: No. 14. Contractor assumes AUD has predetermined setting for A. Electrical Equipment Manufacture under section 16010-8 Answer: See 16010-3.10-B 15. Contractor assumes AUD has predetermined settings for all major pieces of equipment Answer: See 16010-3.10-B 16.What are the specified testing procedures and equipment for B. Operations and C. Voltage under section 16010-9, F. Equipment Line Current and Voltage under section 16010-10, H. Meter Testing section 16010-11 Answer: Test must meet the requirements of the Contract. 17. Under Electrical- General Provision, Section 16010-1, 0. Variable Frequency Drive- section is missing. Does AUD have specifications/approved manufacture for equipment? Answer: See section 16482—Motor Control Centers— Low Voltage 18. Does a manufacture field representative for each piece of major equipment have to be onsite for final inspection? Answer: No. 19. Will there be added time to performance period/contract if delay of materials and/or equipment is encountered Answer: No. 20. Are all drawings up to date on existing electrical routes and buildings? Answer: Drawings were created from Record Drawings provided by AUD 21. Will approval time of shop drawings and/or material/equipment cut sheets be held against 180 day performance period? Answer: 180 day period will begin on date listed on the Notice to Proceed. 22.Will surveys be able to be completed before work period begins? Answer: 180 day period will begin on date listed on the Notice to Proceed. 23. Where are the locations of XF-LB1 and 2? Answer: See Drawing E02 for XF-LB1. XF-LB2 is located in room on 2nd floor to right of stairs above lobby. 24. Is temporary fencing required for project site? Answer: This is a secure facility. 25. Can store for equipment/materials/tools/etc. be located off site? Answer: Yes, but stored materials will not be paid until equipment is on site. 26. Will delays in coordination's with other contactors, owners, utilities, schedule of references be held against contract performance time frame (180 days) Answer: 180 day period will begin on date listed on the Notice to Proceed. Addendum 1 Bid 16-241 Page 2 of 3 ' I 27. Will delays in construction schedules due to owner/engineer approval be held against contract performance time frame (180 days) ' Answer: Change of the contract time will be handled as prescribed in General Conditions of the contract"Change of Contract Time" 28. Will laboratory qualification delays be held against contract performance time frame? ' Answer: Yes. 29. Assuming 25'X 8' enclosed trailer is sufficient for use as a field office? Answer: Yes. ' 30. Will oil containment/traps be needed for use under machinery, generators, cranes, etc. Answer: Yes. 31. Is contract responsible for supplying spare parts for equipment being installed? ' Answer: Only if listed in specifications/contract. 32. If so what spare parts are required? Answer: See answer to#31. 33. Who is responsible for additional questions after site visit? Answer: Augusta Utilities does not feel additional questions will be necessary but please make all questions or any other correspondence to the Augusta Procurement Department. 34. Will Pre demonstration, demonstration, Start-Up, and personnel maintenance/operation ' training (if applicable) be completed after 180 day working period? Answer: No. 35. Is a storage shed/bonded warehouse available for spare part storage? Answer: No. 36. Contactor assumes all submissions for approval will be submitted and approved prior to start of performance period (180 days) Answer: 180 day period will begin on date listed on the Notice to Proceed ' Please acknowledge addendum in your submittal END OF ADDENDUM 1 Addendum 1 Bid 16-241 ' Page3of3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i G 0 R G 1 A 1 Bid Specifications Bid Item #16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements ' For Augusta, Georgia—Augusta Utilities Department Bid Due: Tuesday, October 18, 2016 �?a 3:00 p.m. i 1 ' Thanks for doing business with us. . . Geri A.Sams,Procurement Director ' 535 Telfair Street, Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Rev.1/12/2015 1 ` Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due;Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 1 of 15 1 I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I I I I I 1 Invitation to Bid ' Sealed bids will be received at this office until Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m.for furnishing: Bid Item#16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements for Augusta Utility Department Bids will be received by Augusta,GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A.Sams,Director Augusta Procurement Department 535 Telfair Street-Room 605 ' Augusta,Georgia 30901 Bid documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department,535 Telfair Street—Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all prime, subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from ARC. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable are$75.00. It is the wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online(www.e-arc.com)at no charge through ARC Southern(706 821-0405) beginning Thursday,September 1,2016. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without Procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing,delivery of goods or services,or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. Bidders are cautioned that acquisition of documents through any other source is not advisable. Acquisition of documents from unauthorized sources places the bidder at the risk of receiving ' incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. A Mandatory Pre Bid Conference will be held on Thursday, September 29, 2016 @ 10:00 a.m. in the Procurement Department,535 Telfair Street,Room 605. ' All questions must be submitted in writing by fax to 706 821-2811 or by email toprocbidandcantract@augustaga.gov to the office of the Procurement Department by Monday,October 3,2016 @ 5:00 P.M. No bid will be accepted by fax,all must be received by mail or hand delivered. ' No proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60)days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder. A 10% Bid Bond is required to be submitted along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100%payment bond will be required for award. ' Invitation for bids and specifications.An invitation for bids shall be issued by the Procurement Office and shall include specifications prepared in accordance with Article 4 (Product Specifications), and all contractual terms and conditions, applicable to the procurement. All specific requirements contained in the invitation to bid including, but not limited to, the number of copies ' needed,the timing of the submission,the required financial data, and any other requirements designated by the Procurement Department are considered material conditions of the bid which are not waiveable or modifiable by the Procurement Director. All requests to waive or modify any such material condition shall be submitted through the Procurement Director to the appropriate committee of the Augusta,Georgia Commission for approval by the Augusta,Georgia Commission. Please mark BID number on the ' outside of the envelope. Bidders are cautioned that acquisition of BID documents through any source other than the office of the Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of BID documents from unauthorized sources placed the bidder at the risk of receiving incomplete or ' inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. Correspondence must be submitted via mail,fax or email as follows: Augusta Procurement Department ' Attn: Geri A.Sams,Director of Procurement 535 Telfair Street,Room 605 Augusta,GA 30901 Fax: 706-821-2811 or Email:procbidandcontract@augustaga.gov ' No bid will be accepted by fax,all must be received by mail or hand delivered. GERI A.SAMS,Procurement Director ' Publish: Augusta Chronicle September 1,8,15,22,2016 Metro Courier September 7,2016 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBMIT. I 1.1 Purpose:The purpose of this document is to provide general and specific information for use by vendors 1.7 Minority/Women Business Enterprise (MWBE) In submitting a bid to supply Augusta, Georgia with Policy:Court Order Enjoining Race-Based Portion of I equipment,supplies,and or services as listed above. DBE Program Augusta, Georgia does not have a All bids are governed by the Augusta,Georgia Code. race or gender conscious Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) program for projects having Augusta, Georgia as the source of funding. Ii 2 Viewing the Augusta Code: All bids are governed Augusta does enforce mandatory DBE requirements and awarded in accordance with the applicable of federal and state agencies on contracts funded federal and state regulations and the Augusta, by such agencies and has a DBE Program to comply Georgia Code. To view the Code visit Augusta's with U.S. Department of Tronsportatlan (DOT), I website at www.aueustaea:gov or Federal Transit Administration (FTA), Federal http:jlwww;augustaga.eov/itidex.asmi?NID=6135 Aviation Administration (FAA) and other federal Guidelines&Procedures. and state mandated DBE requirements for certain DOT,FTA,FAA,and other federal and state assisted I L3 Compliance with laws:The Proponent shall obtain contracts as required by 49 C.F.R. Part 26, et.seq. and maintain all licenses,permits,liability insurance, and/or 49 C.F.R.Part 23,et.seq. This DBE program workman's compensation Insurance and comply is only for DOT,FTA and FAA assisted contracts and with any and all other standards or regulations other federal or state funded contracts having I required by federal, state or Augusta, Georgia mandatory DBE requirements.(See Article 13 of the statute, ordinances and rules during the Augusta,GA.Code.) performance of any contract between the Proponent and Augusta, Georgia. Any such Augusta, Georgia prohibits any language in any I requirement specifically set forth In any contract document between the Proponent and Augusta, solicitation;bid or contract that Is inconsistent with the July 21,2011 Court Order in the case,Thompson Georgia shall be supplementary to this section and Wrecking, Inc. v.Augusta Georgia,civil action No. not In substitution thereof. 1:O7-CV-019. Any such language appearing In any I Unless otherwise specified by Augusta,Georgia solicitation,bid or contract is void 1.4 Bid's For All Dr Part: and unenforceable. Augusta,Georgia or by the proponent,AUGUSTA, GEORGIA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE AWARD A copy of this Order can be reviewed at I ON ALL ITEMS,OR ON ANY OF THE ITEMS www,auqustoaa.govhome page. ACCORDING TO THE BEST INTEREST OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA. Proponent may restricthis bid to 1.8 Augusta,Georgia License Requirement:For further consideration in the aggregate by so stating,but information contact the License and Inspection I must name a unit price on each item submitted Department @ 706 312-5050. upon. General Contractors License Number: If applicable, 1.5 All protest shall be made In writing to: in accordance with O.C.G.A.§43-41,or be subjected I Attn: Geri A.Sams to penalties as may be required by law. Director of Procurement 535 Telfalr Street,Room 605 Utility Contractor License Number: if applicable, In Augusta,GA 30901 accordance with O.C.G.A.§43-14,or be subjected to I Fax: 706-821-2811 or Email: penalties as may be required bylaw. procbidandcontract@augustaea.gav 1.9 Terms of Contract:(Check where applicable) 1.6 Local Vendor Preference: The Local Vendor [ 1(A)Annual Contract I Preference policy shall only be applied to projects of [X](8)One time Purchase. one-hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or less [ 1(C)Other and only when the lowest local qualified bidder Is I within 10% or $10,000, whichever is less of the lowest non-local bidders. I Revised 2/11/2016 IBid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 3 of 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 G E O R G I A NOTICE TO ALL VENDORS [PLEASE READ CAREFULLY) ADHERE TO THE BELOW INSTRUCTIONS AND DO NOT SUBSTITUTE FORMS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY: Attachment B is a consolidated document consisting of: 1. Business License Number Requirement(must be provided) 2. Acknowledgement of Addenda(must be acknowledged,if any) 3. Statement of Non-Discrimination ' 4. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Proponent/Offeror 5. Conflict of Interest 6. Contractor Affidavit and Agreement(E-Verify User ID Number must be provided) Attachment B Must be Notarized&the;2 Pages Must:be returned with your submittalNo Exceptions. Business License Requirement. Proponent must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their business: Your company's business license number must be provided on Page 1 of Attachment B. If your Governmental entity(State or Local) does not require a business license, your company will be required to obtain a Richmond County business license if awarded a contract. For further information contact the License,and Inspection Department @ 706 312-5050. Acknowledgement of Addenda: You Must acknowledge all Addenda See Page 1 of Attachment B. ' E-Verify*User identification Number(Company I.D.) The recommended awarded vendor will be required to provide a copy of Homeland Security's Memorandum Of Understanding(MOU) Affidavit Verifying Status for Augusta Benefit Application (S.A.V.E, Program) (Must Be Returned With ' Your:Submittalj Return Only If Applicable: ' 1. The Exception Sheet(if applicable) 2. Local Vendor Registration (if applicable) The successful proponent will submit the following forms to the Procurement Department no later than five (5) days after receiving the "Letter of Recommendation" (Vendor's letter will denote the date forms are to be received 1. Georgia Security and Immigration Subcontractor Affidavit 2. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Sub-Contractor ' WARNING,: Please review"Notice to Proponent" regarding Augusta Georgia's Local Small Business Opportunity Program Proponent Requirements. Vendors are cautioned that acquisition of bid documents through any source other than the office of the Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of bid documents from unauthorized sources places the ' proposer at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. Bids are publicly opened. It is your responsibility to ensure that your company has met the Specifications and Licenses'requirements prior to submitting a bid. ' Rev.8/6/2015 Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 4 of 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - f-• , , ., I I ---/Z-6t-- IGEORGIA ' Attachment B I You Mie,t Contyileto atter Return Me 2 pages of Attachment B with Your Sr Document Must Be Notarized. Augusta,Georgia Augusta Procurement Department ATTN: Procurement Director I 535 Teifair Street,Suite 605 Augusta,Georgia 30901 Name of Proponent: .; r c, ,)4,6,4 j, ;.:_. z..,,,.„ . i A I '''' :1 :2, ' '1,-,4) 7,41 ' .--..- 4 "---e 12,leli Street Address: ..,-,...(., •-, ,- ,,, .,, i , ,-_,L... 't . City,State,Zip Code: lit• (..-:,f.,-'.C:1"4-•.. c''' ity/ ?".f & 1:' ----, ..,,-, ' ,, .:f ..., , , _ Phone:?t I,ii.li. ',$4 1 1 4 1-, ..«, / Fax /0 4:. Y-47' / ‘7' -:".2 11- -,'- Email:Ltert,t5- ., ...,, .- t.. -_- liz: ,c ;z.,4 ,-,' .,,,4 — • ..4 ", , *4' I Do You Have A Business License? Yes: , • -'-. N o. _ Augusta,GA Business License#for your Company(Mast Provide): ,%....C.c.- ,' 1 9'i 1,-- .e.,' ..'' j - i .,3 And/or Your State/Local Business License#for your Company(Must Provide):7--1Y Z.a• # t-• I Utility Contractors License#(M. st Provide if appliceble): Generel Contractor License#(Must Provide if applicable): MUST DE LISTED ON FRONT OF ENVELOPE Additional Specialty License#(Must df Beanie): I NOTE: Company must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their business. If your Governmental entity (State or Local)does not require a business license,please state above(Procurement will verify),your company will be required to obtain a Richmond County business license If awarded a RFP. For further information regarding Augusta,GA tioense requirements,please contact the License and Inspection Department ra 706 312-5050. ' j List the State,City&County that issued your license;,-4C-'0.A...Q//,' * 4-1 C-7 4- -')4,1), 1,,, i L //4 I Acknowledgement of Addenda:(#1)X :(#2) .(#3) :(#4) :(#5)_.. : (#6)_:(#7) 1(#8) : NOTE: CHECK APPROPRIATE BOVESE ADD ADM MAL NUMBERS AS APPLICABLE Statement of Non-Discdmination I The undersigned understands that it is the policy of Augusta.Georgia to promote full and equal business opportunity for all persons doing business with Augusta,Geolgia. The undersigned covenants that we have not discriminated,on the basis of race,religion,gender,national origin or ethnicity.with regard to prime contracting,subcontracting at partnering opportunities. The undersigned covenants and agrees to make good faith efforts to ensure maximum practicable participation of local small businesses on the proposal or contract awarded by Augusta,Georgie. The undersigned further covenants that we have completed truthfully Iand hilly the required forms regarding geed faith efforts and local small business subcontractor/supplier utilization. The undersigned further covenants and agrees not to engage In discriminatory conduct of any type against local small businesses. in conformity with Augusta, Georgia's Local Small Business Opportunity Program. Set forth below is the signature of an officer of the pmposedconirscting entity with the authority to bind the entity. The undersigned acknowledge and warrant that this Company has been made aware of understands and agrees to take affirmative I action to provide such companies with the maximum practicable opportunities to do business with this Company; That this promise of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be continuing in nature and shall remain in full force and effect without interruption; That the promises of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be and are hereby deemed to be made as part of and Incorporated by reference into any contract or portion thereof which this Company may hereafter obtain and; I That the failure of this Company to satisfactorily discharge any of the promises of nondiscriminatten as made and set forth herein shall constitute a material breach of contract entitling Augusta, Georgia to declare the contract in default and to exercise any and all applioable rights remedies including but not limited to cancellation ol the contract,termination of the contract, suspension and debarment from future contracting opportunities,and withholding arid or forfeiture of compensation due and owing on a contract. I Non-COWAN'of Prime Proponent By submission of a proposal,the vendor certifies,under penalty of penury,that to the best of Its knowledge and belief: (a)The paces in the proposal have been arrived at Independently valhout collusion,consultation,communications,or agreement,for the purpose of restricting competition,as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b)Unless otherwise required by law,the prices which have been quoted in the proposal have not been knowingly disclosed by the vendor prior to I opening,directly or indirectly,to any other vendor or to any competitor. (c)No attempt has been made,or will be made,by the vendor to induce any other person,partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition Collusions and fraud in proposal preparation shall be reported to the State of Georgia Attorney General and the United States Justice Department. aid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements 111 aid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 5 of 15 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II l - • ,. 1 Conflict of Interest I By submission of a proposal,the responding firm certifies,under penally of perjury.that to the bust of its knowledge arid belief: 1.No circumstances exist which cause a Conflict of interest in performing the services required by this RFP,end 2. Thai no employee of the County, nor any member thereof, not any public agency or official attested by this RFP, has any pecuniary Interest in the business of the responding firm or his sub-consullent(s)has any interest that would conflict in any manner or degree with the performance related to this RFP. I Ely submission of a proposal,the vendor certifies under penally of perjury,that to the best of its knowledge and belief: (a)The prices In the proposal have been anhred at Independently without collusion, consultation, communications, or.agreement,for the purpose of restricting competition,as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b)Unless otherwise required by law,the prices which have been quoted In the proposal have not knowingly been disclosed by the vendor prior to opening,directly or Indirectly,to any other vendor or competitor. Ir,)No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to Induce any other person, partnership or cooperation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition. For any breach or violation of this provision,the County shall have the right to terminate any related contract or agreement without liability and et its discretion to deduct from the price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee,commission,percentage,gift,payment or consideration. Contractor f)ffidavit and Agreement I By executing ihls affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with 0.C,G.A, § 13-10-91. slating affirmatively that the individual,firm,or corporation which Is contracting with Augusta,Georgia Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program' (any of the electronic vedfleaUon of work authorization programs operated by the Untied Stales Department of Homeland Security re any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of I Homeland Security to verily information of newly hired employees,pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986(IBCA),P;L. 99-603), In accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.GA§13-10.91. The undersigned further agrees that,should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s)In connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners,contractor will secure from such subcontraotor(s)similar verification of compliance with o,C,G,A§13-10-91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided In Rule 300-10-01-.06 or a substantially similar form.Contractor further agrees to I maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the Augusta,Georgia Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor(s)is retained to perform such service. Georgia Law requires your company to have an E•Verify`User Identification Number(Company ID.)on or after July 1,2009. For additional information or to enroll your company,visit the State of Georgia website: I Iit(li. j(r_vrrlfy,t us_ggyieruoll/ and/or tip:/rever.dotstate,cla.0 /pxlUri;rier5/3UO 111 Anti **E-Verify*User Identification Number(Company I.D.) Nom: E-VERIFY USER IDENDIFICATION NUMBER(COMPANY I.D.)MUST BE PROVIDED. IN ADDITION,THE RECOMMENDED AWARDED ' VENDOR WILL.at REQUIRED 10 PROVIDE A COPY OF HOMELAND SECURITY'S MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING(MDU) The undersigned further agrees to submit a notarized copy of Attachment B and any required documentation noted as part of the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissions specifications which I govern this process. In addition, the undersigned agrees to submit all required forms for any subcontractor(s) as requested and or required. I further understand that my submittal will be deemed non-compliant if any part of this process is violated. i / : .:7 J. , ,r . J ICompany Name, - Gi, .: /-,- , t '( f BY•/authorized Officer or Agent It(Contractor Signature) Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor e I if r/ (-7 - !(A 'p-,-,,,,,'' J'Ji -: Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent I SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE _ DAY OF 0 C-4-D e f- ,20/� S r �i �-Q NOTARY SEAL Notary Public IMyCommission Expires: ,".r�tftadNy semi Must C Vur rlt?I,' and Return the ? �� .. `ssiB }'t -• [�with'four SuMrnilral 0 Ir :�.. us�Bec riz ,h x�rr.of Attachment REV.2/17/2016 ) 1_.__ �_. 1^ I k 4a, 7 © e errs i0 rmv. 0 M Bid 16.241 Highland Avenue Water Tre m t�ih � `f0 drdnents I Bid Due:Turf yibc{ 10' 16 00 p.m. /" ('t.t) 'Page 6 of 15 �, sI I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I f ,. .. I __---47-t,-/- G i A I cz!r row i a 4,000,-,n a,iµrtut11 with Mut 5ubroltt4t. tencume rtt Muni fik 4c33I frvd I Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements(SAVE) Program Affidavit Verifying Status for Augusta, Georgia Benefit Application By executing this affidavit under oath, as an applicant for an Augusta, Georgia Business License or Occupation Tax Certificate, Alcohol I License,Taxi Permit,Contract or other public benefit as reference in O.C.G.A.Section 50-36-1,I am stating the following with respect to . my bid for an Augusta, , Georgia contract for f,y i d 42, s2 i _ .V/, ti ?-$1,- .f'..f ,i,h-e-Vi-lc' 4-ft-i it-47.-1:1"74',e-A- ,-,r, -1 7 V f r,, r f�- KO Project Number and Project Name) , a.. i f Az L-,/, . , " f:. ss":'?"ii rte i) !Print/Type:Name of natural person applying on behalf of Individual,business,corporation,partnership,or other private entity) , r _ r (Print/Type:Name of business,corporation,partnership,or other private entity) 1.) I am a citizen of the United States. IOR 2.) I am a legal permanent resident 18 years of age or older. OR I 3.) I am an otherwise qualified alien(8§USC 1641)or nonimmigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act(8 USC 1101 et seq.)18 years of age or older and lawfully present in the United States.` IIn making the above representation under oath, I understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false,fictitious,or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of Code Section 16-10-20 of the Official Code of Georgia. I , f A1, 4ature of Applicant r / I ..,/;w fit-;r -,' f-:-/-4.--. ` '1 Printed Name I *Alien Registration Number for Non-Citizens ,,to 4 i I=3i01i . %,0 A / 4*90, SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE 14S` DAY OF OL" O 10 i'-r',20 JW�" tssto 1, Notary Public r • a•• 1''a,,i t r,1 My Commission Expires:_ Ai,"° Pitt , "' pi pe 4)• �1.. , k_a 0 NOTARY SEAL '" ',. k . A'{, 'Ilff WO MAO i"/"IS FORM'MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR SUBMITTAL I REV.2/17/2016 Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical improvements I Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 7 of 15 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I r: r , Local Small Business Opportunity Program Ordinance participation of local small businesses;and(c)agreement Requirements not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type. I Notice To All Bidders(PLEASE READ CAREFULLY) Shall apply to ALL Bids regardless of the dollar amount (ii) Proposed Local Small Business Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA, (Ili)Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use CODE, Contractors agree to collect and maintain all records local small businesses. I necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of Falters to submit the above documentation shall lis Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such result in the bid boinp declared non-responsive, records available to Augusta, Georgia upon request. The (d)Post Contract Award Requirements.The purpose of requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunitythis sub-section is to establish requirements for contractor re q r Program can compliance with the LSBOP after a contract has been be found at w,r. tioustLi,_no . in accordance with AUGuSTA,GA. awarded. This is incorporated into all Augusta, Georgia I Coos,Contractors shall report to Augusta,Georgia the total dollars g esteg paid to each subcontractor, vendor, or other business on each Contracts for which a local small business goal has been contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding established or negotiated. payment to subcontractors,if any as required by Augusta.Georgia, obligation Contractors meet shall have an affirmative, Such utilization reports shell be in the format specified by the ongoing business to or exceed the a contract local I Director of Minority and Small Business Opportunities,and shall be small goal for the duration of the The submitted al such times as required by Augusta,Georgia- Required Augusta,Georgia may deem a contractor to be in violation The forms can be found at www.auqustaga.00v. If you need assistance of the LSBOP and in breach of its contract if at any time completing a form or filing Information; please contact the LSBO Augusta,Georgia determines that Program office al (706)621-2406. Failure to provide such reports (a) The contractor will not meet the committed I within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shell entitits Augusta,Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth,including local small business goals;and the reasons for the contractor's failure are but not limited to,Withholding payment from the Contractor and/or within the contractor's control_For exempla,if a contractor collecting damages. does not meet the local small business goal because the To print a copy liquidated the Prime Contractor Data Collection Form contractor terminated a local. small business without cause I visit:iritr' q .vw.aucu ,en coo-ince: or x21,11 icr 'or If the contractor caused and local small business to Website tittr;l(rn�n 3.rcdl l3� ^oV ind i s 'llCml withdraw from the project without justification, then Augusta,Georgia is justified in-finding the contractor to be in violation of the LSBOP. - SHALL APPLY TO PROJECTS $100,000&UP (h)Compliance. I Local'Small.Business Opportunity Program(Continued) {a)The Director or minority and small business Sec.1-10-129.Local small business opportunities program opportunities shall be responsible for evaluating good faith participation, efforts documentation and subcontractor information (a) Seaied Bids The following procedures and.contract submitted by bidders In conformance with,the AUGUSTA, requirements will be used to insure that local small GA.CODE and any State and Federal Laws applicable to I businesses are encouraged to participate in Augusts, Georgia contracts,including but not limited to construction any bid specifications for competitive sealed bid projects prior to award of the contract. contracts, requests for professional services and the (i)Competitive Bids. performance of public works contracts. The Augusta, Nothing in this Policy Is to be construed to require Georgia user department shall Indicate goals for local Augusta.Georgia to award a bid contract to other than the I small business in all solicitations for contracts over lowest responsible bidder, or to require contractors to $100,000 in value: award to subcontractors, or to make significant material (1) Bid conditions for contracts awarded by purchases from local small businesses who do not submit Augusta, Georgia will requirethat, where subcontracting the bast overall pricing to Augusta,Georgia. goal is utilized in performing the.contract;the bidder or Sec.1-10-130.Exceptions—.federally funded projects. I proponent, will make Good Faith Efforts to subcontract In accordance with§1-10-8 and Chapter 108,the LSBOP with or purchase supplies from local small businesses, Bid shall only be utilized with federally funded projects, specifications will.require the bidder or proponent to keep solicitations or contracts as-authorized by federal (and records of such efforts that are adequate to permit a Georgia) laws. regulations and conditions applicable to I determination of compliance with this requirement. such projects.To the extent that-there are any conflicts (2) Each bidder shall be required to provide between any such laws,regulations or conditions and the documentation of achieving goal or provide documentation LSBOP,the federal (and Georgia)laws,regulations and of Good Faith Efforts to engage local small businesses as conditions shall control. subcontractors or suppliers, the names of local small I businesses and other subcontractors to whom It Intends to NOTE: All forms should be submitted in a separate, award subcontracts, the dollar value or the subcontracts, sealed envelope labeled Local Small Business and the scope of the work to be perfiormed, recorded on Required Forms,Company's Name&Bid Number the fermis)provided or made available as part,of the bid package. !f there are no sub-contracting opportunities, For questions and or addiflonal information I bidder shall so Indicate on-the appropriate form. please contact: (6) All bid documents shall require bidders or proponents to submit with their bid the following written Local Small Business Opportunity Program, documents, statements or forms, which shall be made 535 Telfalr Street,Room 710, available by the-Procurement Department. Augusta,Georgia 30901 I (i) Non-Discrimination Statement which shall affirm the bidder's: (a) adherence to the policies of Augusta, Georgia. relating to equal opportunity in (706)821.2406. contracting;(b)agreement to undertake certain measures Website: f-tip:i/www.atuqustacja,00viindex.aspx?nid=S3 as provided in this-policy to ensure maximum practicable IRevised 2-11.16 I 8Id 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page B of 15 I . . •. 1 1 Local Small BusinessGoal The Local Small Business Opportunity Program provides for Local Small Business goals to be set on all applicable Augusta, Georgia procurements over $100,000 in value.' The Local Small Business goal for this procurement is: All bidders or proposers shallsubmit the following with their bid or proposal as required by Augusta, GA Code§ 1-10-129:2 1. Non-Discrimination Statement: As required by the Procurement document'. 2. Proposed Local Small Business Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. ' 3. Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use local small businesses. 4. Local Small Business Utilization document. 1 Failure to submit the above-doeuml:n>ration shall result in the bid or rosal being declared non-responsive. 1 1 ] Even when a solicitation does not contain a Local Small Business goal (or the goal is set at zero), each Bidder must negotiate in good faith with each local small business that responds to the Bidder's solicitation and each local small business that contacts the Bidder on its own accord. Self-performance does not exempt Bidders from Local Small Business Opportunity Program requirements unless the self-performer is a qualified and registered Local Small Business. All of the requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found in Augusta,GA Code,Chapter JOB. 2 Applicable forms are available on Augusta Georgia's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise website: .ti, 3 Only one Non-Discrimination statement is required"See Attachment B". Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bld Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 9 of 15 I . . ._ . . Local Small Business Opportunity Program Requirements. Augusta, Georgia has adopted a race and gender neutral Local Small Business Opportunity Program (LSBOP). I See Augusta, GA Code, Chapter 105. Bidders are encouraged to carefully review the all of the requirements of the LSBOP which can be found on Augusta, Georgia's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department website (vikfw.auc us'aca,of. ): All of the requirements of the LSBOP become covenants of performance upon award of I this procurement. The LSBOP provides for Local Small Business (LSB) goals to be set on all applicable procurements over $100,000 in value and even when a solicitation does not contain a LSB goal,.each Bidder must negotiate in good faith with each local small business that responds to the Bidders solicitation and each local small business that contacts the Bidder on its own accord. Self-performance does not exempt Bidders from I the LSBOP requirements unless the self-performer is a qualified and registered LSB. (See Augusta, GA Code-i 1-10-129). I. The pre-award requirements of the LSBOP are material conditions of this procurement. II A Bid shall be rejected if it is determined that a Bid fails to meet the required LSBOP requirements,including but not limited to, failing to provide the Required Pre-Award Bid Submittal documents, failing to provide commitments to achieve the applicable Project Specific LSB Goals (or the Bidders documented Good Faith I Efforts to do so). A Contractor's failure to carry out in good faith its Project Specific Goal commitments in the course of the Contract's performance shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and a violation of the AUGUSTA, GA CODE. If the breach is not cured within a reasonable amount of time, it may result in the termination of the Contract or such other remedies afforded by Federal, State or Local law. U11. Good Faith Efforts. Pursuant to AUGUSTA,GA CODE SEC. 1-10-125(4)Good Faith Efforts shall be used by a bidder to seek Local I Small Businesses to participate as a subcontractor or supplier. Such good faith efforts include, but are not necessarily limited to,the following actions: (a) including qualified Local Small Businesses in the prime contractors solicitations for subcontractors and I suppliers, (b) Assuring that local small businesses are solicited whenever such business enterprises can perform a commercially useful function., I (c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of Local Small Businesses, (d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements of the prime contract permit, which encourage I participation of Local Small Businesses. (e) Using the services and the assistance of the Director of minority and small business opportunities in the identification of qualified local small businesses and negotiating subcontracts and supply contracts with such enterprises. I (f) Requiring each first tier subcontractor to take the affirmative steps outlined within the AUGUSTA,GA CODE with respect to the identification and usage of second or third tier sub-contractors. I (g) Placing notices of opportunities for qualified Local Small Businesses to perform subcontracting work on the eligible project in newspapers, trade journals, and other relevant pubtications, including publications specifically targeted to local small businesses, or communicating such notices of opportunities via the Internet or by other available media or means. I (h) Designating portions of the work for Local Small Business subcontracting in trades with available Local Small Business subcontractors. (i) Providing a minimum of five(5)day notice to Local Small Businesses when requesting bids or proposals I for furnishing material or services as a subcontractor or supplier. III. Required Pre-Award Bid Submittals. IPursuant to AUGUSTA, GA CODE SEC. 1-10-129 the following procedures and contract requirements will be used to insure that local small businesses are encouraged to participate in Augusta, Georgia contracts: I Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016.@ 3;00 p.m. Page 10 of 15 I . a (a) Each bidder shall be required toprovide documentation of achieving the LSB goal or provide q 9 P documentation of Good Faith Efforts to engage local small businesses as subcontractors or suppliers, the names of local small businesses and other subcontractors to whom it intends to award subcontracts, the dollar value of the subcontracts, and the scope of the work to be performed. If there are no sub- contracting opportunities, bidder shall so indicate on the appropriate form. Forms may be found on the official website of Augusta, Georgia. (b) Each bidder shall submit with their bid the following written documents, statements or forms, which are available at the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department and on the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department website: (1) Non-Discrimination Statement which shall affirm the bidder's: (i) adherence to the policies of Augusta, Georgia relating to equal opportunity in contracting; (ii) agreement to undertake certainmeasures as provided in this policy to ensure maximum practicable participation of local small businesses; and (Hi) agreement not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type. (2) Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use local small businesses. (3) Proposed Local Small Business Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. (4) Executed Letter(s)of Intent with entities identified in LSB Utilization Plan. Failure to submit the following documents in accordance with these requirements will cause the Bid or proposal to be declared non-responsive. Augusta, Georgia reserves the right to request supplemental information regarding a Bidder's submissions and the Bidder shall furnish such information in a timely manner. Failure to furnish information or otherwise cooperate may result in the rejection of the Bid. IV. LSB Utilization Plan. The Bidder must submit with its Bid a completed LSB Utilization Plan.The LSB Utilization Plan shall list the Subcontractor or Supplier's name(s), business address(s), telephone number(s), e-mail(s) and the name of the principal contact person(s) of each Subcontractor(s) or Supplier(s) intended to be used in the performance of the Contract, including firms proposed as to meet the Project Specific Goals. Where the solicitation requires the Bidder to submit a base bid and one or more alternates, the LSB Utilization Plan must demonstrate the Bidder's achievement of the Project Specific Goal(s) or its Good Faith Efforts to achieve the Project Specific Goal(s)on the base bid. , V. Letter(s)of Intent. The Bidder shall submit with its bid completed Letter(s) of Intent (LOI) utilizing the Letter of Intent format provided by the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department documents. The LOI must be executed by an authorized representative of the local vendor identified on the Utilization Plan and by the authorized representative of the Bidder: The LOI must accurately and completely detail the work to be performed and/or the materials to be supplied, and the agreed rates and/or prices to be paid. All Utilization Plan commitments must conform to those included in the submitted LOIs.The LOI will become a binding contract covenant upon the Bidder's receipt of a signed contract from Augusta,Georgia. VI. Post Award Requirements. (a) Substitutions,Additions or Deletions of LSB Subcontractors or Suppliers. In accordance with the requirements of the LSBOP, the Contractor shall provide the User Department, the Director of minority and small business opportunities and the Procurement Director written notice prior to replacing or terminating a LSB on a contract and must comply with the Good Faith Efforts requirement to replace the departing local small business with another local small business. Likewise, when new opportunities for subcontracting arise on a contract and Augusta, Georgia sets a supplemental local small business goal, the contractors shall comply with the Good Faith Efforts set in an effort to meet the supplemental local small business goal. Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bld Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 21 of 15 (b) Contract Monitoring ' (1) Monthly Utilization Reports To evaluate the effectiveness of the LSBOP, Augusta, Georgia monitors the participation of Subcontractors and Suppliers on Augusta Georgia contracts. Each Contractor must submit 'a ' Monthly Utilization Report of Subcontract Payments by the 15th of each month. The Monthly Utilization Report must reflect, from project start to date, the Contractor's receipt of payments from Augusta Georgia and the utilization of and payments to all Subcontractors or Suppliers identified in the Utilization Plan. Failure to submit a completed monthly Status Report will be considered a contract breach. Return all Utilization Reports to: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department 535 Telfair Street Room 710 Augusta,Georgia 30901 (2) Monitoring Procedures Procedures for monitoring contract compliance may include, but are not limited to, site visits or ' telephone audits; consideration of requests for substitutions;additions, deletions, or change orders; and review and verification of payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers as documented by the Monthly Utilization Status Reports of Subcontractor/Suppliers Payments. I I Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 12 of 15 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I I I I I PROJECT � f _ LOCAL SMALL BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM LETTER OF INTENT TO PERFORM AS A SUBCONSULTANTISUBCONTRACTOR/SUPPL/ER s (Name of Proposer) A. The undersigned intends to perform work in connection with the above project in the following capacity (check one): Individual Corporation ' Limited Liability Company(LLC) Partnership Joint Venture ' B. The Local Small Business Opportunity Program(LSBOP)status of the undersigned is confirmed as follows: By attachment of a current Certificate of Certification issued by the Department of Transportation By attachment of a current letter issued by the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Office C. The undersigned is prepared to perform the following work in connection with the above project 1 D. The undersigned states that they will be performing %of the total project. E. The undersigned will sublet and/or award tom:` %of this subcontract to non-Local Small ' Business Opportunity Program contractors and/or suppliers. The undersigned will enter Into a formal agreement for the above described work with the Proposer cited above conditioned upon the execution of a contract for the project cited herein between the Proposer and Augusta- Richmond County. ' 1 " .,,- Dated y t is (LSBOP Contractor Firm Name) By: (Signature of Authorized Representative) 1 Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements IBid Due:Tuesday,October 18,1016 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 13 of 13 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '1,1 I I I I " I :1 _ , - ; . ' ')".4 "tio!i t :11 i If..,1404t4i4fC_.4. 10 '14 CII4144.'04'1..).! 141"` ; V 1)41 It,) ; I r I :'1 —1! 0.p I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , . LOCAL SMALL BUSINESS UTILIZATION The undersigned bidder/offeror has satisfied the requirements of the bid specification in the following manner(please check the appropriate space): The bidder/offeror is committed to a minimum of . %LSBOP utilization on this contract. The bidder/offeror if unable to meet the LSBOP goal of % will submit documentation demonstrating good faith efforts. Name of bidder/offeror's firm. tiffrA.,aiig)) • / - I By 4 //,,/ (Print Name) / / ,,rt (Signature) (Date) Bid 16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical improvements Bid Due:Tuesday,October 18,2016 CV 300 p.m. Page 14 of 15 I I I i i gm C tE :41 4 Ev ci o I 0 VP } �' $� afib1 GFri E N I m c MW y oo o (; v / ^a . a lS 41 O c c > to c CA 47 — .. z Il To cO 4. W al O .. i a cc g 0 m c no `n fa a. 0 C c o nco t ...1 c c m °v � Et0 Ta c u° z Iot. o E' *I. L. o m o d F a. a o Iv 2 c s 112 d Iv m Wa O i ,I) A. C H A.C 4,r''' 0 I c 6 a• a C L_ 03 la IP _ m E U w 90 w Ez 4 0 .� c Q o• E 3 =' w_ I o E • to0 s T:1•1 i 1.VP 41.3 v o ` aci C o I 44 Oh Z _ C �' 1. v L. m I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR Bid #16-241 1 Highlands Ave WTP Electrical. Improvements 1 Augusta, Georgia The Honorable Hardie Davis, Jr.,Mayor Commissioners: ' William Fennoy Dennis Williams Mary Davis Sammie Sias ' Bill Lockett Ben Hasan Sean Frantom ' Wayne Guilfoyle Marion Williams Grady Smith ' Tom D. Wiedmeier Director,Augusta Utilities Department ' Augusta Utilities Department 360 Bay Street, Suite 180 Augusta, GA 30901 DATE August 2016 1 I I _ I SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS I PROJECT MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS BOND PROJECT UB-2016-004 IHIGHLAND AVENUE WATER TREATMENT PLANT ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT I Section No. Subject Page(s) I00005 Table of Contents,,,,,, ,,, ,,,,<. , ,..----..................--.................,............._..„ ,3 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS I 00020 Advertisement to Bid ,.. 1 00110 Instructions to Bidders .......,:2 00310 Bid Form 4 U 00410 Bid Bond........ .. .. 2 CONTRACT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award..,...... .., .,...;..> , ;, . ...,. 1. I 00520 Agreement.,.... 3 00550 Notice to Proceed. l 00610 Performance and Payment Bonds........................................................ 5 I 00620 00625 Contractors Application for Payment. Certificate of Substantial Completion ........ . ........< , ,,,..., .....,..:,....... CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS I 00700 General Conditions..,:. 00800 Supplementary Conditions..... ........: ......: . ........ ,.. ,,., 11 ..... ........... ...,...55 00941 Change Order.............. ..,.,.... :.. . ..,..., 1 I DIVISION 1—GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work...,..,„ .:.:.:. ......... ......... . .::..... 6 I 01025 01070 Measurement and Payment..... ..................... ,.., Abbreviations and Symbols ,. .,,....., „ ,....,,.......;:4 01090 Reference Standards. „ . .. , , , ,.., , ....9 01200 Project Meetings 3 I01310 Construction Schedules ......... ....,.... 4 01340 Shop Drawings,Product Data,and Samples..... ..... .. ..... .. .... ...:. ........... . .....,,,,.,,...9 01370ISchedule of Values.,.,.. ......:::.......:: ..,,:... , ....,: ....... . ._....... ......:.,....:..3 01380 Construction Photographs .3 01400 Quality Control. ......... ....<.:.. ..,..,... ..,,.>.,. ., . .,... . , ..... >,.,..... ...:....,,.,.:,,:6 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls..................... .... ..,,,.,, ...:.............6 01570 Traffic Regulation ,,. ........ ......... .,.,.,.....,.,,,.3 I 01600 Materials and Equipment.................... 8 01630 Product Options and Substitutions............................,., ,.,,,,, ... ,.,.............._,..,...,.::4 01631 Form,Request for Substitution............ .......... .....:..; ..,,,,., ..,.,.........,,,:1 I 01650 Starting of Systems ......,..,.7 01700 Contract Closeout..................... .... . .. .. ,,..<.,,. ...,..... ......... . .....,....,., 7 01710 Cleaning .. . . , 3 I1416-03 00005 Table Of Contents 00005-1 —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 01720 Project Record Documents. ....,, ,5 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data , .... ....... ........ . .........6 DIVISION 2—SITE WORK 02050 Demolition. 5 ' DIVISION 3—CONCRETE 03000 Concrete ,....,.8 DIVISION 4—MASONRY NOT USED DIVISION 5—METALS NOT USED DIVISION 6—WOOD AND PLASTIC ' NOT USED DIVISION 7—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION ' NOT USED DIVISION 8—DOORS AND WINDOWS , NOT USED DIVISION 9-FINISHES NOT USED DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES NOT USED ' DIVISION 11—EQUIPMENT NOT USED DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS NOT USED DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13020 Modular Buildings.... ......... ..,...... ....,,... ......,.. ......, .3 i DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT USED DIVISION 15—MECHANICAL NOT USED DIVISION 16—ELECTRICAL 16010 General Provisions......... ..... ......... ...,..........,..,.. ,_.,......,..,..,..,,,.......,.,,,:,..,..,11 16050 Basic Materials 5 16075 Electrical Identification. ......... 2 16110 Raceways l c 12 1416-03 06005 Table Of Contents 00005-2 L , —ENGINEERS- 1 I SECTION 00005 TABLE OF CONTENTS 16120 Conductors.. 8 I 16124 Medium-Voltage Cables......... .. ....... .4 16130 Boxes 5 16271 Medium-Voltage Transformers....... ...... 4 I16342 Medium-Voltage Metal Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear 8 16419 Waveform Corrector .......... ........ ..,., .,.,..,...6 16430 Low-Voltage Switchgear...... ..... ... ......... ......... ..... .,.,.....8 I 16441 Safety Switches 4 16450 Grounding.... 16461 Dry-Type Transformers........ .. ........ ......... ......,.: .,...... ......... ....,.....7 16470 Panelboards.. ......... ...... 6 1 16482 Motor Control Centers—Low Voltage........ ......18 LIST OF DRAWINGS IDRAWING NO. TITLE COVER LOCATION AND INDEX E01 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN,LEGEND AND GENERAL NO TES I E02 DEMOLITION PLANS E03 EAST FILTER BUIILDING ELECTRICAL FLOOR PLAN E04 EAST FILTER BUILDING ELECTRICAL ROOM PLAN I E05 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM I I I I I I I I I1416-03 00005 Table Of Contents 00005-3ZEL —ENGINEERS— I 1 SECTION IB INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ' IB-01 GENERAL All proposals must be presented in a sealed envelope,addressed to the OWNER. The proposal must ' be filed with the OWNER on or before the time stated in the invitation for bids. Mailed proposals will be treated in every respect as though filed in person and will be subject to the same requirements. ' Proposals received subsequent to the time stated will be returned unopened. Prior to the time stated any proposal may be withdrawn at the discretion of the bidder, but no proposal may be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60) days after bids have been opened,pending the execution of contract with the successful bidder. ' IB-02 EXAMINATION OF WORK ' A Mandatory Pre Bid Conference will be held on Thursday,September 29,2016©10:00 a.rn.in the Procurement Department,535 Telfair Street,Room 605. Each bidder shall,by careful examination,satisfy himself as to the nature and location of the work; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work,the general and local conditions;and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under the contract. No oral ' agreement or conversation:with any officer,agent or employee of the OWNER,eitherbefore or after the execution of the contract,shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations therein. IB-03 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS No interpretation of the meaning of plans,specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. ' Every request for such interpretation should be in writing byfax to 706 821-2811. g , email to procbidandcontract@augustaga.gov, or mail addressed to the Geri A. Sams, Director of Purchasing; Purchasing Department; Room 605; 530 Greene Street; Augusta, GA 30901 and to be ' given consideration must be received by the office of the Procurement Department by Monday, October 3,2016 @ 5:00 P.M. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written addenda to the specifications which,if issued,will be sent by facsimile ' or U.S. mail to all prospective bidders(at the respective addresses furnished for such purposes),not Iater than five business days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from any obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. IB-04 PREPARATION OF BIDS ' Bids shall be submitted on the forms provided and must be signed by the bidder or his authorized representative. Any corrections to entries made on bid forms should be initialed by the person signing the bid. tBidders must quote on all items appearing on the bid forms, unless specific directions in the advertisement,on the bid form,or in the special specifications allow for partial bids. Failure to quote on all items may disqualify the bid. When quotations on all items are not required,bidders shall ' insert the words"no bid"where appropriate. IB-1 ' i416.03 00110 heat uctions To➢iddas 1 Alternative bids will not be considered unless specifically called for. ' Telegraphic bids will not be considered. Modifications to bids already submitted will be allowed if submitted by telegraph prior to the time fixed in the Invitation for Bids. Modifications shall be submitted as such,and shall not reveal the total amount of either the original or revised bids. Bids by wholly owned proprietorships or partnerships will be signed by all OWNERS. Bids of corporations will be signed by an officer of the firm and his signature attested by the secretary thereof who will affix the corporate seal to the proposal, NOTE: A 10% Bid Bond is required in all cases, , IB-05 BASIS OF AWARD The bids will be compared on the basis of unit prices,as extended,which will include and cover the furnishing of all material and the performance of all labor requisite or proper,and completing of all the work called for under the accompanying contract, and in the manner set forth and described in the specifications. Where estimated quantities are included in certain items of the proposal,they are for the purpose of comparing bids. While they are believed to be close approximations,they are not guaranteed. Itis the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to check all items of construction. In case of error in extension of prices in a proposal,unit bid prices shall govern. IB-06 BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS No proposal will be received from any bidder unless he has been prequalified for this project through Augusta's Procurement process. He shall submit with his proposal,a FINANCIAL EXPERIENCE, giving reliable information as to working capital available and,plant equipment. The OWNER may make such investigations as are deemed necessary to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work and the bidder shall furnish to him all such additional information and data for this purpose as may be requested. ' IB-07 PERFORMANCE BOND At the time of entering into the contract,the CONTRACTOR shall give bond to the OWNER for the 1 use of the OWNER and all persons doing work or furnishing skill, tools, machinery or materials under or for the purpose of such contract,conditional for the payment as they become due,of all just claims for such work,tools,machinery,skill and terms,for saving the OWNER harmless from all cost and charges that may accrue on account of the doing of the work specified,and for compliance with the laws pertaining thereto. Said bond shall be for the amount of the contract satisfactory to the OWNER and authorized by law to do business in the State of Georgia. Attorneys-in-fact who sign bonds must file with each copy thereof a certified and effectively dated copy of the power of attorney. IB-08 REJECTION OF BIDS These proposals are asked for in good faith, and awards will be made as soon as practicable, provided satisfactory bids are received. The right is reserved,however to waive any informalities in bidding,to reject any and all proposals,or to accept a bid other than the lowest submitted if such action is deemed to be in the best interest of the OWNER. t IB-2 1416-03 00110 Instructions To L'iddcts ' SECTION 00310 BID DATE: IPROPOSAL OF - - - (hereinafter) called"BIDDER",organized and existing under the laws of the State of c. t ,doing business as /71-t. * TO: Augusta GA c/n Purchasing Dept. 530 Telfair Street,Room 605 Augusta,Georgia 30901 (hereinafter called"OWNER") In compliance with your Advertisement For Bids,BIDDER hereby proposes to perform all WORK of the Contract for: BOND PROJECT UB-2016-004 ITB#16-241 HIGHLAND AVENUE WATER TREATMENT PLANT ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS in strict accordance with the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,within the time set forth therein, and at the price stated below. By submission of this BID, each BIDDER certifies,and in the case ofjoint 1311), each party thereto certifies as to his own organization, that this BID has been arrived at independently, without consultation, communication, or agreement as to any matter relating to this BID with any other BIDDER or with any competitor. BIDDER hereby agrees to commence work under this Contract on or before a date to be specified in the NancE TO PROCEED and to complete the Project to Substantial Completion within j 8() consecutive calendar days. Contractor Phan fiilly complete the project within 30 days thereafter for a total of 21Q days. BIDDER further agrees to pay as liquidated damages, the sum of$800.00 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter as provided in Article 2,Paragraph 3 of the Agreement. BIDDER acknowledges receipt of the following ADDENDUM(A): No. I Dated t 4I No. Dated f .e.• • No. Dated BIDDER agrees to perform all the work described in the BASE BID of the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for the total sum of Five:: 44 CM/g,:; ,9*,t'Ad/a441 - Dollars$ ; subject to the reductions or additions resulting from price items,all in accordance with the following Schedule of Payment Items. AMOUNTS ARE TO BE SHOWN IN BOTH WORDS AND FIGURES. IN CASE OF DISCREPANCY,THE AMOUNT SHOWN IN WORDS SHALL GOVERN. 1416-03 00310 B113 00310-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS— II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I t i tSECTION 00310 *Insert"a corporation", "a partnership".or"an individual",as applicable. BID BIDDER understands that the OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all Bids and to waive any informalities in the Bidding, ' The BIDDER agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receiving Bids. ' Upon receipt of written Notice of Acceptance of this Bid,BIDDER will execute the formal Contract within ten(10)days and deliver a Surety Bond or Bonds as required by Article 5 of the General Conditions. The Bid Security attached in the sum of r. Dollars ($ ) is to become the property of the OWNER in the event the Contract and Bond are not executed within the time set forth as liquidated damages for the delay and additional expense to the ' OWNER caused thereby. Respectfully Submitted: Signature Title: . :' - . Firm Name:1-,41, :a;11-t&; 'r. <,. c Address Sr' ..1 1/f/ (SEAL-if Bid is by a Corporation) n 1416 03 00310 RID 00310-2 ZEL I -ENGINEERS- t i I SECTION 00310 BID DATA TO BE SUBMITTED WITH BID A. SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS: The following instructions supplement the requirements of the Information For Bidders and provides instructions for completing the schedules which follow. 1. The Bidder shall submit a list of names and addresses of at least five (5)clients for which the Bidder has constructed similar work of comparable size and complexity. 2. The Bidder shall list in the space provided in Schedule C ALL major subcontractors to be used for construction of the project Subcontractors so listed shall be used for the contract construction unless their replacement is approved by the Engineer and the Owner. B. LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS: 1. Concrete Conattuction: Iti36„ "At' Address:, — - 4/ - / ,1416)--t ' 2. Electrical: Address: IC. S IEDU E OF EQUIPMENT INCLUDED IN BASE BID:(CONTRACTOR MUST BID BASE BID ITEMS) The"Schedule of Equipment Included in Base Bid"which follows as Schedule D shall be completed to denote the manutheturer of major equipment proposed to be hurushed by the Bidder under the Base Bid. In that schedule,the manufacturer of the items of major equipment upon which the design is based are listed as Selection"BASE BID"for the several items. Also listed under some of those items are other manufacturers whose equipment or products are deemed equal in quality and acceptable to be provided. For those items for which more than one acceptable manufacturer is listed, the Bidder must hid on the basis of the Base Bid AND enter amounts to add or subtract for any alternate manufacturers. tAli 004I0 00310-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 00310 BID For comparable named equipment the furnished items shall fulfill the function and performance of the item spr:.cified and shall be of equal quality; any modifications required by the furnished equipment to the structure.process, associated equipment, or piping shall he a consideration in the Bid price and the completed installation of the item by the Contractor shall incur no additional cost to the Owner,including engineering cost to accommodate alternate supplier. ILEM DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER Alternate+/-$ Ii, Section 16271,Medium BASE BID (A) SQUARE D Voltage Transformers, (B) Liquid Filled ' 2. Section 16341,Medium BASE BID (A) SQUARE D Voltage Load Interrupter (B) Switchgear ' 3. Section 16430,Low BASE BID (A) SQUARE D Voltage Switchgear (B) Q ' 4. Section 16482,Motor BASE BID (A) SQUARE D Control Center, Low Voltage (B) I I 1416 0100 10 BID 00310-4 Z E L -ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I SECTION BB BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we,the as Principal, .i ;" .� and as Surety, .' are hereby held and firmly bound unto the Augusta,Georgia Commission of Augusta, Georgia as Owner in the penal sum of a i t r 4(; ,.t =x' , i r j r " orpayment of which,well and truly to be made,we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns. Signed this 4},` day of L... J .+ ,20 . The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the g P ' Augusta,Georgia Commission of Augusta,Georgia,a certain Bid,attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing for the BOND PROTECT UB02016-004� ' HIGI II,AND AVENUE WATER TREA'T'1vMLNT PLANT,ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS,for Augusta,Georgia in accordance with plans and specifications of the AUGUSTA UTILITIES DEPARTMENT. 1 NOW,THEREFORE, ' (a) If said Bid shall be rejected,or in the alternate, ' (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a bond for his faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall ' remain in force and effect;it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. 00410.1BB-I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The Surety,for value receive,hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid;and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals,and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers,the day and year first set forth above. Signed arid sealed this , day of A.D.20 Witness_ (Principal) (Seal) Attest By (Seal) (Title) Witness (Seat) (Surety) Attest By (Seal) (Title) I I3B-2 t A102. I 1 AIA Document A310 Bid Bond ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we Hebbard Electric,Inc.2225 North Leg Court,Augusta,Georgia 30909 ' (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Contractor) as Principal, hereinafter called Principal,and, FCCI Insurance Company,6300 University Parkway,Sarasota, FL 34240-8424 (Here insert lull name and address or legal title of Surety) ' a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety,are held and firmly bound unto Augusta Utilities Department (Here insert full name and address or legal title of Corporation as Obligee,hereinafter called the Obligee, in the sum of 10%of Bid Amount Dollars($ 10% ), ' for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made,the said Principal and the said Surety, bind ourselves,our heirs,executors,administrators, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. ' WHEREAS,the Principal has submitted a bid for Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements (Here insert lull name and address description of project) ' NOW THEREFORE,if the obligee shall accept the bid of the principal and the principal shall enter into Contract with the Obligee in accordance with the terms of such bid,and give such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Contract Documents with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution thereof,or in the event of the failure of the Principal to enter ' such Contract and give such bond or bonds, if the Principal shall pay to the Obligee the difference not to exceed the penalty hereof between the amount specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the obligee may in good faith contract with another party to perform the Work covered by said bid,then this obligation shall be null and void,otherwise to remain in full force and effect. Signed and sealed this 15th day of October , 20 16 Hebbard Electric, Inc. _ (Principal) (Seal) ' (Witness)-; (Title) President ( FCCI insurance Company (Surety) (Seal) I els) miAk Buck Leigh Attorney-In-Fact I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 10-024270 I r 1 NSU HA NC I t tit tt11) Marc than a pollux. A ltroauirc, GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY I Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI insurance Company,a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida(the"Corporation")does make,constitute and appoint: Thomas M Albus; Hinton B Leigh IEach,its true and lawful Attorney-In-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety, and as its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of(not to exceed$5,000,000): $5,000,000.00 IThis Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That resolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile I signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed and in the future with regard to any bond,undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. In witness whereof,the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presen s to be signed by its duly authorized Iffiocers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 22ND day of Seetember , 2011 , �j� 0 P ct C; Attest: N1/rb219'T1. ;c� <%' }+#4"�r� X'., Cram •hn n,President u: ` [Al. Thom. .Koval Esq.,EVP,Chie :.< Officer, I FCCI nsur ce Company , , Gov: ment Affairs and Corporate Secretary fi4oFily ; ; FCCi Insurance Company I State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Craig Johnson, who is personally known to me and who executed the I foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. ARLENE CUEMAN My commission expires: 9/25/2016 irotsyPubYc.$6141flaida INo.EE 213002 Notary Public State of Florida ICounty of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Thomas A. Koval, Esq., who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. I ARLENE CUEMAN aliii--.. —. - My commission expires: 9/25/2016N�ter "iccSta�aAoriaa tMy Comm.E>�r..$apt 2S 2046 No.EE 213002 Notary Public ICERTIFICATE I, the undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 24, 2011 Resolution of the Board of Directors,referenced in said Power of Attorney,is now in force. IDated this /5r, day of , . L.t Thoma Koval,Esq.,EVP, Legal Officer, I Gov ent Affairs and Corporate e - ry t-LONA-;592 NA-04, 9 14 I 1 1 1 AUGUSTq it. = . 4_ NOTICE OF AWARD ' ORG ' DATE: CONTRACTOR: Hebbard Electric, Inc. ' ADDRESS: 2225 North Leg Roiad Augusta GA 30909 City State Zip Code PROJECT: Highland Ave.WTP, Electrical Improvements PROJECT NO: 1416-03 At a meeting of the held on(Date) ' you were awarded the Contract for the following Project: Bond Project UB-02016-004 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant,Electrical Improvements Enclosed please find 3 copies of the Contract Documents for your execution. Please complete the ' pages,affixing signatures,dates, notary and/or corporate seals,etc.where necessary and return to this office within 10 days from the date of this letter,excluding Legal Holidays. ' The Certificate of Insurance must be complete. Power of Attorney must be submitted in triplicate;an original and two copies is permissible. ' Very truly yours, Project Engineer Reciept of this NOTICE OF AWARD is hereby acknowledged this,the day of , 20 "'‘A 1 1 . Contractor By Titl ' Please sign and return one copy of this Notice of Award Acknowledgement to: Augusta Utilities Department ' 360 Bay Street,Suite 180 Augusta,GA 30901 1416-03 00510 Notice Of Award.Docx r i i i i i SECTION A AGREEMENT ' AGREEMENT ' This AGREEMENT,made on the day of ,20 ,by and between AUGUSTA,GEORGIA,BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RICHMOND COUNTY COMMISSION,party of the first part,hereinafter called the OWNER,and Hebbard Electric,Inc, party of the second part,hereinafter called the CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH,that the Contractor and the Owner,for the considerations hereinafter named, ' agree as follows: ARTICLE I-SCOPE OF THE WORK ' The Contractor hereby agrees to furnish all of the materials and all of the equipment and labor necessary,and to perform all of the work shown on the plans and described in the specifications for the project entitled: BOND PROJECT UB-2 i6- 0004 HIGHLAND AVENUE WATER TREATMENT PLANS ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS and in accordance with the requirements and provisions of the Contract Documents as defined in the General and Special Conditions hereto attached,which are hereby made a part of this agreement. ARTICLE II-TIME OF COMPLETION-LIQUIDATED DAMAGES The work to be performed under this Contract shall be commenced within 14 calendar days ' after the date of written notice by the Owner or the Contractor to proceed.All work shall be substantially completed within 180 calendar days with all such extensions of time as are provided for in the General Conditions. Substantial completion shall be defined in the General Conditions. Final completion shall be 30 days after substantial completion. ' It is hereby understood and mutually agreed,by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning, rate of progress and the time for completion of the work to be done hereunder ' are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this contract. Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion thereof within the time specified. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the time for completion of the work described herein is a reasonable time for completion of ' the same, taking into consideration the average climatic range and construction conditions prevailing in this locality. IF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NEGLECT,FAIL,OR REFUSE TO COMPLETE THE WORK WITHIN THE TIME HEREIN SPECIFIED,then the Contractor does hereby agree,as a part of the Consideration for the awarding of this contract, to pay the Owner the sum Two Thousand and no/loo ($2,00o.00)Dollars,not as a penalty,but as liquidated damages for such breach of contract as hereinafter ' set forth, for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract for completing the work to substantial completion. ' A-1 00520-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' The said amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of fixing and ascertaining the actual damages the Owner would, in such event, sustain, and said amounts shall be retained from time to time by the Owner from current periodical estimates. It is further agreed that time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract and the ' specifications wherein a definite portion and certain length of time is fixed for the additional time is allowed for the completion of any work,the new time limit fixed by extension shall be the essence of this contract. ' ARTICLE III—PAYMENT (A) The Contract Sum The Owner shall pay to the contractor for the performance of the Contract the amount as stated in the BID FORM and Schedule of Items. No variations shall be made in the amount except as set forth in the specifications attached hereto. (B) Progress Payment On no later than the fifth day of every month,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Engineer ' an estimate covering the percentage of the total amount of the Contract which has been completed from the start of the job up to and including the last working day of the preceding month, together with such supporting evidence as may be required by the Owner and/or the Engineer. This estimate shall include ' only the quantities in place and at the unit prices as set forth in the Bid Schedule. On the vendor run following approval of the invoice for payment, the Owner shall after deducting previous payments made, pay to the Contractor 90% of the amount of the estimate on units accepted in place. The 10% retained percentage may be held by the Owner until the final completion and acceptance of all work under the ' Contract. ARTICLE IV-ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT ' (A) Upon receipt of written notice that the work is ready for final inspection acceptance,the Engineer shall within 10 days made such inspection,and when he finds the work acceptable under the Contract and the Contract fully performed,he will promptly issue a final certificate, over his own signature, stating that the work required by this Contract has been completed and is accepted by him under the terms and conditions thereof, and the entire balance found to be due the Contractor, including the retained percentage, shall be paid to the Contractor by the Owner within 15 days after the date of said final ' certificate. (B) Before final payment is due,the Contractor shall submit evidence satisfactory to the Engineer that all payrolls, material bills, and other indebtedness connected with work have been paid, except that in case of disputed indebtedness of liens of evidence of payment of all such disputed amounts when adjudicated in cases where such payment has not already been guaranteed by surety bond. ' (C) The making and acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those arising from unsettled liens,from faulty work appearing within 12 months after final payment, from requirements of the specifications, or from manufacturer's guarantees. It shall also constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor except those previously made and still unsettled. (C) If after the work has as been substantially completed, full completion thereof is materially delayed ' through no fault of the Contractor, and the Engineer, so certifies, the Owner shall upon certification of the Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the work fully completed and accepted. A-2 00520-2 I I I IEach payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment,except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. PIN WITNESS WHEREOF,the parties hereto have executed this Agreement in three(3)counterparts,each of which shall be deemed an original,in the year and day first mentioned above. IOWNER:AUGUSTA,GEORGIA ATTEST: / SEAL .- By: By:/ / / /1/ I de.The Honorable Hardie Davis,Jr. Lena" 0� + , Mayor Cl e om a ' _i 0 ,j t 1 -v-I -04%4 1 .00 r D Date: :.� t:y�� �-,a,,��i �A I t I I . s , Al• % I- 1 APPROVED AS TO FORM: D� �� ..' O/A "i I il �eaea- , By: t By: ,!tura. r. Thomas D.W�iec me O. IAttorney t°, ,Di r tagr,,Augusta Utilities De+ar 4, ent Date: 1 /(i// 1 Date: t./6 /i I I CONTRACTOR: ATTEST: SEAL I : \�\ By \AI By: A4-eqk'e.VeeZ_l� I Name:To L;.--H- Q Title: Name: 402 c�`e �Cm Waken o L/ Title: �,4" "S 'd I Date: Date: I I I I A-3 00520-3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E'; GUSTNOTICE TO PROCEED OR DATE: TO: Hebbard Electric, Inc. John H. Hebbard, President 2225 North Leg Road Augusta,GA 30909 BOND PROJECT UB-2016-004 Highland Avenue Water PROJECT: Treatment Plant, Electrical Improvements PROJECT NO: 1416-03 You are hereby notified to commence WORK in accordance with the Agreement dated ' on or before ,and you are to complete the WORK within 180 consecutive calendar days thereafter. The date of completion of all WORK is therefore Very truly yours, Project Engineer ' Receipt of this NOTICE TO PROCEED is hereby acknowledged This,the day of Contractor: By: Title: ' Please sign and return one copy of this Notice to Proceed Acknowledgement to: ' Augusta Utilities Department 360 Bay Street,Suite 180 ' Augusta,GA 30901 1416-03 00550 Notice To Proceed Docx 1 i • SECTION PB PERFORMANCE BOND 2200 352 (NOTE : THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PAYMENT BOND ON PAGE PB-3, IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED FOR THE PAYMENT OF LABOR AND MATERIAL) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Hebbard Electric,Inc. as Principal. Ihereinafter called Contractor,and IU-1 Insurance anpany a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Ficrida .with I its principal office in the City ofara-9°1:a .State of arida ,as Surety. I I hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA,GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA COMMISSION as Obligee. hereinafter called the Owner, in the penal amount of Five Hundred Fifty Five Thousand.One Hundred Ninety Three and no/I00 Dollars($555,193.00)for the payment whereof II Contractor and Surety bind themselves,their heirs, executors,administrators, successors,and assigns.jointly and severally,firmly by these presents for the faithful performance of a certain written agreement. II WHEREAS,Contractor has by said written agreement dated entered into a contract with Owner for the BOND PROJECT UB-2016-004, HIGHLAND AVENUE WATER II TREATMENT PLANT.ELECTRICAL IMPROVEMENTS in accordance with the drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Utilities Department and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission,which contract is by II reference made a part hereof,and is hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACT. NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation is such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform II said CONTRACT.then this obligation shall be null and void:otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. II The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension ot time made by the Owner. Whenever Contractor shall be. and declared by Owner to be in default under the CONTRACT.the Owner having II performed Owner's obligations thereunder,the Surety may promptly remedy the default,or shall promptly I I (1) Complete the CONTRACT in accordance with its terms and conditions, or (2) Obtain a bid or bids for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions,and upon determination by Surety of the lowest responsible bidder,or. if the Owner elects, upon determination by the I I Owner and the Surety jointly of the lowest responsible bidder,arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner,and make available as Work progresses(even though there should be a default a succession of II ,4 I 6-01 0061 u Pert ormance&Payment 8,Ana Dona PB- I I ' I2200 352 Idefaults under the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph)sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the contract price: but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for I which the Surety may be liable hereunder,the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the contract price,"as used in this para.: .ph. shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. I IAny suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two(2)years from the date on which final payment under the CONTRACT falls due. INo right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs,executors,administrators or successors of the Owner. I Signed and sealed this day of . A. D.20 . I Witness .541.---tce Hebbard Electric.Inc.(Seal) (Contractor) I Attest By_/-4(/aa__z92—(Seal) IA,,I)E00-itie, IWitness 11(61-11-44 / 1 • 0_1-erf-4--d—_— KU InSUraIre 0311:any (Sezi) (Surety) I , Attest lat B:42-/1-474.41•,1.13 -1,...4.jekeal.) IHintcn B. Leigh(Title) Afton-Ey—in-Fact I I I I4416.0.Wnin Pciornance&rogneni Bonds Doc* PB-2 I ti SECTION PB LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND ' 2200 352 NOTE: THIS BOND IS ISSUED SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH PERFORMANCE A CE BOND ON PAGE PB-I,IN FAVOR OF THE OWNER CONDITIONED FOR THE ' PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK.) ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Hebbard Electric;inn, as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor,and EMT Irs re ,and a corporation organized and existin under the laws of the State of ricrida with its principal office in the City of .State of F1+ .dh Surety,hereinafter called Surety,are held and firmly bound unto AUGUSTA,GEORGIA BY AND THROUGH THE AUGUSTA-RIC}{MONI) COUNTY COMMISSION,as Obligee,hereinafter called the Owner,for the use and benefit of claimants as herein below defined in the amount of Five Hund Fifty Five Thousand,One Hundred Ninety Three and;nol 100 Dollars($555.193.00) 1 for the payment whereof Contractor and Surety bind themselves. their heirs, executors, administrators, successors,uccessors, and assigns,jointly and severally,firmly by these presents. WHEREAS,Contractor has by written agreement dated entered into a contract with Owner for the.B9ND PROJECT UR-20164W,HIGHLAND AVENUE WATER TREATMENT PLANT,ELECTRICAL Ili "RQyg EIS TS in accordance with drawings and specifications issued by the Augusta Utilities Department and Augusta-Richmond County Commission, which contract is by reference made a part hereof and is hereinafter referred to as the CONTRACT. I NOW,THEREFORE,the condition of this obligation tion is such that, if the Contractor • shall promptly matte payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined, for all labor and material used ' or reasonably required to use in the performance of the CONTRACT,then this obligation shall be void:otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject,however,to the following conditions: t I) A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor for labor.material,or both.used or reasonably: required for use in the performance of the contract, labor and material being construed as to include that part of water. eas. powerlight,heat,oil,gasoline. telephone service or rental of equipment directly applicable to the CONTRACT (2) The above named Contractor and Surety hereby.jointly and severally agree with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety(90)days after the date on which the last of such ' 14164)3 006t0 Perm RIUKt PG1y171titiaetl £. c PB-3 1 I II I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I 2200 352 claimant's work or labor was done or performed,or materials were furnished by such claimant,may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, prosecute the suit to final judgement for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant,and have execution thereon.The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. (3) No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant. ( ) Unless claimant,other than one having a direct contract with the Contractor, shall have given written notice to any two of the following: The Contractor, the Owner,or the Surety above named, within ninety(90)days after such claimant did or performed the last of the work or labor,or furnished the last of the materials for which said claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were furnished,or for whom the work or labor was done or performed.Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail or certified mail,postage prepaid, in an envelope addressed to the Contractor,Owner or Surety,at any place where an office regularly maintained for the transaction of business,or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in which the aforesaid project is located,save that such service need not be made by a public officer. After the expiration of one( I)year following the date on which Contractor ceased work on said CONTRACT, it being understood, however,that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited by any law controlling the construction hereof, such limitation shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum period of limitation permitted by such law. Other than in a state court of competent jurisdiction in and for the county or other political subdivision of the state in which the project,or any part thereof,is situated,or in the United States District Court for the district in which the project,or any part thereof, is situated,and not elsewhere. (4' The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the payment by Surety of mechanics'liens which may be filed of record against said improvement,whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be presented under and against this bond. 14113-U3 OO6t Performance to hymen!Honda r)o,-* PB-4 U U I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2200 352 Signed and sealed this day of A,D.20_. Witness Hebbard Electric.Inc.(Seal) (Contractor) : By _ ) (Seal) Attest `IgZfr<ffa Witness C-,) \-ent 0-4 C4-61 tuuSetd) Insurarre Ctirrany (Surety) ( Attest cMajly Byr", ,E.4494._(Seal) Hintat B. Lei (Title) AlterrEy-in-Fac± I I I I II 111 106-03 00610 Pafontaneo&Payment Roads Mo. 1 I ( ....-0-.."mai 'r ib. 10-024267 F'C C I INGROU1- SURyANCE ( I More than a policy. A promise. - I GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY ' Know all men by these presents: That the FCCI Insurance Company, a Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Florida(the"Corporation")does make, constitute and appoint: IThomas M Albus; Hinton B Leigh Each, its true and lawful Attorney-In-Fact, to make, execute, seal and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety, and Ias its act and deed in all bonds and undertakings provided that no bond or undertaking or contract of suretyship executed under this authority shall exceed the sum of(not to exceed $5,000,000): $5,000,000.00 This Power of Attorney is made and executed by authority of a Resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. That Iresolution also authorized any further action by the officers of the Company necessary to effect such transaction. i The signatures below and the seal of the Corporation may be affixed by facsimile, and any such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be binding upon the Corporation when so affixed andin the future with regard to any bond, undertaking or contract of surety to which it is attached. I byits dulyauthorized In witness whereof,the FCCI Insurance Company has caused these presen s to be signed officers and its corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed, this 22ND day of Se•tember , 2011 . II AttestCL ' ": Crai hn n, President ':` ; Thom- .Koval Esq., EVP,Chie : - Officer, FCCI nsur ce Company S Govt ment Affairs and Corporate Secretary ,f4 a aft . FCCI Insurance Company I State of Florida County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Craig Johnson, who is personally known to me and who executed the ' foreC going document for the purposes expressed therein. j ARLENE CUEMAN My commission expires: 9/25/2016 M PuPulb4c.•SneeMAari 6 ".. Ii No..EE21 Notary Public State of Florida ' County of Sarasota Before me this day personally appeared Thomas A. Koval, Esq., who is personally known to me and who executed the foregoing document for the purposes expressed therein. IIARLENE CUEMAN My commission expires: 9/25/2016 Notary Pudic.'Miloott bids -.-�► ` t6Notary Public CERTIFICATE IIthe undersigned Secretary of FCCI Insurance Company, a Florida Corporation, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the , foregoing Power of Attorney remains in full force and has not been revoked; and furthermore that the February 24, 2011 Resolution of the Board of Directors, referenced in said Power of Attorney, is now in force. I ( Dated this day of , Thoma .Koval, Esq.,EVP, ', Legal Officer, I ! Gov IV ent Affairs and Corporate e - -ry ,sus TIVFS' 1-10NA-3592-NA-04, 9/14 SSP �Fa IDocuGard#04546 contains a security pantograph,bice background,heat-sensitive ink,coin-reactive watermark and rnicrotext printing on border. ops""'', ,EaT o'' __J, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,-- I ------0,46- G y0 R (I I A I IIn accordance with the Laws of Georgia,the following affidavit is required by all vendors NON.COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT OF SUBCONTRACTOR II, .x. .I".t'..: -'..,,,. --,' ''": certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same work, labor or service to be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all I respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences and civil damages awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid or proposal and certify that I am authorized to sign this bid or proposal for the bidder. Affipot further states that pyrsuant to 0.C.G.A.Section 36-91-21 (d)and(e), I ), n - r' - r / - ('' has not, by itself or with others, directly or indirectly, prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatsoever.Affiant further states that(s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making I a bid or offer on the project by any means whatever,nor has Affiant caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or offer for the work. , =', „,.. 4, , , / Affiant further states that the said offer of ;7e.,,,:-."-.7-1, -114:".,' - 1 e.( d:I t-jS bona fide, and that no one has gone to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder I only, or if furnished to any other bidder,that the material shall be at a higher price. 4 , I Signature of Auttiorized Company Representative W LC)t. ::-l-L.V Title I 't i 1 I-I Sworn to and subscribed before me this , ' - - day of i'L--.!/.,'..)''',r) ..e. , 20 , .„,.., :: 21 :z. 111 Notary Signature 7 ,..,," t„.., „ — . 4,„(t•1,`" I Notary Public: 6 C-,--: ek:t e.- R 4 I t.',. y (Print Name) .::°r 1o° ,,,,TA4t, 1":17. d.,1` County: (1,i) 1 — -10•.-- :)... ,t1,-' T.A' %IA--S'" -* ' t 40 Li Commission Expires: V-7--,c00 . ,- ..:S , ` ..,.' ..A. C"...$ NOTARY SEAL .71 "1', CO ti iiilftlil"‘ I IRev.7/22/2011 I Bid item#16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Page 3 of 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I a ,t`" .41 t E''.f O R 0 1 A ISTATE OF GEORGIA-COUNTY OF RICHMOND BID/RFP/RFQ# 1 SUBCONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A. 13- I 10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, oK corporatipn which is engaged in the physical performance of services under a contract witheqtrifvm, 6A,v0 1-71 =/:-.-15,_ ' behalf of Augusta Richmond County Board of Commissioners has registered With and is participating in a I federal work authorization program* [any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and I Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), Pl. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O. C. G. A 13-10-91. �- ' , IE-Verify*User Identification Number I Company Name / 'f:' \J ---A‘ BYi,Authorized Officer or Agent I (contractor Signature) Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor Georgia Law requires your company to have an I ;' E-Verify�User Identification Number on or after July 1,2009. Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent For additional information: State of Georgia pi4 z .C'i' SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE :'1,-- ` , ' :"` ,, . _ /1-7/ vf`Lr- DAY OF 11 o v l_4,-.t.0 c?c ,2p ) %�%iI1rrtr (� 2 s) A /4/ 100# c� ( `` Notary Public6. ; ; s I My Commission Expires: l S T I "SE z Rev.7/22/2011 I Bid Item#16-241 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant Electrical Improvements Page 2 of 3 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 Company ID Number: 100591 ' ARTICLE I PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY ' This Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) sets forth the points of agreement between the Social Security Administration (SSA), the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) and Hebbard Electric, Inc. (Employer) regarding the Employer's participation in the Employment ' EligibiIity Verification Program (E-Verify). E-Verify is a program in which the employment eligibility of all newly hired employees will be confirmed after the Employment Eligibility Verification Form(Form I-9)has been completed. Authority for the E-Verify program is found in Title IV, Subtitle A, of the Illegal Immigration Reform and Immigrant Responsibility Act of 1996 (IIRIRA),Pub. L. 104-208, 110 Stat. 3009, as amended(8 U.S.C. § 1324a note). ARTICLE II ' FUNCTIONS TO BE PERFORMED A. RESPONSIBILITIES OF'i'I SSA ' 1. Upon completion of the Form 1-9 by the employee and the Employer, and provided the Employer complies with the requirements of this MOU, SSA agrees to provide the Employer with available information that allows the Employer to confirm the accuracy of Social Security ' Numbers provided by all newly hired employees and the employment authorization of U.S. citizens. 2. The SSA agrees to provide to the Employer appropriate assistance with operational ' problems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E-Verify program. The SSA agrees to provide the Employer with names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of SSA representatives to be contacted during the E-Verify process. 3. The SSA agrees to safeguard the information provided by the Employer through the E- Verify program procedures, and to limit access to such information, as is appropriate by law, to ' individuals responsible for the verification of Social Security Numbers and for evaluation of the E-Verify program or such other persons or entities who may be authorized by the SSA as governed by the Privacy Act(5 U.S.C. § 552a), the Social Security Act(42 U.S.C. 1306(a)), and SSA regulations(20 CFR Part 401). 4. SSA agrees to establish a means of automated verification that is designed (in conjunction with DHS's automated system if necessary) to provide confirmation or tentative ' nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment eligibility and accuracy of SSA records for both citizens and aliens within 3 Federal Government work days of the initial inquiry. 1 Company ID Number: 100591 5. SSA agrees to establish a means of secondary verification (including updating SSA records as may be necessary) for employees who contest SSA tentative nonconfirmations that is designed to provide final confirmation or nonconfirmation of U.S. citizens' employment eligibility and accuracy of SSA records for both citizens and aliens within 10 Federal Government work days of the date of referral to SSA, unless SSA determines that more than 10 days may be necessary.In such cases,SSA will provide additional verification instructions. E. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY 1. Upon completion of the Form I-9 by the employee and the Employer and after SSA verifies the accuracy of SSA records for aliens through E-Verify, DHS agrees to provide the Employer access to selected data from DHS's database to enable the Employer to conduct: ® Automated verification checks on newly hired alien employees by electronic means,and • Photo verification checks(when available)on newly hired alien employees. 2. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer appropriate assistance with operationalproblems that may arise during the Employer's participation in the E-Verify program. DHS agrees to provide the Employer names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of DHS representatives to be contacted during the E-Verify process. 3. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer a manual (the E-Verify Manual) containing instructions on E-Verify policies,procedures and requirements for both SSA and DHS, including restrictions onthe use of E-Verify..DHS agrees to provide training materials on E-Verify. 4. DHS agrees to provide to the Employer a notice, which indicates the Employer's participation in the E-Verify program. DHS also agrees to provide to the Employer anti- discrimination notices issued by the Office of Special Counsel for Immigration-Related Unfair Employment Practices(OSC),Civil Rights Division,and U.S.Department of Justice. 5. DHS agrees to issue the Employer a user identification number and password that permits the Employer to verify information provided by alien employees with DHS's database. 6. DHS agrees to safeguard the information provided to DHS by the Employer, and to limit access to such information to individuals responsible for the verification of alien employment eligibility and for evaluation of the E-Verify program,or to such other persons or entities as may be authorized by applicable law. Information will be used only to verify the accuracy of Social Security Numbers and employment eligibility, to enforce the Immigration and Nationality Act and federal criminal laws,and to ensure accurate wage reports to the SSA. 7, DHS agrees to establish a means of automated verification that is designed (in conjunction with SSA verification procedures) to provide confirmation or tentative nonconfirmation of employees' employment eligibility within 3 Federal Government work days of the initial inquiry. 1 ' Company ID Number: 100591 8. DHS agrees to establish a means of secondary verification (including updating DHS ' records as may be necessary) for employees who contest DHS tentative nonconfirmations and photo non-match tentative nonconfirmations that is designed to provide final confirmation or nonconfirmation of the employees' employment eligibility within 10 Federal Government work days of the date of referral to DES, unless DES determines that more than 10 days may be necessary.In such cases,DES will provide additional verification instructions. C. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER 1. The Employer agrees to display the notices supplied by DES in a prominent place that is clearly visible to prospective employees. 2. The Employer agrees to provide to the SSA and DES the names, titles, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Employer representatives to be contacted regarding E-Verify. 3. The Employer agrees to become familiar with and comply with the E-Verify Manual. 4. The Employer agrees that any Employer Representative who will perform employment ' verification queries will complete the E-Verify Tutorial before that individual initiates any queries. ' A. The employer agrees that all employer representatives will take the refresher tutorials initiated by the E-Verily program as a condition of continued use of E- Verify. B. Failure to complete a refresher tutorial will prevent the employer from continued use of the program. 5. The Employer agrees to comply with established Form I-9 procedures, with two exceptions: • If an employee presents a"List B"identity document,the Employer agrees to only accept ' "List B" documents that contain a photo. (List B documents identified in 8 C.F.R. § 274a.2(b)(1)(B))can be presented during the Form I-9 process to establish identity). • If an employee presents a DHS Form I-551 (Permanent Resident Card) or Form 1-766 (Employment Authorization Document) to complete the Form 1-9, the Employer agrees to make a photocopy of the document and to retain the photocopy with the employee's Form I-9. The employer will use the photocopy to verify the photo and to assist the ' Department with its reviewof photo non-matches that are contested by employees. Note that employees retain the right to present any List A,or List B and List C,documentation to complete the Form 1-9. DES may in the future designate other documents that activate the photo screening tool. 6. The Employer understands that participation in E-Verify does not exempt the Employer from the responsibility to complete,retain,and make available for inspection Forms 1-9 that relate ' to its employees, or from other requirements of applicable regulations or laws, except for the following modified requirements applicable by reason of the Employer's participation in E- Verify: (1) identity documents must have photos, as described in paragraph 5 above; (2) a 1 1 1 1 Company ID Number: 100591 rebuttable presumption is established that the Employer has not violated section 274A(a)(1)(A)of the Immigration and Nationality Act (INA) with respect to the hiring of any individual if it obtains confirmation of the identity and employment eligibility of the individual in compliance with the terms and conditions of E-Verify ; (3)the Employer must notify DHS if it continues to employ any employee after receiving a final nonconfirmation, and is subject to a civil money penalty between $500 and $1,000 for each failure to notify DHS of continued employment following a final nonconfuznation; (4) the Employer is subject to a rebuttable presumption that it has knowingly employed an unauthorized alien in violation of section 274A(a)(1)(A) if the Employer continues to employ any employee after receiving a final nonconfirmation; and(5) no person or entity participating in E-Verify is civilly or criminally liable under any law for any action taken in good faith on information provided through the confirmation system. DHS reserves the right to conduct Form I-9 compliance inspections during the course of E-Verify, as well as to conduct any other enforcement activity authorized by law. 7. The Employer agrees to initiate E-Verify verification procedures within 3 Employer business days after each employee has been hired(but after both sections 1 and 2 of the Form I-9 have been completed),and to complete as many(but only as many)steps of the E-Verify process as are necessary according to the E-Verify Manual. The Employer is prohibited from initiating verification procedures before the employee has been hired and the Form I-9 completed. If the automated system to be queried is temporarily unavailable, the 3-day time period is extended until it is again operational in order to accommodate the Employer's attempting, in good faith, to make inquiries during the period of unavailability. In all cases, the Employer must use the SSA verification procedures first, and use DHS verification procedures and photo screening tool only after the the SSA verification response has been given. 8. The Employer agrees not to use E-Verify procedures for pre-employment screening of , job applicants, support for any unlawful employment practice, or any other use not authorized by this MOU. The Employer must use E-Verify for all new employees and will not verify only certain employees selectively. The Employer agrees not to use E-Verify procedures for re- verification, or for employees hired before the date this MOU is in effect. The Employer understands that if the Employer uses E-Verify procedures for any purpose other than as authorized by this MOU, the Employer may be subject to appropriate legal action and the immediate termination of its access to SSA and DHS information pursuant to this MOU. 9. The Employer agrees to follow appropriate procedures (see Article III.B. below) regarding tentative nonconfirmations, including notifying employees of the finding, providing written referral instructions to employees, allowing employees to contest the finding, and not taking adverse action against employees if they choose to contest the finding. Further, when employees contest a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non-match, the Employer is required to take affirmative steps (see Article III.B. below) to contact DHS with information necessary to resolve the challenge. 10. The Employer agrees not to take any adverse action against an employee based upon the ' employee's employment eligibility status while SSA or DHS is processing the verification request unless the Employer obtains knowledge(as defined in 8 C.F.R. § 274a.1 (1)) that the employee is not work authorized. The Employer understands that an initial inability of the SSA or DHS automated verification to verify work authorization,a tentative nonconfirmation,or the finding of I 1 1 ' Company ID Number: 100591 a photo non-match, does not mean, and should not be interpreted as, an indication that the ' employee is not work authorized.In any of the cases listed above,the employee must be provided the opportunity to contest the finding, and if he or she does so, may not be terminated or suffer any adverse employment consequences until and unless secondary verification by SSA or DHS ' has been completed and a final nonconfirmation has been issued.If the employee does not choose to contest a tentative nonconfirmation or a photo non-match, then the Employer can find the employee is not work authorized and take the appropriate action. ' 11. The Employer agrees to comply with section 274B of the INA by not discriminating unlawfully against any individual in hiring, firing, or recruitment or referral practices because of his or her national origin or,in the case of a protected individual as defined in section 274B(a)(3) of the INA, because of his or her citizenship status. The Employer understands that such illegal practices can include selective verification or use of E-Verify, discharging or refusing to hire eligible employees because they appear or sound "foreign", and premature termination of ' employees based upon tentative nonconfirmations, and that any violation of the unfair immigration-related employment practices provisions of the INA could subject the Employer to civil penalties pursuant to section 274B of the INA and the termination of its participation in E- Verify. If the Employer has any questions relating to the anti-discrimination provision, it should contact OSC at 1-800-255-7688 or 1-800-237-2515(1DD). 12. The Employer agrees to record the case verification number on the employee's Form I-9 ' or to print the screen containing the case verification number and attach itt to the employee's Form 1-9. ' 13. The Employer agrees that it will use the information it receives from the SSA or DHS pursuant to E-Verify and this MOU only to confirm the employment eligibility of newly-hired employees after completion of the Form 1-9. The Employer agrees that it will safeguard this information,and means of access to it(such as PINS and passwords) to ensure that it is not used ' for any other purpose and as necessary to protect its confidentiality, including ensuring that it is not disseminated to any person other than employees of the Employer who are authorized to perform the Employer's responsibilities under this MOU. 14. The Employer acknowledges that the information which it receives from SSA is governed by the Privacy Act(5 U.S.C. § 552a (i) (1) and (3)) and the Social Security Act (42 ' U.S.C. 1306(a)),and that any person who obtains this information under false pretenses or uses it for any purpose other than as provided for in this MOU may be subject to criminal penalties. 15. The Employer agrees to allow DHS and SSA, or their authorized agents or designees, to ' make periodic visits to the Employer for the purpose of reviewing E-Verify-related records, i.e., Forms I-9, SSA Transaction Records, and DHS verification records, which were created during the Employer's participation in the E-Verify Program. In addition, for the purpose of evaluating ' E-Verify, the Employer agrees to allow DHS and SSA or their authorizedagents or designees, to interview it regarding its experience with E-Verify,to interview employees hired during E-Verify use concerning their experience with the pilot, and to make employment and E-Verify related ' records available to DHS and the SSA,or their designated agents or designees. Failure to comply with the terms of this paragraph may lead DHS to terminate the Employer's access to E-Verify. 1 1 1 1 Company ID Number: 100591 ' ARTICLE HI REFERRAL OF INDIVIDUALS TO THE SSA AND THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY A. REFERRAL TO THE SSA 1. If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirrnation issued by SSA, the Employer must print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative nonconfirmation. 1 2. The Employer will refer employees to SSA field offices only as directed by the automated system based on a tentative nonconfirmation, and only after the Employer records the case verification number, reviews the input to detect any transaction errors, and determines that the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation. The Employer will transmit the Social Security Number to SSA for verification again if this review indicates a need to do so. The Employer will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon as possible after the Employer receives it. 3. If the employee contests an SSA tentative nonconfrmation, the Employer will provide the employee with a referral letter and instruct the employee to visit an SSA office to resolve the discrepancy within 8 Federal Government work days. The Employer will make a second inquiry to the SSA database using E-Verify procedures on the date that is 10 Federal Government work days after the date of the referral in order to obtain cod-lunation, or final nonconfirmation,unless otherwise instructed by SSA or unless SSA determines that more than 10 days is necessary to resolve the tentative nonconfirmation.. 4. The Employer agrees not to ask the employee to obtain a printout from the Social ' Security Number database (the Numident) or other written verification of the Social Security Number from the SSA. B. REFERRAL TO THE DEPARTMENT OF HOMELAND SECURITY 1. If the Employer receives a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DHS, the Employer must print the tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the tentative nonconfirmation. 2. If the Employer finds a photo non-match for an alien who provides a document for which the automated system has transmitted a photo, the employer must print the photo non-match tentative nonconfirmation notice as directed by the automated system and provide it to the employee so that the employee may determine whether he or she will contest the finding. 3. The Employer agrees to refer individuals to DHS only when the employee chooses to contest a tentative nonconfirmation received from DHS automated verification process or when I Company ID Number: 100591 the Employer issues a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non-match. The Employer ' will determine whether the employee contests the tentative nonconfirmation as soon as possible after the Employer receives it. ' 4. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation issued by DES, the Employer will provide the employee with a referral letter and instruct the employee to contact the Department through its toll-free hotline within 8 Federal Government work days. ' 5. If the employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non-match, the Employer will provide the employee with a referral letter to DES. DES will electronically transmit the result of the referral to the Employer within 10 Federal Government work days of the referral unless it determines that more than 10 days is necessary. 6. The Employer agrees that if an employee contests a tentative nonconfirmation based upon a photo non-match, the Employer will send a copy of the employee's Form 1-551 or Form I- I 766 to DHS for review by: • Scanning and uploading the docnment,or • Sending a photocopy of the document by an express mail account(furnished and paid for by DES). ' 7. The Employer understands that if it cannot determine whether there is a photo match/non-match,the Employer is required to forward the employee's documentation to DHS by scanning and uploading,or by sending the document as described in the preceding paragraph,and ' resolving the case as specified by the Immigration.Services Verifier at DHS who will determine the photo match or non-match. ARTICLE IV SERVICE PROVISIONS ' The SSA and DHS will not charge the Employer for verification services performed under this MOU.The Employer is responsible for providing equipment needed to make inquiries. To access the E-Verify System,an Employer will need a personal computer with Internet access. ARTICLE V PARTIES ' This MOU is effective upon the signature of all parties,and shall continue in effect for as long as the SSA and DHS conduct the E-Verify program unless modified in writing by the mutual consent of all parties, or terminated by any party upon 30 days prior written notice to the others. ' Any and all system enhancements to the E-Verify program by DHS or SSA, including but not limited to the E-Verify checking against additional data sources and instituting new verification procedures,will be covered under this MOU and will not cause the need for a supplemental MOU ' that outlines these changes. DHS agrees to train employers on all changes made to E-Verify through the use of mandatory refresher tutorials and updates to the E-Verify manual. Even 1 1 Company ID Number: 100591 ' without changes to E-Verify, the Department reserves the right to require employers to take mandatory refresher tutorials. , Termination by any party shall terminate the MOU as to all parties. The SSA or DHS may terminate this MOU without prior notice if deemednecessary because of the requirements of law or policy, or upon a determination by SSA or DHS that there has been a breach of system integrity or security by the Employer, or a failure on the part of the Employer to comply with established procedures or legal requirements. Some or all SSA and DHS responsibilities under this MOU may be performed by contractor(s), and SSA and DHS may adjust verification responsibilities between each other as they may determine. Nothing in this MOU is intended, or should be construed, to create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by any third party against the United States, its agencies,officers,or employees,or against the Employer,its agents,officers,or employees. Each party shall be solely responsible for defending any claim or action against it arising out of or ' related to E-Verify or this MOU, whether civil or criminal, and for any liability wherefrom, including (but not limited to) any dispute between the Employer and any other person or entity regarding the applicability of Section 403(d) of IIRIRA to any action taken or allegedly taken by the Employer. The employer understands that the fact of its participation in E-Verify is not confidential information and may be disclosed as authorized or required by law and DHS or SSA policy, including but not limited to, Congressional oversight, E-Verify publicity and media inquiries, and responses to inquiries under the Freedom of Information Act(FOIA). The foregoing constitutes the full agreement on this subject between the SSA, DHS, and the Employer. The individuals whose signatures appear below represent that they are authorized to enter into ' this MOU on behalf of the Employer and DHS respectively. To be accepted as a participant in E-Verify,you should only sign the Employer's Section of ' the signature page. If you have any questions, contact E-Verify Operations at 888-464- 4218. Employer Hebbard Electric,Inc. Wayne F Kitchens Name(Please type or print) Title Electronically Signed 02/15/2008 111Signature Date Department of Homeland Security—Verification Division ' Company ID Number: 100591 USCIS Verification Division Name(Please type or print) Title Electronically Signed 02/15/2008 Signature Date 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Company ID Number: 100591 INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR THE E-VERIFY PROGRAM Information relating to your Company: Company Name: Hebbard Electric,Inc. Company Facility Address: 2002 Westside Drive Augusta,GA 30907-9211 Company Alternate Address: 1 County or Parish: RICHMOND Employer Identification Number: 581654149 ' North American Industry Classification Systems Code: 238 Parent Company: Number of Employees: 20 to 99 Number of Sites Verified for: 1 ' Are you verifying for more than I site? If yes,please provide the number of sites verified for in each State. GEORGIA 1 site(s) Information relating to the Progam Administrator(s)for your Company on policy questions or operational problems: Name: Joan.R Veal Telephone Number: (706)447-4337 Fax Number. (706)447-4342 E-mail Address: hebbardelectric@gmaiLcom Name: Wayne F Kitchens Telephone Number: (706)447-4337 Fax Number: (706)447-4342 E-mail Address: hebbardelectric@gntail.com 1 I w 0 cc .715 -a-) O N Q Q a7 coO Y OD 0 04 li Cco E• ° OZ ii c Lco ea .o « C m a U °C m ._'O Q C C o m .O+ N Q w c m c ¢ m x as Q w p a) co w 1- ¢ .x a c O. E 'a �° c U ■... N O ` J O W O m m ° }� O o o (� c c r CU `_' C fn a t0in Z J L N .p I c W c C C Z ¢ + o o od "" p t6 J .J.. W l0 ° Oco W W + W N Q Q' °o °o d CL U C U N 'y F- F- U N E Q Om CC O a Z y 0 o a a yr C • r LLI c �, J a w _CO o ER ER rn = R .1. O a 0 a c ER En •c S2 O W LL C c) cS .n o 0 OJ F- O LL U o o W W O r� 74 /� _Z O W J CE _Z w Z d Z U C ti. Eo •• '° c = m ~ ° ~ +.. O O Jc miri �ai E ° > =L Z O QR' } :-: O Z U a IY R .G U ¢ J ¢ m V • N M a N in P 00 A 1.d NN Td N . ¢ V O Ua d a IC c .. C O. ° ° 2 co U 1E 1:,- A w 0 0 o m ° ° 5w U .0 U v U E� Ov c �N W a o as m o m> �4; a� m cso 10 n c c a_co winE0co ° c u < LL 0 0 N V cn.N..of °-au N c a)C 'L. OO I 0 O)m 4... Q.O p a) v o U.g>E E o x U 0 iii 30 yo ° o m a a 0 Et £ y U U U N O (U O O c co To CO E L C C �" 0Ew�°� cN U O �° OD EOU E a) CY7 ^C U U) C E .0 4.I v1m c o co U.0 N p v _ CO 0 woooc ._° a 12 0. m3 `m 0 Eu 03 o o Ov C ` cn 3o ca) cOO.. � 0 O) < _ OOWUaN O U - L L. 5 I CO F- L O a) 0 L C O -g ° 0 o U ZU Q 00 ,-0caa� Cc a U N = W 0 p (j _ t_ OOum•c LL U ca.C U O.O N il o d U > U W C O,vU) asNaci U p m W Q N a30omQ � :? m to aD U.Z O O O c a W E6 C U z C U L N N m d c _O z n ~ < 01 LU O rnEm3f6sf6m - `o o 3 U Z H Z a o o w o ; ▪o J W ¢ °▪, O aaoi c a o Z 2 Z O >mc�NONvi•v0 cR ° LL 0 0 a a U O Joao ° C � a0o. 0 '';' F- a O Q ¢ U F- 2 m 0› U N UJ¢a m p I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 NLL w .� 0 - coN LL m N I /!! co O `,V+ N V 0 O O ■� o capu b0 Q a CDa 15 I CL Q a) LL a O W N o 2 0 U o + L io U O p -o u IIFI H- aco o I T L cco 0c o 0 ea O W • 0 +' v 0C a a> c m o E m c C c o U 0 0 o Lif. co U a O C Z. o. a 0 ' Q Q au L E 0 0 £ a + Y oU o 1 U o Ll c L — o E m ° CCi O U w^ i LL a W O Q N V I o O L v a o C a, 3 CDo U CO a� U 3 I CD 113 o 4 17 cN U d ti d I W 0 y L O O to ^O IC caCLO d I E _ C U O N H (9 C O d I C C A Q E U 0 L W O S C c °o I W a Ofc Cl) o 0 W Na y L. m c o t lco o Z o 0 U 0 w 00 Mt, LL Q Q Ni.. L 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C O V N LL •— 0 C'E . w /!e "?' V m O Ye ri ■— O /� o ug ca O ao 0 0. a a Qm o m "W tL Qom + E o N UV) o I L � C � CO No- '- I mtnV e '4/ W 1 >,.E o C al c es to O 2 ka V a C C4 m = _a a� E =? a m L y I o Z o U as iii d Q Q a, >, S = Q Q I < < U E N f0 R 7 M u W ' 4.0E ,... 1 to o i 03:9-; y to u W E N C O O ' - - N U C. LL N Ts L b t C U d U o > zd' m i tiU = C ;., 4.4 1 y 44 a4 L O 'O C d O C C d d I E E Q U w m 0.0 I o E H o c C d u ss L 4.0 oU _E c moo, o L U) 'E.' d W °' C N o o w N r I v a o L g o Ta ` Z CD c 0 o V M L L Q O Li Q 7o0 ,.o a • u I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I C c C mo) mw o IC!) V1Ot N ■— @(np y ,40C ^ ac CW RI 1 CL < Cl) - o E 1 L � ¢v 0 y y u_ a) .� • co L n 112� _c 0 0 � �0 co 0 OU Vd cilC _ o U t o L C D a) o 7 C C Z Z• O w U L C Ci' O O -E -C I U co O O ed Q• Q a v us T.. E d I c _ o C L Q v H o > I ^0 EP- coO c U C7 O C = U A " © ti d W 10 u . Sr 0 I = d 7 C R CU U co U To E I0 E o c U o ` a E `v Q EO A CO N u E L I _ N o U a o I° I i cZ W2 L m0 E on oc r m cW � �1- d IL o_c y�p .0o M V) o �Zu... Qa ,- L - I ...1a I Certificate of Substantial Completion ' Project: BOND PROJECT UB-2016-004, Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant, Electrical Improvements ' Owner: Owner's Contract No.: Contract: Engineer's Project No.: 1416-03 This [tentative] [definitive] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: ❑All Work under the Contract Documents: ❑The following specified portions of the Work: 1 Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, ' Contractor, and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below. ' A [tentative] [definitive] list of items to be completed or corrected is attached hereto. This list may not be all-inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the ' Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities between Owner and Contractor for security, operation, safety, maintenance, ' heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as provided in the Contract Documents except as amended as follows: Cl Amended Responsibilities CI Not Amended ' Owner's Amended Responsibilities: 1 Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: 1 r EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 006251 of 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certificate: ' This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1 Executed by Engineer Date Accepted by Contractor Date ' Accepted by Owner Date 1 EJCDC C-625 Certificate of Substantial Completion Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee and endorsed by the Construction Specifications Institute. Page 00625 2 of 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Revision Date August 2001 ' GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I--DEFINITIONS ' Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated, which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda-Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids. Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be ' performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. ' Application for Payment-The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. ' Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s) for the Work to be performed. ' Bonds-Bid,, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. Change Order--A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and ' OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. ' Contract Documents-The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement; Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered after execution of Contract together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. ' Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). ' Contract Time-The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR-The person, firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. . COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents, or employees. ' Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays: New Year's Day, Martin ' Luther King Day, Memorial Day, 4th of July, Labor Day, Veterans Day, Thanksgiving Day and the following Friday, and Christmas Day. GC-1 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx ' Page 1 of 55 1 Revision Date August 2001 Defective-An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion (in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which ' .have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents. Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia. Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications. Laws or Regulations-Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders. Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon ' compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. Notice to Proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. ' OWNER-Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta-Richmond County Commission. Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a related purpose) before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. PROFESSIONAL-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated to perform the design and/or resident engineer services for the Work. PROGRAM MANAGER — The professional firm or individual designated as the representative or the OWNER who shall act as liaison between OWNER and both the PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR when project is part of an OWNER designated program. Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part, as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this Contract. ' Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, his successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER, for the purpose of directing or having in charge the work embraced in this Contract. GC-2 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 2 of 55 Revision Date August 2001 ' Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL as PROGRAM MANAGER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a ' Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. ' Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. t Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion-The Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the ' opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work(or specified part) can be used for the purposes for which it is intended, or if there be no such certificate ' issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13. The terms "substantially complete"and "substantially completed"as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these ' General Conditions. Supplier-A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. ' Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity,gases, steam, liquid ' petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems, or water. ' Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services, furnishing labor and ' furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the ' Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22. ' A Work Change Directive may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in Article 10. GC-3 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx ' Page 3 of 55 1 Revision Date August 2001 • Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non- engineering or non-technical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 GC-4 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 4 of 55 ' Revision Date August 2001 ' ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents. Copies of Documents: 2.2. After the award of the Contract, OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and/or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by ' COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's standard charges for printing and reproduction. ' Commencement of Contract Time, Notice to Proceed: 2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract. ' Starting the Project: ' 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract Time commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and ' compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. ' 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review: 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: 2.6.2. a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient ' detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in GC-5 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 5 of 55 1 Revision Date August 2001 writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. ' 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, an original policy or certified copies of each insurance policy (and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request) which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. Pre-construction Conference: 2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER , PROFESSIONAL and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records. Finalizing Schedules: 2.9. At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10) calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules. No progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as provided below. The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR's schedule of values shall be approved by PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance. CONTRACTOR, in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for maintaining the schedule, including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work as compared to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request. I GC-6 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 6 of 55 ' Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and ' CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary: what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Georgia. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or ' equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade ' meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. 3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by ' amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard, specification, ' manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued ' by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.4. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such ' reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. ' 3.5. If, during the performance of the Work, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy, mwithinanual theor Contractcodeor Documentsofanyinstruction or betweenof theany ContractSupplier Documents referredto andin any6.7, ' provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; ' however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. ' Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.6. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: GC-7 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 7 of 55 1 1 Revision Date August 2001 3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment, 3.6.2. a Change Order(pursuant to paragraph 10.3), or 3.6.3. a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.4). ' As indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. ' 3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized in one or more of the following ways: 3.7.1. a Field Order(pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 3.7.2. PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample (pursuant to paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or 3.7.3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or clarification (pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of documents: 3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings, Specifications or other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL. 1 1 1 1 GC-8 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 8 of 55 1 Revision Date August 2001 ' ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ' Availability of Lands: 4.1. OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the ' Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement ' to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions: 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical ' conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities) that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to: ' 4.2.2.1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of ' construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or ' 4.2.2.3. any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such a, , or information. 4.2.3.datIf conditions interpretationsareopinions encountered, excluding existing utilities, at the site which are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or(2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from ' those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the ' conditions. 4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, ' performance of any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, or both. If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL GC-9 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 9 of 55 1 Revision Date August 2001 determine that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be performed after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL. Physical Conditions-Underground Facilities: 4.3.1. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract ' Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facil- ities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and I 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the Work with the OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. , 4.3.2. Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22, identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that OWNER and to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility, and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. i Reference Points: 4.4. OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. GC-10 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 10 of 55 Revision Date August 2001 ' Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the ' site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately: (i) stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and (ii) notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to ' evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action, if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the ' resumption of Work, or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special ' conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 4.7 If after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such ' Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in ' Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. ' 4.7.1 The provisions of 4.2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. 1 1 1 1 GC-11 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions.Docx Page 11 of 55 i 1 Revision 200101 te August 20 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE I--DEFINITIONS ' Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents the following terms have the meanings indicated,which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: Addenda-Any changes, revisions or clarifications of the Contract Documents which have been duly issued by OWNER to prospective Bidders prior to the time of opening of Bids. Agreement-The written agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR covering the Work to be performed,other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment-The form accepted by PROFESSIONAL which is to be used by CONTRACTOR in requesting progress or final payments and which is to include such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Bid-The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price(s)for the Work to be performed. Bonds-Bid, performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security furnished by , CONTRACTOR and its Surety in accordance with the Contract Documents. Change Order--A document recommended by PROFESSIONAL, which is signed by CONTRACTOR and , OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Documents-The Agreement: Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents); CONTRACTOR's Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award)when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement; the Bonds; these General Conditions; the Supplementary Conditions; the Plans, Specifications and the Drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement Certificates of Insurance; Notice of Award; and Change Order duly delivered after execution of Contract together with all amendments, modifications and supplements issued pursuant to paragraphs 3.3 and 3.5 or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Contract Price-The moneys payable by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement(subject to the provisions of paragraph 11.9.1 in the case of Unit Price Work). Contract Time-The number of days (computed as provided in paragraph 17.2.1) or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. CONTRACTOR-The person,firm or corporation with whom OWNER has entered into the Agreement. COUNTY-Richmond County, Georgia, or Augusta, Georgia, political subdivisions of the State of Georgia, the Augusta-Richmond County Commission, and its authorized designees, agents,or employees. Day-Either a working day or calendar day as specified in the bid documents. If a calendar day shall fall on a legal holiday, that day will be omitted from the computation. Legal Holidays; New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day,Memorial Day,4th of July, Labor Day,Veterans Day,Thanksgiving Day and the following GC-1 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 1 of 55 I Revision Date Augua r.2001 Friday, and Christmas Day. ' Defective-An adjective which, when modifying the word Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, does not conform to the Contract Documents, or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been ' damaged prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, unless responsibility for the protection thereof has..been assumed by OWNER at Substantial Completion(in accordance with paragraph 14.8 or 14.10). ' Drawings-The drawings which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by PROFESSIONAL and are referred to in the Contract Documents. ' Effective Date of the Agreement-The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the Mayor of Augusta, Georgia. ' Field Order-A written order issued by PROFESSIONAL that modifies Drawings and Specifications, but which does not Involve a change in the Contract Price or the.Contract Time. General Requirements-Sections of Division I of the Specifications. ' Laws or Regulations-Laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and/or orders. ' Notice of Award-The written notice by OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein,within the time specified, OWNER will sign and deliver the Agreement. ' Notice to Proceed-A written notice given by OWNER to CONTRACTOR(with a.copy to PROFESSIONAL) fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run an.d on which CONTRACTOR shall start to perform CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. ' OWNER-Augusta, Georgia, and the Augusta Commission. Partial Utilization-Placing a portion of the Work in service for the purpose for which it is intended or for a related purpose)before reaching Substantial Completion for all the Work. ' PROFESSIONAL-The Architectural/Engineering firm or individual or in-house licensed person designated to perform the design and/or resident engineer services for the Work. ' PROGRAM MANAGER — The professional firm or individual designated as the representative or the OWNER who shall act as liaison between OWNER and both the PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR when project is part of an OWNER designated program. Project-The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole,or a part,as Indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. ' Project Area-The area within which are the specified Contract Limits of the improvements contemplated to be constructed in whole or in part under this Contract. ' Project Manager-The professional in charge, serving OWNER with architectural or engineering services, GC-2 1416-03 C0700 General Conditions ' Page 2of 55 1 ReVSeipn pate August 2001 his successor, or any other person or persons, employed by said OWNER, for the purpose of directing or having in charge the work embraced in this Contract. Resident Project Representative-The authorized representative of PROFESSIONAL as PROGRAM MANAGER who is assigned to the site or any part thereof. Shop Drawings-All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically , prepared by or for CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules,-performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a Supplier and submitted by CONTRACTOR to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work.. ' Specifications-Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials,equipment,construction systems,standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor-An individual, firm or corporation having a direct contract with CONTRACTOR or with any other SUBCONTRACTOR for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion-The Work(or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of PROFESSIONAL as evidenced by PROFESSIONAL's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents,so that the Work (or specified part)can be used for the purposes for which it is intended,or if there be no such certificate issued, when final payment is due in accordance with paragraph 14.13.The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed"as applied to any Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions-The part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier-A manufacturer,fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman or vendor. Underground Facilities-All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasement containing such facilities which have- been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal, traffic or other control systems,or water. Unit Price Work-Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work-The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work is the result of performing services,furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and furnishing documents, ail as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive-A written directive to CONTRACTOR, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by OWNER and recommended by PROFESSIONAL, ordering an addition,deletion or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed as provided in paragraph 4.2 or 4.3 or to emergencies under paragraph 6.22.A Work Change Directive may not change the Contract Price or the Contract Time but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Time as provided in Article 10. GC-3 ' 1416.03 00700 General Conditions Page 3 of 55 I 1 1 Revision Date August. 2001 ' Written Amendment-A written amendment of the Contract Documents, signed by OWNER and CONTRACTOR on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and normally dealing with the non- engineering or non-technical rather than strictly Work-related aspects of the Contract Documents. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' GC-4 1416-03 00700 General Conditions ' Page 4 of 55 1 Feviaion Date August 2001 ARTICLE 2-PRELIMINARY MATTERS Delivery of Bonds: ' 2.1. When CONTRACTOR delivers the executed Agreements to OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to OWNER such Bonds as CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with these Contract Documents. Copies of Documents: ' 2.2. After the award of the Contract,OWNER shall furnish CONTRACTOR, at no cost, one (1) complete set of the Contract Documents for execution of the work. Additional sets of the project manual and drawings and/or individual pages or sheets of the project manual or drawings will be furnished by COUNTY upon CONTRACTOR's request and at CONTRACTOR's expense, which will be OWNER's. standard charges for printing and reproduction. Commencement of Contract Time,Notice to Proceed: ' 2.3. The Contract Time shall commence as established in the Notice to Proceed, A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time after the Effective Date of the Contract. Starting the Project: 2.4. CONTRACTOR shall begin the Work on the date the Contract.Time commences. No Work shall be done prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences. Any Work performed by CONTRACTOR prior to date on which Contract Time commences shall be at the sole risk of CONTRACTOR. Before Starting Construction: 2.5. Before undertaking each part of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to PROFESSIONAL any conflict; error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL beforeproceeding with any Work affected thereby. CONTRACTOR shall be liable to OWNER for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract. Documents, if CONTRACTOR knew or reasonably should have known thereof. 2.6. Within ten days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER for review: 2.6.1. an estimated progress schedule indicating the starting and completion dates of the various stages of the Work: 2.6.2.a preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing and Sample submissions, and 2.6.3. a preliminary schedule of values for all of the Work which will include quantities and prices of items aggregating the Contract Price and will subdivide the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during construction. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work which will be confirmed in writing by CONTRACTOR at the time of submission. GC-5 , IA I6-03 00700 General Conditions Page 5 of 55 .. P ,..y I I Revision bate Axgrust 2007 I 2.7. Before any Work at the site is started, CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions,an original policy or certified copies of each insurance policy(and other evidence of insurance which OWNER may reasonably request)which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. IPre-construction Conference: 2.8. Before any Work at the site is started, a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, OWNER, I PROFESSIONAL and-others as appropriate will-be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in 2.6 as well as procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing applications for payment and maintaining required records. I Finalizing Schedules: I 2.9,At least ten days before submission of the first Application for Payment,a conference attended by CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and others as appropriate will be held to finalize the schedules submitted in accordance with paragraph 2.6. CONTRACTOR shall have an additional ten (10) calendar days to make corrections and adjustments and to complete and resubmit the schedules, No I progress payment shall be made to CONTRACTOR until the schedules are submitted and acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as provided below.The finalized progress schedule will be acceptable to. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as providing an orderly progression of the Work to completion within any specified Milestones and the Contract Time, but such acceptance will neither impose on PROFESSIONAL'. I responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work nor interfere:with or relieve. CONTRACTOR from full responsibility therefor. The finalized schedule of Shop Drawing submissions and Sample submissions will be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL as providing a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the submissions. CONTRACTOR%-schedule of values shall be approved by I PROFESSIONAL as to form and substance. CONTRACTOR in in addition to preparing an initially acceptable schedule, shall be responsible for I maintaining the schedule,including updating schedule. Schedule updates shall include progression of work as compared to scheduled progress on work. Schedule updates shall accompany each pay request. I I I I I GC-6 7416-03 00700 Generol Conaions Page 6 of 55 I v i ReAugoo2001 Auyuot 2061 ARTICLE 3-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE Intent: 3.1. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and , CONTRACTOR concerning the Work. The Contract Documents are complementary:what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State of Georgia. 3.2. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof)to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the Intended result will be supplied whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases which have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. 3.3. Except as otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents or as may be provided by amendment or supplement thereto issued by one of the methods indicated in 3.6 or 3.7,the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any such standard,specification, manual, code or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents)and the provisions of any such Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by PROFESSIONAL as provided in paragraph 9.4. 3.4.Reference to standards,specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society,organization or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual, code or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids(or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, 3.5. If,during the performance of the Work,CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict,error,ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification,manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier referred to in 6.7, CONTRACTOR shall so report to PROFESSIONAL in writing at once and before proceeding with the Work affected thereby and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from PROFESSIONAL; however, CONTRACTOR shall not be liable to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL for failure toreport any conflict,error,ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless CONTRACTOR had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof. ' Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents: 3.6.The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions,deletions and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof in one or more of the following ways: GC-7 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 7 of 55 1 I Revlelen.Date I Aeseet 2001 3.6.1. a formal Written Amendment, I3.6.2.a Change Order(pursuant to paragraph 10.3),or 3.6.3.a Work Change Directive (pursuant to paragraph 10.4). IAs indicated in paragraphs 11.2 and 12.1, Contract Price and Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. I 3.7. In addition, the requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized in one or more of the following ways: 3.7.1.a Field Order(pursuant to paragraph 9.5). 111 3.7.2.PROFESSIONAL's approval of a Shop Drawing or sample(pursuant#o paragraphs 6.24 and 6.26), or I3.7,3. PROFESSIONAL's written interpretation or clarification(pursuant to paragraph 9.4). Reuse of documents: I3.8. Neither CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor or Supplier or other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or OWNERSHIP rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications or other documents(or I copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL`s consultant; and they shall not reuse such Drawings, Specificationsor other documents (or copies of any thereof) on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and specific written verification or adaptation by PROFESSIONAL. 1 I I I I I I GC-8 I It 4.03 00700 General Conditions Page 8 of 55 I I Revision Date Avm�et 2`u 61. ARTICLE 4-AVAILABILITY OF LANDS, PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS Availability of Lands: 4.1.OWNER shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract.Documents,the lands upon which the Work ' is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of CONTRACTOR. Necessary easements or rights-of-way will be obtained and expenses will be borne by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR and OWNER are unable to agree on entitlement to or the amount or extent of any adjustments in the Contract Price or the Contract Times as a result of any delay in OWNER's furnishing these lands, rights-of-way or easements, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. Physical Conditions 4.2.1. Explorations and Reports: Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the site that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents and those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site (except Underground Facilities)that have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents. 4.2.2. CONTRACTOR may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings. Such"technical data"is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such"technical data," CONTRACTOR may not rely upon or make any claim against OWNER, PROFESSIONAL,or any of PROFESSIONAL's Consultants with respect to: 4.2.2.1.the completeness of such reports and drawings for CONTRACTOR's purposes, including but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by CONTRACTOR and safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or 4.2.2.2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings, or 4.2.2.3.any CONTRACTOR interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any"technical data"or any ' such data,interpretations, opinions or information. 4.2.3. If conditions are encountered,excluding existing utilities,at the site which are(1)subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, then CONTRACTOR shall give OWNER notice thereof promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 48 hours after first observance of the conditions. 4.2.4. The OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall promptly investigate such conditions, and, if they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in CONTRACTOR's cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time,or both. If the OWNER and PROFESSIONAL determine GC-9 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 9 of 55 1 r I I I August Date 2001 that the conditions at the Site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents or are not materially different from those ordinarily found and that no change in the terms of the Contract is I justified,the PROFESSIONAL shall notify CONTRACTOR of the determination in writing. The Work shall be performed after direction is provided by the PROFESSIONAL. IPhysical Conditions-Underground Facilities: 4.3.1.Shown or Indicated:The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents I with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the.Supplementary Conditions: I 4.3.1.1. OWNER and PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 1 4.3.1.2. The cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price and CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data for locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,for coordination of the Work with the OWNER'S of such Underground Facilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof as I provided in paragraph 6.20 and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work, the cost of all of which will be considered as having been included in the Contract Price. 4.3.2.Not Shown or Indicated. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the site which was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents,and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, CONTRACTOR shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before performing any Work affected thereby except in an emergency as permitted by paragraph 6.22, identify the OWNER of such Underground Facility and give written notice thereof to that I OWNER and to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. PROFESSIONAL will promptly review the Underground Facility to determine the extent to which the Contract Documents should be modified to reflect and document the consequences of the existence of the Underground Facility,and the Contract Documents will be amended or supplemented to the extent necessary. During such time, CONTRACTOR shall be I responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility as provided in paragraph 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extensionof the Contract Time,or both,to the extent that they are attributable to the existence of any Underground Facility that was not shown I or indicated in the Contract Documents and which CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. IReference Points: I 4.4.OWNER shall provide Engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in PROFESSIONAL's judgment are necessary to enable CONTRACTOR to proceed with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for laying out the Work (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or I relocations without the prior written approval of OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall report to PROFESSIONAL whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations,and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by professionally qualified personnel. I GC-10 1416-03 00700 General Conditions I Page 10 of 55 Revision Pate .IUNBC 2003 1 Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material: 4.5 OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, PCBs., Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or , Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work at the site. OWNER shall not be responsible for any such materials brought to the site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractor, Suppliers or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 4.6 CONTRACTOR shall immediately:(i)stop all work in connection with such hazardous condition 111 and in any area affected thereby(except in an emergency as required by 6.22), and(ii)notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). OWNER shall promptly consult with PROFESSIONAL concerning the necessity for OWNER to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such hazardous condition or take corrective action,if any. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such hazardous condition or in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice (i)specifying that such condition and any affected area Is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work, or(ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed safely, If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 4.7 if after receipt of such special written notice,CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe,or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then CONTRACTOR may order such portion of the Work that is in connection with such hazardous conditions or in such affected area to be deleted from the Work. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the.Work,then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER may have deleted such portion of the Work performed by OWNER'S own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. 4.7.1 The provisions of 4,2 and 4.3 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, t Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the site. GC-11 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 11 of 55 t r I I xevioizc Ge{e I Augo.ol 2003. ARTICLE 5-BONDS AND INSURANCE Performance and Other Bonds: I5,1, CONTRACTOR shall furnish performance and payment Bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as Security for the faithful performance and payment of ail CONTRACTOR'S obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after I the date when final payment becomes due, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the forms prescribed by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents and be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies I Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds,and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies"as published in Circular 570(amended)by the Audit Staff Bureau of Accounts, U.S.Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the authority to act. ILicensed Sureties and Insurers; Certificates of Insurance 5.2.1 All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and I maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Georgia to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of authority to act. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may Ibe provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.2.2. CONTRACTOR shall deliver to OWNER, with copies to each additional insured identified in 5.3,an original or a certified copy of the complete insurance policy for each policy required, certificates I of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by OWNER or any other additional insured)which CONTRACTOR is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with 5.3. 5.2.3. if the surety on any Bond furnished by CONTRACTOR is declared bankrupt or becomes I insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of paragraph 5.1, CONTRACTOR shall within five days thereafter substitute another Bond and Surety, both of which must be acceptable to OWNER. CONTRACTOR's Liability Insurance: I 5.3. CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from CONTRACTOR's performance and furnishing of the Work and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be I performed or furnished by CONTRACTOR,by any Subcontractor,by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: I 5.3.1. Claims under workers' or workmen's compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; I GC-12 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 12 of 55 I I 4 , 1 1 £zugust Auguat 2801 7001 5.3.2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.3. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR's employees; 5.3.4. Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained(a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR,or (b)by any other person for any other reason; 5.3.5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; 5.3.6.Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property;and 5.3,7. Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the OWNERSHIP, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The insurance required by this paragraph 5.3 shall include the specific coverage's and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverage's provided in the Supplementary Conditions,or required by law, whichever is greater. The comprehensive general liability insurance shall include completed operations insurance. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained(or the certificates or other evidence thereof)shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled,materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has,been given to OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and PROFESSIONAL by certified mail, All such insurance shall remain In effect until final payment and at all times thereafter when CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing or replacing defective Work in accordance with paragraph 13.12. In addition, CONTRACTOR shall maintain such completed operations insurance for at least two years after final payment and furnish OWNER with evidence of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter. Contractual Liability Insurance: 5.4. The comprehensive general liability insurance required by paragraph 5.3 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR's obligations under paragraphs 6.32 and 6.33. OWNER'S Liability Insurance: 5.5.OWNER shall be responsible,for purchasing and maintaining OWNER's own liability insurance, and/or Risk Retention Program, and,at OWNER's option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will protect OWNER against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Property insurance: 5.6. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value thereof(subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR; Subcontractors, GC-13 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 13 of 55 I ' - Reugust Amt. A vguec 2001 PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall Include"all risk"insurance for physical loss and damage including theft,vandalism and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions,and shall include damages,losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property(including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs). If not covered under the "all risk" insurance or otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when such portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. 5.7. OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which ' will include the interests of OWNER CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, PROFESSIONAL AND PROFESSIONAL's consultants in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insured or additional insured parties. ' 5.8. All the policies of insurance (or the certificates or other evidence thereof)required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused ' until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CONTRACTOR by certified mail and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with paragraph of 5.11.2. 5.9. OWNER shall not be responsible for purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to ' protect the Interests of CONTRACTOR,Subcontractors or others in the Work to the extent of any deductible amounts that are provided in the.Supplementary Conditions. The risk of loss within the deductible amount will be borne by CONTRACTOR,Subcontractor or others suffering any such loss,and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the ' purchaser's own expense, 5.10. If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policy, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance,and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. Waiver of Rights: 5.11.1. OWNER and CONTRACTOR waive all rights against each other for all losses and damages caused by any of the perils covered by the policies of insurance provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 and other property insurance applicable to the Work, and also waive all such rights against the Subcontractors,PROFESSIONAL,PROFESSIONAL's consultants and all other parties named as insureds ' in such policies for losses and damages so caused. As required by paragraph 6.11, each subcontract between CONTRACTOR and a Subcontractor will contain similar waiver provisions by the Subcontractor in favor of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL'S consultants and all other ' parties named as insureds. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any of the insured parties may have to the proceeds of insurance held by OWNER as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. ' GC-14 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 14 of 55 1 1 ik: uat 2001 Avg Avgunt 2041 5.11.2. OWNER and CONTRACTOR intend that policies provided in response to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 shall protect all of the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. Accordingly, all such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurer will have no rights of recovery against any of the parties named as insureds or additional insureds, and if the insurers require separate waiver forms to be signed by PROFESSIONAL or PROFESSIONAL's consultant, OWNER will obtain the same, and if such waiver forms are required of any Subcontractor, CONTRACTOR will obtain the same. Receipt and Application of Proceeds: 5.12. Any insured loss under the policies of insurance required by paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 will be adjusted with.OWNER and made payable to OWNER as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of paragraph 5.13. OWNER shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof,and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Receipt and Application of insurance Proceeds 5.13. OWNER, as trustee,shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within fifteen days after the occurrence of loss to OWNER's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, OWNER, as trustee, shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If required in writing by any party in interest, OWNER as trustee shall, upon the occurrence of an insured loss,give bond for the proper performance of such duties, Acceptance of insurance: 5.14, If OWNER has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the insurance required to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraphs 5.3 and 5.4 on the basis of its not complying with the Contract Documents, OWNER shall notify CONTRACTOR in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery of such certificates to OWNER in accordance with paragraph 2.7. If CONTRACTOR has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the policies of insurance required to be purchased and maintained by OWNER in accordance with paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7 on the basis of their not complying with the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNER in writing thereof within ten days of the date of delivery, of such certificates to CONTRACTOR in accordance with paragraph 2.7. OWNER and CONTRACTOR shall each provide to the other such addi- tional information in respect of insurance provided by each as the other may reasonably request. Failure by OWNER or CONTRACTOR to give any such notice of objection within the time provided shall constitute acceptance of such insurance purchased by the other as complying with the Contract Documents. Partial Utilization-Property insurance: 5.15. If OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, such use or occupancy may be accomplished in accordance with paragraph 14.10 provided that no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing GC-15 ' 1416-03 00700 Genera 0,31d0,6ns Page 15 of 55 I I 1 ' aevisAugut Date August 2063 the property Insurance have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected the changes in coverage necessitated thereby.The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the. ' policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ' Indemnification 5.16.1. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER, and its employees and agents from and against all liabilities, claims, suits, demands, damages, losses, and expenses, including attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from the performance of its Work, provided that any such liability, claim, suit, demand, damage, loss, or expense (a) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,disease or death,or injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting ' therefrom and(b)is caused in whole or in part by an actor omission of CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor,. anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, whether or not it is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or other fault of a party indemnified hereunder. 5.16.2. In any and all claims against OWNER or any of its agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any SUBCONTRACTOR, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or ' anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under the previous para shall not be limited`in any way as to the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any SUBCONTRACTOR under workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts,or other employee benefit acts. ' 5.16.3. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and anyone directly or indirectly employed by it from and against all claims,suits,demands,damages, losses expenses(including attorneys'fees)arising out of any infringement on patent or copyrights held by others and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. 1 ' GC-16 7414-03 00700 General Conditions ' Page 16 of 55 1 Aevugust 1 200 1 August 200: ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. CONTRACTOR shall supervise and direct the Work competently and efficiently,devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction, but CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique,sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract.Documents. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to seethat the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. 6.2. CONTRACTOR shall keep on the Work,at all times during its progress,a competent resident superintendent,who shall not be replaced without written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL except under extraordinary circumstances.The superintendent will be CONTRACTOR's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of CONTRACTOR,All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to CONTRACTOR. Labor,Materials and Equipment: 6,3. CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site, Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise iindicated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours, and CONTRACTOR will not permit evening work or the performance of Work on Saturday,Sunday or any legal holiday without OWNER's written consent given after prior written notice to PROFESSIONAL. 6.4, Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials., equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities and all other facilities and incidentals whether temporary or permanent necessaryfor the execution, testing, initial operation,and completion of the Work as required by the Contract Documents. 6.5. All materials and equipment shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed,connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provision of any such instructions will be effective to assign to PROFESSIONAL,or any of PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of paragraph 9.14 or 9.15. Adjusting Progress Schedule: 6.6. CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance to the extent indicated in paragraph 29 adjustments in the progress schedule to reflect the impact thereon of new developments; these will conform generally to the progress schedule then in effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. GC-17 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 17 of 55 I ' revision Date. Aug.t 2001 ' Substitutes or"Or-Equal"Items: 6.7.1. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by ' using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier,the naming of the item is intended to establish the type,function and quality required. Unless the name is followed by words indicating that no substitution is permitted, materials or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by PROFESSIONAL if sufficient information is submitted by CONTRACTOR to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will include the following as supplemented in the General Requirements. Requests for review of substitute items of material and equipment will not be accepted by PROFESSIONAL from anyone other than CONTRACTOR. If CONTRACTOR wishes to furnish or use a substitute item of material or ' equipment, CONTRACTOR shall make written application to PROFESSIONAL for acceptance thereof, certifying that the proposed substitute will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design,be similar and of equal substance to that specified and be suited to the same use ' as that specified.The application will state that the evaluation and acceptance of the proposed substitute will not prejudice CONTRACTOR's achievement of Substantial Completion on time, whether or not acceptance of the substitute for use in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents(or in the provisions of any other direct contract with OWNER for work on the Project)to adapt the design to ' the proposed substitute and whether or not incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty.All variations of the proposed substitute from that specified will be identified in the application and available maintenance,repair and replacement service will be indicated, The application will also contain an itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or ' indirectly from acceptance of such substitute, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change, all of which shall be considered by PROFESSIONAL. in evaluating the proposed substitute, PROFESSIONAL may require CONTRACTOR to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense, additional data about the proposed substitute. 6.7.2. If a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, sequence, technique or procedure of construction acceptable to PROFESSIONAL, if CONTRACTOR submits sufficient information to allow PROFESSIONAL to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that indicated or required by the Contract Documents. The procedure for review by PROFESSIONAL will be similar to that provided in paragraph 6.7.1 as applied by PROFESSIONAL and ' as may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 6.7.3. PROFESSIONAL will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposed substitute. PROFESSIONAL will be the sole judge of acceptability and no substitute will be ordered, ' installed or utilized without PROFESSIONAL's prior written acceptance which will be evidenced by either a Change Order or an approved Shop Drawing. OWNER may require CONTRACTOR to to furnish, at CONTRACTOR's expense,a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. PROFESSIONAL will recordtime required by PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSiONAL's consultants in ' evaluating substitutions proposed by CONTRACTOR and in making changes in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby.Whether or not PROFESSIONAL accepts a proposed substitute,CONTRACTOR shall reimburse OWNER for the charges of PROFESSIONAL and PROFESSIONAL's consultants for evaluating ' each proposed substitute. ' GC-18 1416.33 00700 iiencral Conditions ' Page 18 of 55 1 1 Xevioicn Date August 2061 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others: 6.8.1. CONTRACTOR shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization(including those acceptable to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL as indicated in paragraph 6.8.2) whether initially or as a substitute, against whom OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may have reasonable objection. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. 6.8.2. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors,Suppliers or other persons or organizations Including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment to be submitted to OWNER prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement for acceptance by OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and if CONTRACTOR has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, OWNER's or PROFESSIONAL's acceptance(either in writing or by failing,to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the bidding documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation, in which case CONTRACTOR shall submit an acceptable substitute, the Contract Price will be increased by the difference,and the cost occasioned by such substitution and an appropriate Change Order will be issued or Written Amendment signed. No acceptance by OWNER or PROFESSIONAL of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization shall constitute a waiver of any right of OWNER or PROF- ESSIONAL to reject defective Work. 6.9. CONTRACTOR shall be fully responsible to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with CONTRACTOR just as CONTRACTOR is responsible for CONTRACTOR'S own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between OWNER or PROFESSIONAL and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization,nor shall it create any obligation on the part of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL to pay:or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or ' organization except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. 6.10. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control CONTRACTOR in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. 6.11. Ali Work performed for CONTRACTOR by a Subcontractor will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between CONTRACTOR and the Subcontractor which specifically binds the Subcontractor to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and contains waiver provisions as required by paragraph 5.11.CONTRACTOR shall pay each Subcontractor a just share of any insurance moneys received by CONTRACTOR on account of losses under policies issued pursuant to paragraphs 5.6 and 5.7. Patent Fees and Royalties: 6.12. CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process,. product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including attorneys'fees and court and arbitration costs arising out of any infringement on patent rights or copyrights incident to the use GC-19 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 19 of 55 August 2061 in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, t process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged Infringement of such rights. 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 GC-20 1416-03 00700 General Conaitians Page 20 of 55 1 . I I RevisionDate I AvguEt 2001 Permits: I 6.13. CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits, licenses, governmental charges and inspection fees, and all public utility charges which are applicable and necessary for the execution of the Work.All permit costs shall be included in the base bid. Permits, if any,that are provided IIIand paid for by OWNER are listed in the Supplementary Conditions. Any delays associated with the permitting process will be considered for time extensions only and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. Laws and Regulations: 1 6.14.1. CONTRACTOR shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable 111to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall be responsible for monitoring CONTRACTOR's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. 6.14.2. If CONTRACTOR observes that any of the Contract Documents are contradictory to such I laws, rules,and regulations, it will notify the Project Manager promptly in writing. Any necessary changes shall then be adjusted by an appropriate Change Order. If CONTRACTOR performs any Work that it knows or should have known to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations and without such I notice to the Project Manager, it shall bear all'related costs. Taxes: 6.15 CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required to be I paid in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. Use of Premises: 6.16. CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and I equipment and the operations of workers to the Project site and land and areas identified in and permitted by the.Contract Documents and other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits and easements.CONTRACTOR shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment.Any loss or damage to CONTRACTOR's or any Subcontractor's ' equipment is solely at the risk of CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area,or to the OWNER or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made against OWNER or PROFESSIONAL by any such OWNER or occupant because of the performance of the Work, I CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or at law. CONTRACTOR shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold OWNER harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses. (including, but not limited to, fees of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other I professionals and court and arbitration costs)arising directly, indirectly or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such other party against OWNER to the extent based on a claim arising out of CONTRACTOR's performance of the Work. I GC-21 I ]4 I&03 00700 Gennel Conditions Page 21 of 55 I I Revision Dace August 2001 ' 6.17. During the progress of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris or contaminants resulting from the Work.At the completion of the Work, CONTRACTOR shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and ' about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials,and shall leave the site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER.CONTRACTOR shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. ' 6.18. CONTRACTOR shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall CONTRACTOR subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger them. ' Record Documents: 6.19. Contractor shall keep at the site and in good order one record copy of the Contract Documents and all Drawings and Specifications. These documents shall be annotated on a continuing basis to show all changes made during the construction process. These shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and the Project Manager and shall be submitted with the Application for Final.Payment. ' Safety and Protection: 6.20. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. CONTRACTOR shall assume all risk of loss for stored equipment or materials,irrespective of whether CONTRACTOR has transferred the title of the stored equipment or materials to OWNER. CONTRACTOR shall takeall necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: ' 6.20.1. all employees on the Work and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; ' 6.20.2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site;and 6.20.3. other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, ' pavements,roadways,structures,utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of construction. ' CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable.Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for the safety of persons or property or to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. CONTRACTOR shall notify OWNERs of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility OWNERs when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property.Alldamage,injury or loss to any property referred to in paragraph 6.20.2 or 6.20.3 caused,directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, Supplier or anyother person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone ' for whose acts any of them,may be liable, shall be remedied by CONTRACTOR (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL or anyone employed by either of them or anyone for whose acts either of them may be ' GC-22 1416-03 00700 General Condition, Page 22 of 55 I . I Fev:uion pat e Fyne:24a1. liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of CON- TRACTOR). CONTRACTOR's duties and responsibilities for the safety and protection of the Work shall continue'until such time as all the Work is completed and PROFESSIONAL has issued a notice.to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance,with paragraph 14.13 that the Work is acceptable(except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). 6.21. CONTRACTOR shall designate a responsible member of its organization whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents at the site. This person shall be CONTRACTOR's superintendent unless otherwise designated in writing by CONTRACTOR to the Project Manager. Emergencies: 1 6.22. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto,CONTRACTOR,without special instruction or authorization from PROFESSIONAL or OWNER, is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage,injury or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby.If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken in response to an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order be issued to document the consequences of the changes or variations. 6.22.1. CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify PROFESSIONAL of all events involving injuries to any person on the Site,whether or not such person was engaged in the construction of the Project,and shall file a written report on such person(s)and any other event resulting in property damage of any amount within five(5)days of the occurrence. 6.22.2. If PROFESSIONAL determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency,a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. Shop Drawings and Samples: 6.23. After checking and verifying all field measurements, CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit to PROFESSIONAL for approval,in accordance with the accepted schedule of submittals, all submittals and samples required by the Contract Documents. All submittals and samples shall have been checked by and stamped with the approval of CONTRACTOR and identified as PROFESSIONAL may require. The data shown on or with the submittals will be complete with respect to dimensions, design criteria, materials and any other information necessary to enable PROFESSIONAL to review the submittal as required. At the time of each submission,CONTRACTOR shall give notice to PROFESSIONAL of all deviations that the submittal or sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. ' 6.24. PROFESSIONAL shall review and approve submittals and samples. Professional's review and approval shall be only for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Theapproval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. CONTRACTOR will make any correctionsrequired by PROFESSIONAL and resubmit the required number of corrected copies until approved. CONTRACTOR's stamp of approval on any submittal or sample shall constitute its representation to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER that CONTRACTOR has determined and verified all quantities,dimensions, field construction criteria, materials,catalog numbers, and similar data,and that each submittal or sample has been reviewed or coordinated with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. GC-23 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 23 of 55 111 1 ' Revision 2Date 001 August 2CC1 ' 6.24.1. No Work requiring a submittal or sample submission shallcommence until the submission has been approved by PROFESSIONAL. A copy of each approved submittal and each approved sample shall be kept in good order by CONTRACTOR at the site and shall be available to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER. Any delays associated with the submittal process will be considered for time extensions only, and no damages or additional compensation for delay will be allowed. 6.24.2. Before submission of each Shop Drawing or sample, CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities,dimensions,specified performance criteria, installation requirements, ' materials, catalog numbers and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or sample with other Shop Drawings and samples,and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. ' 6.24.3. At the time of each submission, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL specific written notice of each variation that the Shop Drawings or samples may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, and,in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop,Drawing ' submitted to PROFESSIONAL for review and approval of each such variation. 6.26. PROFESSIONAL will review and approve with reasonable promptness Shop Drawings and samples, but PROFESSIONAL's review and approval will be only for conformance with the design concept ' of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to means,methods,techniques,sequences or procedures of construction(except where a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction is indicated in or required by the Contract Documents)or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto.The review and approval of a separate ' item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly In which the item functions. 6.27. PROFESSIONAL'S approval of submittals or samples shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents;:unless CONTRACTOR ' has, in writing,called PROFESSIONAL's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and the OWNER has given written approval to the specific deviation;any such approval by PROFESSIONAL shall not relieve CONTRACTOR from responsibility for errors or omissions in the submittals. ' 6.28. Where a shop drawing or sample is required by the Contract Documents or the schedule of shop drawings and sample,submissions accepted by PROFESSIONAL as required, any related work performed prior:to PROFESSIONAL's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of CONTRACTOR. Continuing the Work: 6.30. CONTRACTOR shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with OWNER.No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements,except as permitted by paragraph 15.6 or as CONTRACTOR and OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. Cleaning Up: 6.31. CONTRACTOR shall maintain the site free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris or contaminants resulting from the work on a daily basis or as required. At the completion ' GC-24 1416-03 00700 General Condaions Page 24 of 55 i 1 Revision Late AugueC.2 001 of the work,CONTRACTOR shalt removeall waste materials, rubbish, and debris from the site as well as all tools, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and will leave the Site clean and ready for occupancy by OWNER. All disposal shall be in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations In addition to any other rights available to OWNER under the Contract Documents, CONTRACTOR's failure to maintain the site may result in withholding of any amounts due CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will restore to original condition those portions of the site not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. Indemnification: 6.32. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations,CONTRACTOR shall indemnify and hold harmless OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER and PROFESSIONAL and their consultants, agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses, direct, indirect or consequential (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROGRAM MANAGER, PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALS and court and arbitration costs)arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work,provided that any such claim,damage,loss or expense(a)is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself)including the loss of use resulting therefrom and(b)Is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or omission of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless of whether or not it is caused in part by a party Indemnified hereunder or arises by or is imposed by Law and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such party. 6.33. In any and all claims against OWNER, PROGRAM MANAGER.or PROFESSIONAL or any of their consultants, agents or employees by any employee of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under paragraph 6.32 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for CONTRACTOR or any such Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers' or workmen's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. 6.34. The obligations of CONTRACTOR under paragraph 6.32 shall not extend to the liability of PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL's consultants, agents or employees arising out of the preparation or approval of maps, drawings,opinions,reports,surveys,Change Orders,designs or specifications. 1 I GC-25 1 1416-03 00703 Gc,ral Conditions Page 25 of 55 r F , ' Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 7---OTHER WORK ' Related Work at Site: 7.1. OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the site by OWNER's own forces, ' have other work performed by aided OWNERs or let other direct contracts therefor which shall contain General Conditions similar to these. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents,written notice thereof will be given to CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work, and, if CONTRACTOR believes that such performance will involve additional expense to ' CONTRACTOR or requires additional time and the parties are unable to agree as to the extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. ' 7.1.2. CONTRACTOR shall afford each utility OWNER and other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract for OWNER, if OWNER is performing the additional work with OWNER's employees, proper and safe access to the site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such work,and shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with theirs.CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting,fitting and patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts come together properly and integrate with such other work. CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others bycutting,excavating or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of PROFESSIONAL and the others whose work will be affected.The duties and responsibilities of CONTRACTOR under this paragraph are for the benefit of such utility OWNERs and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of CONTRACTOR in said direct contracts between OWNER and such utility OWNERs and other contractors. t 7.2. If any part of CONTRACTOR's Work depends for proper execution or results upon the work of any such other contractor or utility OWNER (or OWNER), CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to PROFESSIONAL in writing any delays, defects or deficiencies in such work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. CONTRACTOR's failure so to report will ' constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with CONTRACTOR's Work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. ' Coordination: 7.4. If OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the person or organization who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among, ' the various prime contractors will be identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized, and the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, neither OWNER nor PROFESSIONAL shall have any authority or responsibility ' in respect of such coordination. 1 1 ' GC-26 1416.03 00700 amoral Conditions ' Page 26 of 55 I Revision Rate AL200:guBG 20P'_ ARTICLE 8---OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1, Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, OWNER shall issue all communications to CONTRACTOR through the PROGRAM MANAGER or PROFESSIONAL. 8.2. In case of termination of the employment of PROFESSIONAL, OWNER shall appoint a PROFESSIONAL against whom CONTRACTOR makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former PROFESSIONAL. Any dispute in connection with such appointment shall be subject to arbitration. 8.3. OWNER shall furnish the data required of OWNER under the Contract Documents promptly I and shall make payments to CONTRACTOR promptly after they are due as provided in paragraphs 14.4 and 14.13. 8.4. OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing Engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in paragraphs 4.1 and 4.4. Paragraph 4.2 refers.to OWNER'S identifying and making available to CONTRACTOR copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site and in existing structures which have been utilized by PROFESSIONAL in preparing the Drawings and Specifications. 8.5. OWNER's responsibilities in respect of purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in paragraphs 5.5 through 5.8. 8,6. OWNER is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in paragraph 10.3. 8.7. OWNER's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests and approvals is set forth in I paragraph 13.4. 8.8. In connection with OWNER's right to stop Work or suspend Work, see paragraphs 13.10 and 15.1. Paragraph 15.2 deals with OWNER's right to terminate services of CONTRACTOR under certain circumstances. I I GC-27 1416-03 00700 daneral Conditions Page 27 of 55 I I ion D e ReASiuet 200 nuguac api ARTICLE 9---PROFESSIONAL'S STATUS DURING ' CONSTRUCTION OWNER'S Representative: ' 9.1. PROFESSIONAL will be OWNER's representative during the construction period.The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of PROFESSIONAL as OWNER's representative during. construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of OWNER and PROFESSIONAL. Visits to Site: ' 9.2. PROFESSIONAL will make visits to the site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction to observe the premises and quality of the executed Work and to determine, in general, If the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL will not be required to ' makeexhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. PROFESSIONAL's efforts will be directed toward providing for OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and on-site observations as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL, PROFESSIONAL will keep ' OWNER informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard OWNER against defects and deficiencies in the Work. ' Project Representation: 9.3. If OWNER and PROFESSIONAL agree, PROFESSIONAL will furnish a Resident Project Reepresentativeto assist PROFESSIONAL in observing the performance of the Work. The duties, ' responsibilities and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided In the Supplementary Conditions. If OWNER designates another agent to represent OWNER at the site who is not PROFESSIONAL's agent or employee, the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such other person will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. Clarifications and Interpretations: ' 9.4. PROFESSIONAL shall issue such written clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents (in the form of Drawings or otherwise) as may be determined necessary, or as reasonably requested by CONTRACTOR,which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent ' of the Contract Documents. If CONTRACTOR believes that a written clarification and interpretation entitles it to an Increase in the Contract Price and/or Contract Time, CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided for in Articles 11 or 12. ' Authorized Variations in Work: 9.5. PROFESSIONAL may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the ' Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are consistent with the overall intent of the Contract Documents.These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on OWNER and also on CONTRACTOR who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of ' GC-28 1416-03 00700 Geneval Conditions ' Page 28 of 55 I I aevidion nate I Atiyuet 2091. the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. I Rejecting Defective Work: 9.6. PROFESSIONAL will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which PROFESSIONAL I believes to be defective and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as. provided in paragraph 13.9,whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 1 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments: 9.7. In connection with PROFESSIONAL'S responsibility for Shop Drawings and samples, see I paragraphs 6.23 through 6,29 inclusive. 9,8. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11 and 12. 9.9. In connection with PROFESSIONAL's responsibilities in respect of Applications for Payment, etc., see Article 14. Determinations for Unit Prices: 9.10. PROFESSIONAL will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR. PROFESSIONAL will review with CONTRACTOR PROFESSIONAL's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommen- dation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). PROFESSIONAL'S written decisions thereon will be final and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, unless, within ten days after the date of any such , decision, either OWNER or CONTRACTOR delivers to the other party to the Agreement and to PROFESSIONAL written notice of intention to appeal from such a decision. Decisions on Disputes: I 9.11. PROFESSIONAL will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the I acceptability of the Work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the Work and claims under Articles 11 and 12 in respect of changes to the Contract Price or Contract Time will be referred initially to PROFESSIONAL in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph, which PROFESSIONAL will render in writing within a I reasonable time. Written notice of each such claim, dispute and other matter will be delivered by the claimant to PROFESSIONAL and the other party to the Agreement promptly (but in no event later than thirty days after the occurrence of the event giving rise thereto)and written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and the other party within sixty days after such occurrence unless PROFESSIONAL ' allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim. 9.12. When functioning as interpreter and judge under paragraphs 9.10 and -9.11, PROFESSIONAL will not show partiality to OWNER or CONTRACTOR and will not be liable in connection I with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by PROFESSIONAL pursuant to paragraphs 9,10 and 9.11 with respect to any such claim, dispute or other GC-29 I 1416-03 00700 Gelled al Conditions. Page 29 of 55 I ReVioion Date August 2001 ' matter(except any which have been waived by the making or acceptance of final payment as provided in paragraph 14;16)will be a condition precedent to any exercise by OWNER or CONTRACTOR of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim,dispute or other matter. ' Limitations on PROFESSIONAL'S Responsibilities: ' 9.13. Neither PROFESSIONAL's authority to act under this Article or elsewhere in the Contract Documents nor any decision made in good faith to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of PROFESSIONAL to.CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor,any of their agents or employees. ' 9:14. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the construction means,methods,techniques, sequences, or procedures or the safety precautions and programs used; PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.. 9.15. PROFESSIONAL shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractors, any agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the Work. 1 1 1 1 GC-30 ' 14I&-03 00700 General Conditions Page 30 of 55 1 I I Revision note II Anyuet 2001 ARTICLE 10--CHANGES IN THE WORK I 10.1. Without invalidating the Contract, OWNER may at any time or from time to time order additions,deletions, or revisions in the Work. The OWNER shall provide CONTRACTOR with a proposal request,identifying the Work to be added,deleted or revised. Upon receipt,CONTRACTOR shall promptly submit a written proposal for the changed work prepared in accordance with Articles 11 and 12. If the proposal request calls only for the deletion of Work,the OWNER may order the partial suspension of any Work related to the proposed deletion,in which case CONTRACTOR must cease performance as directed; CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to claim lost profits on deleted work. All changed Work shall be I executed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. 10.2.Additional Work performed by CONTRACTOR without authorization of a Change Order will I not entitle CONTRACTOR to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time,except in the case of an emergency as provided in Article 6. The effect of this paragraph shall remain paramount and shall prevail irrespective of any conflicting provisions contained in these Contract Documents. 10.3. Upon agreement as to changes in the Work to be performed, Work performed in an I emergency as provided in Article 6, and any other claim of CONTRACTOR for a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price, PROFESSIONAL will prepare a written Change Order to be signed by PROFESSIONAL and CONTRACTOR and submitted to OWNER for approval: I 10.4. In the absence of an agreement as provided in 10.3, OWNER may, at its sole discretion, issue a Work Change Directive to CONTRACTOR, Pricing of the Work Change Directive will be in accordance with Section 11.3. The Work Change Directive will specify a price, and if applicable a time I extension, determined to be reasonable by OWNER. If CONTRACTOR fails to sign such Work Change Directive, CONTRACTOR may submit a claim in accordance with Articles 11 and 12,but CONTRACTOR shall nevertheless be obligated to fully perform the work as directed by the Work Change Directive. 10.5. CONTRACTOR shall proceed diligently with performance of the Work as directed by OWNER,regardless of pending claim actions, unless otherwise agreed to in writing. 10.6. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be CONTRACTOR's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. I I 1 I GC-31 1416-03 00700 General Conditions I Page 31 of 55 I I Real u I on Date Avguet 2001 ARTICLE 11-CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 1.1. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to written authorized Ii adjustments) payable to CONTRACTOR for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by CONTRACTOR shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense without change in the Contract Price. 11.2. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an increase or decrease in the.Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to PROFESSIONAL promptly(but in no event later than ' thirty days)after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty days after such occurrence (unless PROFESSIONAL allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim)and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the amount claimed ' covers all known amounts (direct, indirect and consequential)to which the claimant is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price shall be determined by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 9.11 if OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot otherwise ' agree on the amount involved.No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph 11.2. 11.3. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the U Contract Price will be determined by the following procedures: 11.3.1. Designated Unit Price (Field Measure), CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize and acknowledge that the quantities shown for those items designated in the Bid Proposal as unit price items ' are approximations prepared by OWNER for bid purposes and that the actual compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for the utilization of such Items is based upon the application of unit prices to the actual quantities of items involved as measured in the field and required to complete the Work as originally defined in the Contract Documents. 11.3.2. When it is determined by OWNER that an addition, deletion, or revision to the Work, as defined in these Contract Documents, is required and affects the quantities required for items designed in ' the Bid Proposal as unit price items,CONTRACTOR and OWNER agree that the compensation payable to CONTRACTOR for such unit price items shall be adjusted accordingly by a Change Order based upon the application of the appropriate unit prices shown in.the Bid Proposal to the quantity of the unit price item. required to complete the Work as defined in the Contract Documents. ' 11.3.3.Other Unit Prices. For items not designated in the bid proposal as unit prices, OWNER and CONTRACTOR may establish unit prices as agreed on by Change Order. 11.3,4. Lump Sum.When it is determined by OWNER that an addition,deletion or revision to the Work is required which results in a change in Workdesignated in the Bid Proposal as a lump sum item,the amount of increase or decrease in the lump sum price shall be established by mutual agreement,of the parties. 11.3.5. If the pricing methods specified in 11.3 are inapplicable, or if the parties are unable to agree GC-32 ' 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 32 of 55 1 1 1 RCVS 61.1 Date 111 Rugudi2001 on a price for the changed work, a reasonable price for the same shall be established by OWNER in accordance with 11.4 and 11.5. OWNER shall then process a unilateral Change Order,specifying the said reasonable price,in accordance with 11.4 through 11.6. CONTRACTOR shall perform the Work as directed in the Change Order. 11.3.6.Failure on the part of CONTRACTOR to construct any item to plan or authorized dimensions within the specification tolerances shall result in: reconstruction to acceptable tolerances at no additional costs to OWNER;acceptance at no pay;or acceptance at reduced final pay quantity or reduced unit price, all at the discretion of OWNER. Determinations of aggregate monetary change for items identified as lump sum quantities shall be made by OWNER based upon an analysis of the scope of CONTRACTOR's failure to construct to plan or authorized dimensions. Cost of the Work: 11.4. The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by CONTRACTOR in the proper performance of the Work., Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items,and shall not include any of the costs itemized in paragraph 11.5; 11.4.1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of CONTRACTOR in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by OWNER and CONTRACTOR.Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work.Payroll costs shall include,but not be limited to,salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise and payroll taxes, workers' or workmen's compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. Such employees shall include superintendents and foremen at the site,The expenses of performing Work after regular working hours,on Saturday,Sunday or legal holidays,shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by OWNER. 11.4.2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work,including costs of transportation and storage thereof,and Suppliers'.field services required in connection therewith.All cash discounts shall accrue to CONTRACTOR unless OWNER deposits funds with CONTRACTOR with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to OWNER. Trade discounts, rebates and refunds and all returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to OWNER, and CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 11.4.3. Payments made by CONTRACTOR to the Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by OWNER,CONTRACTOR shall obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to CONTRACTOR and shall deliver such bids to OWNER who then determines,with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, which bids will be accepted. If a subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee,the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work shall be determined in the same manner as CONTRACTOR's Cost of the Work;.All subcontracts shall be subject to the other provisions of the Contract Documents insofar as applicable. 11.4.4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys and accountants)employed for services specifically related to the.Work. ' GC-33 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 33 of 55 1 Revision Date Auw®t 2001 ' 11.4.5. Supplemental costs including the following: 11.4.5.1, The proportion of necessary transportation, travel and subsistence expenses of ' CONTRACTOR's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. 11.4.5.2. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances,office and temporary facilities at the site and hand tools not owned by the workers, ' which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost less market value of such`stems used but not consumed which remain the property of CONTRACTOR. 11.4.5.3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery and the parts thereof whether rented from CONTRACTOR or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by OWNER with the advice of PROFESSIONAL, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, installation, dismantling and removal thereof-all in accordance with terms of said rental agreements.The rental of any such equipment, machinery or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 11.4.5.4. Sales,consumer, use or similar taxes related to the Work,and for which CONTRACTOR is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations, 11.4.5.5. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of CONTRACTOR,any Subcontractor or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. ' 11.4.5.6. Losses and damages (and related expenses), not compensated by insurance or otherwise,to the Work or otherwise sustained by CONTRACTOR in connection with the performance and furnishing of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance ' established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6)provided they have resulted from causes other than the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable.Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of OWNER. No such losses,damages and expenses shall be included in ' the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining CONTRACTOR's Fee. If, however,any such loss or damage requires reconstruction and CONTRACTOR is placed in charge thereof, CONTRACTOR shall be paid for services a fee proportionate to that stated in paragraph 11.6.2. 11.4.5.7. The cost of utilities,fuel and sanitary facilities at the site. 11.4.5.8. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the site, expressage and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. 11.4.5.9. Cost of premiums for additional Bonds and insurance required because of changes in the Work and premiums of property insurance coverage within the limits of the deductible amounts established by OWNER in accordance with paragraph 5.6. 11.5. The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following: P11.5.1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, principals (of partnership and sole proprietorships), general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, ' GC-34 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 34 of 55 1 1 - •111 I Revision Date Auguet 2001 auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expeditors, timekeepers, clerks and other I personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in paragraph 11.4.1 or specifically covered by paragraph 11.4.4-all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by CONTRACTOR's Fee. I 11.5.2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal area branch offices other than CONTRACTOR'S office at the site. I 11.5.3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses,including interest on CONTRACTOR'S capital used for the Change Order Work and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments. 11.5.4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is I required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same(except for the cost of premiums covered by subparagraph 11.4.5.9 above). 11.5,5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or I indirectly,employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to,the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied and making good any damage to property. 11.5.6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in paragraph 11.4. CONTRACTOR's Fee: 111 11:6. CONTRACTOR'S Fee allowed to CONTRACTOR for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 11.6.1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee, or if none can be agreed upon; U 11.6.2. a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: 11.6.2.1. for costs incurred under paragraphs 11.4.1 and 11.4.2, CONTRACTOR's Fee shall be I fifteen percent, 11.6.2.2. for costs incurred under paragraph 11.4.3, CONTRACTOR'S Fee shall five percent;and I if a subcontract is on the basis of Cost of the Work Plus a Fee,the maximum allowable to CONTRACTOR on account of overhead and profit of all Subcontractors shall be fifteen percent, 11.6.2.3. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under paragraphs 11.4.4, 11.4.5 I and 11.3, 11.6.2.4. the amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change I which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease plus a deduction in GC-35 1416-03 00700 General Conditions I Page 35 of 55 I I 1 Revision bete nuquet 2001 CONTRACTOR's Fee by an amount equal to ten percent of the net decrease, and 11.6.2.5. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change,the adjustment in CON- TRACTOR's Fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with paragraphs 11.6,2,1 ' through 11.6.2.4, inclusive. 11.7. For all changes, CONTRACTOR shall submit an itemized cost breakdown, together with supporting data in such detail and form as prescribed by the Project Manager. When a credit is due, the t amount of credit to be allowed by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for any such change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in direct cost as determined by the Project Manager; plus the applicable reduction in overhead and profit. When both additions and credits are involved in any change, the combined overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net ' change, whether an increase or decrease. In any event, the minimum detail shall be an itemization of all man-hours required by discipline/trade with the unit cost per man-hour and total labor price, labor burden, equipment hours and rate for each piece of equipment, material by units of measure and price per unit, other costs specifically itemized, plus the overhead and profit markup. Cash Allowances; ' 11.8. It is understood that CONTRACTOR has included in the Contract Price all allowances so. named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work socovered to be done by such Subcontractors or Suppliers and for such sums within the limit of the allowances as may be acceptable to PROFESSIONAL ' CONTRACTOR agrees that: 11.8.1. The allowances include the cost to CONTRACTOR(less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the site and all applicable taxes; and 11.8.2. CONTRACTOR's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, ' overhead,profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances. No demand for additional payment on account of any thereof will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by PROFESSIONAL to reflect actual amounts due CONTRACTOR on account of Work covered by allowances,and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. Unit Price. Work: 11.9.1. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit prices for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR ' will be made by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with Paragraph 9.10. GC-36 ' ]416-03 00700 G peril Conditions Page 36 of 55 I Aevisi en Dote i August 2QC1 11.9.2. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by CONTRACTOR to be I adequate to cover CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. 11.9.3. Where the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by CONTRACTOR differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement and there I is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work and if CONTRACTOR believes that CONTRACTOR has incurred additional expense as a result thereof,CONTRACTOR may make a claim for an increase in the Contract Price in accordance with Article 11 if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase. I I I I I 1 I I I I I GC-37 I416.03 00700 Central Conditions I Page 37 of 55 I I ' Revision rate August 2001 ' ARTICLE 12--CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.1. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. Any request for an extension in the Contract Time shall be made in writing and delivered to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within seven ' (7)calendar days of the occurrence first happening and resulting in the claim. Written supporting data will be submitted to PROFESSIONAL and OWNER within fifteen (15) calendar days after such occurrence unless the OWNER allows additional time. All claims submitted by CONTRACTOR for adjustments to the Contract Time must set forth in detail the reasons for and causes of the delay and clearly indicate why the subject delay was beyond CONTRACTOR's control or fault. 12.2. If CONTRACTOR is delayed at any time in the performance, progress, commencement, or ' completion of the Work by any act or neglect of OWNER or PROFESSIONAL,or by an employee of either, or by any separate CONTRACTOR employed by OWNER,or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties, utility conflicts which could not have been identified or foreseen by CONTRACTOR using reasonable diligence,or any causes beyond CONTRACTOR'S control or fault, then ' the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as OWNER may determine: CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to an extension of time for such causes only for the number of days of delay which OWNER may determine to be due solely to such causes and only to the extent such occurrences actually delay the completion of the Work and then only if CONTRACTOR shall have strictly complied with all the requirements of the Contract Documents. Provided, however, notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, no interruption, interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay in the performance, progress, commencement or completion of the Work for any cause whatsoever, including those for which OWNER or PROFESSIONAL may be responsible in whole or in part, ' shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its duty to perform or give rise to any right to damages or additional compensation from OWNER: CONTRACTOR's sole and exclusive remedy against OWNER for interruption, Interference, inefficiency, suspension or delay of any aspect of the Work shall be the right to seek an extension to the Contract Time in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. 1 i 1 1 GC-38 ' 1416-03 00700 General Condition Page 38 of 55 1 - .. 1 I Revision Date si uet 2DD1 ARTICLE 13--WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE; TESTS AND INSPECTIONS:CORRECTION, I REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK Warranty and Guarantee: I 13.1. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees to OWNER that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified and that all work will be of good quality, performed in a workmanlike manner, free from faults or defects, and in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents I and any inspections, tests, or approvals referred to in this.Article. All unsatisfactory Work, all faulty Work and all Work not conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents or such inspections, tests, approvals, or all applicable building, construction and safety requirements shall be considered defective. Notice of all defects shall be given to CONTRACTOR by PROFESSIONAL. All defective work,whether or I not in place, may be rejected, corrected,or accepted as provided in this Article. Access to Work: I 13.2. For the duration of the Work, PROFESSIONAL and its representatives, other designated representatives of OWNER, and authorized representatives of any regulatory agency shall at all times be given access to the Work: CONTRACTOR shall provide proper facilities for such access and observation I of the Work and also for any inspection or testing by others. Tests and inspections: 13.3. If the Contract Documents, laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public ; I authority having jurisdiction require any Work to specifically be inspected,tested, or approved by someone other than CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR shall give PROFESSIONAL timely notice of readiness therefore. I 13.4. The testing firm(s) (if assigned by OWNER to this Work) and all such inspections, tests, or approvals provided for by OWNER shall be identified in writing by PROFESSIONAL to CONTRACTOR. All other inspections, tests or approvals shall be at CONTRACTOR's expense including additional expenses for inspection and tests required as a result of delays by CONTRACTOR or hours worked in excess of 40 hours per week. For all required inspections, tests, and approvals on any Work prepared, performed, or assembled away from the site,.CONTRACTOR will furnish PROFESSIONAL with the required Certificates I of Inspection,testing, or approval. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organizations as may be required by law or the Contract Documents. -Materials or Work in place that fail to pass acceptability tests shall be retested at the direction of PROFESSIONAL and at CONTRACTOR's expense. I 13.5. All inspections, tests or approvals other than those required by Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction shall be performed by organizations acceptable to OWNER and CONTRACTOR(or by PROFESSIONAL if so specified). I 13.6. If any Work (including the work-of others) that is to be inspected, tested or approved is covered without written concurrence of PROFESSIONAL, it must, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be I uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall be at CONTRACTOR's-expense unless CONTRACTOR GC-39 14)6-03 00700 Genera]Conditions I Page 39 of 55 I I Revision Dale Aug et 2003 has given PROFESSIONAL timely notice of CONTRACTOR's intention to cover the same and PROFESSIONAL has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.7. Neither observations by PROFESSIONAL or Project Manager nor inspections, tests, or ' approvals by persons other than CONTRACTOR shall relieve CONTRACTOR of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Uncovering Work: 13.8. If any Work required to be inspected,tested or approved is covered prior thereto without the prior written approval of PROFESSIONAL, or if any Work is covered contrary to the request of PROFESSIONAL, the Work shall, if requested by PROFESSIONAL, be uncovered for observation, inspection,testing or approval and replaced at CONTRACTOR's expense. 13.9. If PROFESSIONAL considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by PROFESSIONAL or inspected or tested by others, CONTRACTOR, at PROFESSIONAL's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as PROFESSIONAL may require, that portion of the Work in question,furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct and consequential costs of such ' uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction(including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects,attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs), and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price and, if the parties are unable ' to agree as to the amount thereof,OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11.If,however, such Work is not found to be defective,CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering; exposure, observation, inspection,testing and reconstruction,and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof,CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. OWNER May Stop the Work: ' 13.10. When Work is defective or when CONTRACTOR fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen or suitable materials or equipment or make prompt payments to Subcontractors for labor, materials, or equipment or if CONTRACTOR violates any provisions of these Contract Documents, OWNER may order 1 CONTRACTOR to stop the Work until the cause for such order has been eliminated. However,this right. of OWNER to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of CONTRACTOR or any other party. CONTRACTOR shall have no right to claim an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time or other damages for a stop work order under this paragraph. Correction or Removal of Defective Work: ' 13.1.1. When directed by PROFESSIONAL, CONTRACTOR shall promptly, without cost to OWNER and as specified by PROFESSIONAL, either correct the defective Work whether fabricated, installed,or completed, or remove it from the site and replace it with non-defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not correct such defective Work or remove and replace such defective Work within a reasonable time, ' as specified in a written notice from PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may have the deficiency corrected. All direct and indirect costs of such correction shall be paid by CONTRACTOR or deducted from payment to GC-40 ' 1416-03 00700 General Cand0ions Page 40 of 55 1 Aevieion Date Auguet 2001 CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR will also bear the expense of correcting or removing and replacing all Work of others destroyed or damaged by the correction, removal, or replacement of the defective Work. One Year Correction Period: 13.12. lf, after approval of final payment and prior to the expiration of one year after the date of substantial completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents, any Work or materials are found to be defective, incomplete, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract Documents,CONTRACTOR shall promptly,without cost to OWNER and in accordance with OWNER's written instructions,either correct such defective Work or if it has been rejected by OWNER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non- defective Work. If CONTRACTOR does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, OWNER may have the defective Work corrected, removed,or replaced. All direct, indirect and consequential costs of such removal and replacement(including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects attorneys and other professionals)will be paid by CONTRACTOR. Acceptance of Defective Work: 13.13. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, OWNER (and, prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment, PROFESSIONAL)prefers to accept it, OWNER.may do so. CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect and consequential costs attributable to OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by. PROFESSIONAL as to reasonableness and to include but not be limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If any such acceptance occurs prior to PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment,a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work,and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by CONTRACTOR to OWNER. OWNER May Correct Defective Work: 13.14. If CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice of PROFESSIONAL to proceed to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by PROFESSIONAL in accordance with paragraph 13.11, or if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if CONTRACTOR falls to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, OWNER may, after seven days'written notice to CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall proceed expeditiously, to the extent necessary to complete corrective and remedial action, OWNER may exclude CONTRACTOR from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend CON- TRACTOR's services related thereto, take possession of CONTRACTOR's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, CONTRACTOR shall allow OWNER, OWNER's representatives, agents and employees such access to the site as may be GC-41 1416-03 00700 Geral Conditions Page 41 of 55 1 1 ' Peeled et Date 01,uet 2001 ' necessary to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph.All direct, indirect and consequential costs of OWNER in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against CONTRACTOR in an amount approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price,and,if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11. Such direct, indirect and consequential costs will include, but not be limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects,attorneys and other professionals,all court costs and all costs of repair and replacement of work ' of others destroyed or damaged by correction,removal or replacement of CONTRACTOR's defective Work. CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in per- formance of the Work attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies hereunder. ' Neglected Work by CONTRACTOR 13.15. If CONTRACTOR neglects to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract ' Documents, including any requirements of the progress schedule, PROFESSIONAL may direct CONTRACTOR to submit a recovery plan and take specific corrective actions including, but not limited to, employing additional workmen and/or equipment, and working extended hours and additional days,all at no cost to OWNER in order to put the Work back on schedule. If CONTRACTOR fails to correct the ' deficiency or take appropriate corrective action, OWNER may terminate the contract or CONTRACTOR's right to proceed with that portion of Work and have the Work done by others. The cost of completion under such procedure shall be charged against CONTRACTOR. A Change Order shall be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents, including an appropriate reduction in the Contract ' Price. If the payments due CONTRACTOR are not sufficient to cover such amount, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. ' 13.16. Should CONTRACTOR work overtime, weekends or holidays to regain the schedule, all costs to OWNER of associated inspection, construction management and resident engineers shall be identified to CONTRACTOR and the Contract Price reduced by a like amount via Change Order. 1 GC-42 1416-03 00700 General Conditions Page 42 of 55 Revision Dste August 2001 ARTICLE 14-PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Schedule of Values: 14.1, The schedule of values established as provided in 2.9 will serve as the basis for progress ' payments and will be incorporated into a form of application for Payment acceptable to Project Manager. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. Application for Progress Payment: 14.2. At least twenty (20) calendar days before the date established for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), CONTRACTOR shall submit to PROFESSIONAL for review an application for Payment filled out and signed by CONTRACTOR covering the work completed as of the, date of the application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as Is required by the Contract Documents. if payment is requested on thebasis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing,the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that OWNER has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to OWNER. Payment is subject to a ten percent (10%) retainage that will be until the final payment or acceptance by OWNER.The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Agreement. CONTRACTOR's Warranty of Title: 14.3. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated In the Project or not, will pass to OWNER no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. Review of Applications for Progress Payment: 14.4. PROFESSIONAL will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of each Application for Payment,either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to OWNER, or return the application to CONTRACTOR'indicating in writing PROFESSIONAL's reasonsfor refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and. resubmit the application. OWNER shall, within thirty-one calendar days of presentation to him of the application for payment with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of the amount for payment, pay CONTRACTOR amount recommended. 14.5. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER, based on PROFESSiONAL's on-site observations of the Work in progress as an experienced and qualified design PROFESSIONAL and on PROFESSIONAL's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that, to the best of PROFiESSIONAL's knowledge, information and belief,the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents subject to an GC-43 .141 0-03 00700 Gwen]Conditions Page 43 of 55 1 Aevieion Data August 2007 ' evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion,to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under paragraph 9.10, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation; and that CONTRACTOR is entitled to payment of the amount recommended. However, ' by recommending any such payment, PROFESSIONAL will not thereby be deemed to have represented that exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections have been made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to PROFESSIONAL in the Contract Documents or that there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle CONTRACTOR to ' be paid additionally by OWNER or OWNER to withhold payment to CONTRACTOR. 14.6. PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of final payment will constitute an additional representation by PROFESSIONAL to OWNER that the conditions precedent to CONTRACTOR's being ' entitled to final payment as set forth in paragraph,14.13 have been fulfilled. 14.7. PROFESSIONAL may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in PROFESSIONAL's opinion, it would be incorrect to make such representations to OWNER. PROFESSIONAL may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended,to such extent as may be necessary in PROFESSIONAL's opinion to protect OWNER from ' loss because: 14.7.1. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. ' 14.7.2. the Contract Price has been reduced by Written Amendment or Change Order. ' 14.7.3. OWNER has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with paragraph 13.14.or 14.7.4. of PROFESSIONAL's actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated ' in paragraphs 15.2.1 through 15.2.9 inclusive. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL because claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the ' Work or Liens have been filed in connection with the Work or there are other items entitling OWNER to a off-set against the amount recommended,but OWNER must give CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to PROFESSIONAL)stating the reasons for such action. Substantial Completion: 14.8. When CONTRACTOR considers the entire Work ready for its intended use,CONTRACTOR ' shall notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete(except for items specifically listed by CONTRACTOR as incomplete) and request that PROFESSIONAL issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and ' PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify GC-44 ' 7.416-03 00700 General ConcitiDna Page 44 of 55 1 R¢vie ion 2001 Aug.¢t 2001 CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor.If PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will prepare and deliver to OWNER a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion.There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. OWNER shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to PROFESSIONAL as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, PROFESSIONAL concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will, within fourteen days after submission of the tentative certificate to OWNER notify CONTRACTOR in writing stating the reasons therefor.If,after consideration of OWNER's,objections,PROFESSIONAL considers the Work substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will within said fourteen days execute and deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion(with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected)reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as PROFESSIONAL believes justified after consideration of any objections from OWNER.At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL will deliver to OWNER and CONTRACTOR a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties.Unless OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree otherwise in writing and so inform PROFESSIONAL prior to PROFESSIONAL's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, PROFESSIONAL's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on OWNER and CONTRACTOR until final payment. 14.9. OWNER shall have the right to exclude CONTRACTOR from the Work after the date of ' Substantial Completion, but OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. Partial Utilization: 14.10, Use by OWNER.at OWNER's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) OWNER, PROFESSIONAL, and CONTRACTOR agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by OWNER for its intended purpose without significant interference with CONTRACTOR's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work subject to the following: 14.10.1. OWNER at any time may request CONTRACTOR in writing to permit OWNER to use any such part of the Work which OWNER believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If CONTRACTOR agrees, CONTRACTOR will certify to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that said part of the Work is substantially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work.CONTRACTOR at any time may notify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL in writing that CONTRACTOR considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substan- tially complete and request PROFESSIONAL to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work, Within a reasonable time after either such request, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If PROFESSIONAL does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, PROFESSIONAL will notify OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in writing, giving the reasons therefor. If PROFESSIONAL considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of paragraphs 14.8 and 14.9 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. ' GC-45 1416-03 00700 Gcnaai Conditions Page 45 of 55 1 1 7ovisioo Dote Au+guet 2001 ' 14.10.2, OWNER may at any time request CONTRACTOR, in writing, to permit OWNER to take over operation of any such part of the Work although it is not substantially complete.A copy of such request will be sent to PROFESSIONAL and, within a reasonable time thereafter, OWNER, CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion, and PROFESSIONAL will prepare a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected thereon before final payment. If CONTRACTOR does not object in writing to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL that such part of the Work is not ready for separate operation by OWNER, PROFESSIONAL will finalize the list of items to be completed or corrected and will deliver such list to OWNER and CONTRACTOR together with a written recommendation as to the division of responsibilities pending final payment between OWNER and CONTRACTOR with respect to security,operation,safety,maintenance,utilities,insurance,warranties and guarantees for that part of the Work which will become binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR at the ' time when OWNER takes over such operation (unless they shall have otherwise agreed in writing and so informed PROFESSIONAL): During such operation and prior to Substantial Completion of such part of the Work, OWNER shall allow CONTRACTOR reasonable access to complete or correct items on said list and to complete other related Work. ' 14.10.3. No occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work will be accomplished prior to compliance with the requirements of paragraph 5.15 in respect of property insurance. ' 14.10.4. OWNER, may at its discretion, reduce the amount of retainage subject to Beneficial Occupancy. ' Final Inspection: 14.11. Upon written notice from CONTRACTOR that the entire Work or an agreed upon portion thereof is complete, PROFESSIONAL will make a final inspection with OWNER and CONTRACTOR and will notify CONTRACTOR in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective.CONTRACTOR shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to remedy such deficiencies. Final Application for Payment: ' 14.12. After CONTRACTOR has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of PROFESSIONAL and OWNER and delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by 5.2, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents and other documents, CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all t documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required, (ii)consent of the surety, if any, to final payment, and (iii)complete and legally effective releases or waivers(satisfactory to OWNER)of all liens arising out of or filed in connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of liens and as approved by OWNER, CONTRACTOR may furnish receipts or release in full and an affidavit of CONTRACTOR that(i)the releases and receipts include all labor,services, material and equipment for which a lien could be filed, and(ii)all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which OWNER or OWNER's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or supplier fails to furnish such a ' release or receipt In full, CONTRACTOR may furnish a bond or other collateral satisfactory to OWNER to indemnify OWNER against any lien. GC-46 ' 1436.03 00700 General Conditions Page 46 of 55 Revlslon Aste ' nuguoe 20G: 14.12.1. No application for final payment will be accepted by OWNER until approved as-built documents by CONTRACTOR are accepted and approved by PROFESSIONAL. 14.12.2. Notwithstanding any other provision of these contract documents to the contrary,OWNER and PROFESSIONAL are under no duty or obligation whatsoever to any vendor, materials provider, Subcontractor, laborer or other party to ensure that payments due and owing by CONTRACTOR to any of them are or will be made. Such parties shall rely only on CONTRACTOR's surety bonds for remedy of nonpayment by him. CONTRACTOR agreesto defend and resolve all claims made by Subcontractors, indemnifying OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for all claims arising from or resulting from Subcontractor or supplier or material men or laborer services in connection with this project. 14.12.3. General Indemnity: CONTRACTOR shall indemnify OWNER and PROFESSIONAL for any damages sustained, including lost profits, resulting from CONTRACTOR's failure or refusal to perform the work required by these contract documents. Final Payment and Acceptance: 14.13. If, on the basis of PROFESSIONAL's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection and PROFESSIONAL's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, PROFESSIONAL is satisfied that the Work has been completed and CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents havebeen fulfilled, PROFESSIONAL will,within ten(10)working days after receipt of the final Application for Payment,indicate in writing PROFESSIONAL's recommendation of payment and present the Application to OWNER for. payment. At the same.time PROFESSIONAL will also give written notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR. that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of 14.0, Otherwise, PROFESSIONAL will return the application to CONTRACTOR,indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case CONTRACTOR shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. After the presentation to OWNER of the application and accompanying documentation, in appropriate form and substance and with PROFESSIONAL's recommendation and notice of acceptability, the amount recommended by PROFESSIONAL will become due and will be paid by OWNER to CONTRACTOR. 14.14. If, through no fault of CONTRACTOR,final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if PROFESSIONAL so confirms, OWNER shall, upon receipt of CONTRACTOR's final Application for Payment and recommendation of PROFESSIONAL and without terminating the Agreement,make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by OWNER for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Contract and if bonds have been furnished as required in Article 5, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by CONTRACTOR to PROFESSIONAL.with the application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governingfinal payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. GC-47 1416-03 60700 Ge=a)Conditions Page 47 of 55 1 1 I ' aevjd]on Pate August 2001 CONTRACTOR's Continuing Obligation: 14.15. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute: Neither recommendation of any progress or final payment by PROFESSIONAL, nor the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion nor any payment by OWNER to CONTRACTOR under the Contract Documents, nor any ' use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by OWNER, nor any act of acceptance by OWNER nor any failure to do so, nor any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or sample submission, nor the issuance of a notice of acceptability by PROFESSIONAL ' pursuant to paragraph 14.13,nor any correction of defective Work by OWNER will constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents(except as provided in paragraph 14.16). ' Waiver of Claims: 14.16. The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute:. 14.16,1. A waiver of all claims by OWNER against CONTRACTOR, except claims arising from unsettled liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to 14.11, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from ' CONTRACTOR's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 14.16.2. A waiver of all claims by CONTRACTOR against OWNER other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 1 1 1 GC-48 ' 1416-03 00700 Genera]Conditions Page 48 of 55 r ReVleion Date- 111hugual 2001 ARTICLE 15--SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION OWNER May Suspend Work: 15.1. OWNER may, at any time and without cause,suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety days by notice in writing to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. CONTRACTOR shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. CONTRACTOR shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time; or both, directly attributable to any suspension if CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in.Articles 11 and 12. Termination For Cause: 15.2.Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events 15.2.1.if CONTRACTOR:commences a voluntary case under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code (Title 11, United States Code), as now or hereafter in effect, or if CONTRACTOR takes any equivalent or similar action by filing a petition or otherwise under any other federal or state law in effect at such time relating to the bankruptcy or insolvency; 15:2.2. if a petition is filed against CONTRACTOR under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code as now or hereafter in effect at the time of filing, or if a petition is filed seeking any such equivalent or similar relief against CONTRACTOR under any other federal or state law in effect at the time relating to bankruptcy or insolvency; 15.2.3. if CONTRACTOR makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; ' 15.2A. if a trustee, receiver, custodian or agent of CONTRACTOR is appointed under applicable law or under contract,whose appointment or authority to take charge of property of CONTRACTOR is for the purpose of enforcing a Lien against such property or for the purpose of general administration of such property for the benefit of CONTRACTOR's creditors; 15.2.5. if CONTRACTOR admits in writing an inability to pay its debts generally, as they become due; 15.2.6. if CONTRACTOR fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule established under paragraph 2.9 as revised from time to time); 15.2.7, if CONTRACTOR disregards Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 15.2.8. if CONTRACTOR disregards the authority of PROFESSIONAL; or 15.2.9. if CONTRACTOR otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents, GC-49 1416-03 00700 Genera]Conditions Page 49 of 55 I ' kavia ion.Date. August 2:01 1 OWNER may,after giving CONTRACTOR(and the surety, if there be one)seven days'written notice and to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of CONTRACTOR, exclude CONTRACTOR from the site and take possession of the Work and of all CONTRACTOR's tools, ' appliances,construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by CONTRACTOR(without liability to CONTRACTOR for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which OWNER has paid CONTRACTOR but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as OWNER may deem expedient. In such case ' CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct, indirect and consequential costs of completing the Work (including but not limited to fees and charges of PROFESSIONALs, architects, attorneys and other PROFESSIONALs and court and arbitration costs) such excess will be paid to CONTRACTOR. If such ' costs exceed such unpaid balance, CONTRACTOR shall pay the difference to OWNER. Such costs. incurred by OWNER will be approved as to reasonableness by PROFESSIONAL and incorporated in a Change Order, but when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph, OWNER shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 15.3. In the event OWNER terminates the contract for cause and it is subsequently judicially determined that there was no cause for termination, the termination for convenience provision will be the ' means for disposition of the balance of the contract obligations. Termination for Convenience 115.4, Upon seven working days'written notice to CONTRACTOR and PROFESSIONAL, OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of OWNER, elect to terminate the Contract. In such case, CONTRACTOR shall be paid(without duplication of any items): ' 15.4.1. For completed and acceptable Work executed In accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; ' 15,4.2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; ' 15.4.3. For all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, suppliers and others;and ' 15.4.4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR, shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ' 15.5. Where CONTRACTOR's services have been so terminated by OWNER, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of OWNER against CONTRACTOR..then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due CONTRACTOR by OWNER will not release ' CONTRACTOR from liability. GC-50 1 14;6-03 00700 General Conditions Page 50 of 55 I Aev±Vioil Aete I A-091030 2001 CONTRACTOR May Stop Work or Terminate: I 15.6. If through no act or fault of CONTRACTOR, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety calendar days by OWNER or under an order of court or other public authority, or I PROFESSIONAL fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty days after`it is submitted' or OWNER fails for thirty-one days to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, then CONTRACTOR may upon seven working days' written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL and provided OWNER or PROFESSIONAL did not remedy such suspension or failure within that time,terminate I the Agreement and recover from OWNER payment on the same terms as provided in 15.2, In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if PROFESSIONAL has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty days after it is submitted or OWNER has failed for ' thirty-one calendar days after it is submitted to pay CONTRACTOR any sum finally determined to be due, CONTRACTOR may upon seven days'written notice to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL stop the Work until receipt of payment of all such amounts due CONTRACTOR, including interest thereon. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to preclude CONTRACTOR from making claim under Articles 11 and 12 I for an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to CONTRACTOR's stopping Work as permitted by this paragraph.The provisions of this paragraph shall not relieve CONTRACTOR of the obligations under paragraph 6:30 to carry on the Work in accordance with the progress schedule and without delay during disputes and disagreements with OWNER. I 1 I1 I I I I GC-51. 1416-03 00700 Geuer,i Conditions I Page 51 of 55 I Revision Date August 2001 ARTICLE 16--DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.1. All disputes arising under this Contract or its interpretation whether involving law or fact or both, or extra work, and all claims for alleged breach of contract shall within ten (10)working days of the commencement of the dispute be presented by CONTRACTOR to OWNER for decision. All papers pertaining to claims shall be filed in quadruplicate. Such notice need not detail the amount of the claim but shall state the facts surrounding the claim in sufficient detail to identify the claim,together with its character and scope. In the meantime, CONTRACTOR shall proceed with the Work as directed. Any claim not presented within the time limit specified in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived, except that if the claim is of a continuing character and notice of the claim is not given within ten(10)working clays of its commencement, the claim will be considered only for a period commencing ten (10) working days prior to the receipt by OWNER of notice thereof. Each decision by OWNER will be in writing and will be mailed to CONTRACTOR by registered or certified mail,return receipt requested,directed to his last known address. ' 16.2 All claims, disputes and other matters in question between OWNER and CONTRACTOR arising out of,or relating to,the Contract Documents,or the breach thereof shall be decided under Georgia Law in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia. CONTRACTOR by execution of the Contract. ' consents to jurisdiction and venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County, Georgia, and waivesany right to contest same. 1 1 i 1 GC-52 ' 121d-03 00700 General Conditions Page 52 of 55 1 _ 1 1 nevi.ion Dat« August 2061 ARTICLE 17-MISCELLANEOUS Giving Notice: 17.1. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended,or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. Computation of Time: ' 17.2.1. When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation 17,2.2. A calendar day of twenty-four hours measured from midnight to the next midnight shall constitute a day. General: 17.3.Should OWNER or CONTRACTOR suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error,omission or act of the other party or of any of the other party's employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim should be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of thefirst observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph 17.3 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4.The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto,and,in particular but without limitation,the warranties,guarantees and obligations imposed upon CONTRACTOR by paragraphs 6.32, 13,1, 13.12, 13.14, 14.3 and 15.2 and all of the rights and remedies available to OWNER and PROFESSIONAL thereunder, are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of,any rights and remedies availableto any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations,by special warranty or guarantee or by other provisions of the Contract Documents,and the provisions of this paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right and remedy to which they apply. All representations,warranties and guarantees made in the Contract Documents will survive final payment and termination or completion of the Agreement. 17.5. CONTRACTOR shall keep adequate records and supporting documentation applicable to ' this Work and Contract. Said records and documentation shall be retained by CONTRACTOR for a minimum of five (5)years from the date of final completion or termination of this Contract. OWNER shall have the right to audit, inspect,and copy all such records and documentation as often as OWNER deems necessary during the period of the Contract and for a period of five(5)years thereafter provided, however, such activity shall be conducted only during normal business hours, OWNER, during this period of time, shall also have the right to obtain a copy of and otherwise inspect any audit made at the direction of CONTRACTOR as concerns the aforesaid records and supporting documentation. GC-53 1116.03 00?00 General Conditions Page 53 of 55 1 ' Revision Date August 2001 17.6. The Contract Documents are intended bytheParties to, and do, supersede any and:all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, O.C.G.A.Section 13-11-1, el seq. In the event any provision of the Contract Documents are inconsistent with any provision of the Prompt Pay,Act, this provision of the Contract Documents shall control. 17.7. Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary,the parties agree that no interest shall be due Contractor on any sum held as retainage pursuant to the Contract Documents and CONTRACTOR specifically waives any claim to same. Substitutions: t17.8. Notwithstanding any provision of these general conditions, there shall be no substitutions of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. Sanitary Sewer Overflow Prevention: ' 17.9. Procedures to Prevent Overflows During Sanitary Sewer Construction: 17.9.1 The CONTRACTOR is hereby notified that the discharge of any untreated wastewater to waters of the State is a violation of Georgia Water Quality Regulations and is prohibited. ' 17.9.2 The CONTRACTOR will submit an Emergency Response Plan prior to beginning work. This plan will include a list of key personnel with 24-hour contact information who will respond during an emergency situation. The ERP will include estimates of mobilization time for a response crew to arrive ' onsite. Any changes to the Emergency Response Plan will be submitted to the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE prior to implementation, 17.9.3 In the event bypass pumping is required to facilitate new sewer construction, bypassing ' plans and supporting calculations must be submitted to the Augusta Utilities Department for review prior to establishment of the bypass. All bypass systems will include complete redundancy in pumping systems, if failure of the primary pumping system could result In a discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the State, ' 17.9.4 Bypass pumping will be monitored continuously by a person knowledgeable in pump operation and maintenance if the failure of the bypass pump could result in the discharge of untreated wastewater to waters of the Slate. 17.9.5 In the event of a discharge of untreated wastewater, the CONTRACTOR will take the following actions; 1. Take immediate steps to eliminate or minimize the discharge of untreated wastewater. ' 2. Immediately notify the Utilities Department dispatcher (706.796.5000) and the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE (contact information will be provided at the preconsiruction conference). 3. Maintain a chronicle of relevant information regarding the incident including specificactions taken by the CONTRACTOR and estimates of the discharge volume. GC-54 ' 1416.03 00703 General Conditions Page 54 of 55 1 . 1 Delusion Pete Agscuuec 2001 17,9.6 The RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE will coordinate notification of the Georgia Environmental Protection Division (800.241.4118) and the Augusta Emergency Management Agency if appropriate. 17.9,7 if, in the opinion of the RESIDENT PROJECT REPRESENTATIVE and the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR is not responding to an emergency situation in an appropriate manner, the Utilities Department will undertake necessary actions to abate an overflow situation. The cost of these actions:will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. 17.9.8 Following a discharge of untreated wastewater, a downstream inspection will be conducted by the Utilities Department to assess potential mitigation measures that may be required of the CONTRACTOR. ' PROGRAM MANAGER: 17.10 The PROGRAM MANAGER for the project is Augusta Utilities Department. The presence or duties of PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel at the construction site,whether as onsite representatives or otherwise,do not make PROGRAM MANAGER or PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel in any way responsible for those duties that belong to OWNER and for the.CONTRACTOR or other entities, and do not relieve the CONTRACTOR or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the construction work in accordance with the construction Contract Documents and any health and safety precautions required by such construction work. PROGRAM MANAGER and PROGRAM MANAGER's personnel have no authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions and have no duty of inspecting, noting, observing, correcting,or reporting on health or safety deficiencies of the CONTRACTOR(s)or other entity or any other persons at the site except PROGRAM MANAGER's own personnel. ' The presence of PROGRAM MANAGER'S personnel at the construction site is for the purpose of providing to OWNER a greater degree of confidence that the completed construction work will conform generally to the construction documents and that the integrity of the design concept as reflected in the construction documents has been implemented and preserved by the construction corntractor(s). PROGRAM MANAGER neither guarantees the performance of the construction contractor(s) nor assumes responsibility for construction contractor's failure to perform work in accordance with the construction documents. For this AGREEMENT only,construction sites include places of manufacture for materials incorporated into the construction work, and construction contractors include manufacturers of materials incorporated into the construction work GC-55 1416.03 OC700 Cenapl Conditions Page 55 of 55 I ISECTION SC-0 INDEX TO SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS I ISECTION SC-01 Omitted I SC-02 Omitted SC-03 Bonds SC-04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC-05 Project Sign I SC-06 Protection of the Environment SC-07 Temporary Toilets SC-08 Plans and Specifications Furnished I SC-09 SC-10 Record.Drawings Shop Drawings SC-11 Existing Structures SC-12 Salvage Material I SC-13 Referenced Specifications SC-14 Traffic Control SC-15 Surveys I SC-16 Construction Order and Schedule SC-17 Consulting Engineers SC-i 8 Inspection and Testing of Work SC-19 Site Access I SC-20 Tree Save SC-21 Georgia Prompt Pay Act SC-22 City Acceptance I SC-23 Disputes SC-24 Specified Materials SC-25 Interest Not Earned on Retainage I SC-26 SC-27 Basis of Payment Compliance with Laws,Codes,Regulations,Etc. SC-28 Equivalent Materials SC-29 After Hours Inspection ISC-30 Supplement to the Agreement I I I 1416-03 00800 Snppkmcntary Canditions t�^^ I SC-1 1 SECTION SC SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS -01. OMITTED -02. OMITTED -03.BONDS: The Contractor will include in the lump sum payment for Lump Sum. Construction the cost of his performance and payment bonds. -04.CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE': ' Insurance shall be written with limits of liability shown below or as required by law,whichever is greater: Commercial General Liability(per occurrence)Each Occurrence $ 1,000,000 ' General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products $2,000,000 Personal&Adv Injury $ 1,000,000 Fire Damage $ 500,000 Automobile Liability(any auto)Combined Single Limit $ 1,000,000 Excess Liability(any auto)Each Occurrence $5,000,000 ' Workers Compensation Statutory Limits Employer Liability $ 1,000,000 -05.PROJECT SIGN: The Contractor will provide and install one(1)project sign at prominent location on the construction site as directed by the Engineer.The sign will carry in a prominent manner the name of the project,the Owner, and the name of the Contractor and the Engineer and a 24-hour phone number for the Contractor in 4-inch letters. The sign shall be constructed and erected on wood posts in a substantial manner 7-feet above the ground.The full size stencil shall be approved along with colors before fabrication. The Contractor shall include the cost of the project sign in the Total Base Bid. ' -06.PROTECTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT: The Contractor will carefully schedule his work so that a minimum amount of the exposed earth will be ' subject to erosion by rainfall or wind, and he will provide means satisfactory to the Engineer to minimize the transportation of silt and other deleterious material from the project area onto adjacent properties or into adjacent water courses. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide, pesticide,disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification,must show approval of either EPA or USDA.Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in conformance with printed instructions. 1416-03 00000 Supplementary,Conthuorts SC-2 ' I I 1 -07.TEMPORARY TOILETS:. IContractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities on the site for workmen employed in the construction work. Toilets shall be adequate for the number of men employed and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.Workmen shall be required to use only these toilets. At completion of the work,toilets I used by Contractor shall be removed and premises left in the condition required by the Contract. -08.PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED: The Contractor will be furnished,free of charge,by the Owner up to five(5)sets of direct black line prints together with a like number of complete bound specifications for construction.purposes.Additional sets of plans and/or specifications will be furnished to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction upon his written Irequest. -09.RECORD DRAWINGS: IiThe Contractor will maintain n his office one complete set of drawings (including any supplemental sketches)pertaining to the project upon which, at the end of each day's work any deviations from the construction lines shown thereon and all changes ordered by the Engineer will be shown accurately in red I pencil. If necessary, supplemental drawings will be made to show details of deviations or changes, and these will be kept with the marked set.The drawings will be available to the Engineer for inspection during construction and at the completion of construction.Prior to submitting his estimate for final payment, as I built drawings are to be prepared and submitted by the contractor to the engineer.As-built drawings shall include tap locations and manholes located to a minimum of two separate surface features, . SHOP DRAWINGS: I -to The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his review shop drawings, cuts, diagrams,bar lists, steel details and other descriptive data on every item, where shown on the drawings or specified herein. The I Contractor shall check all submittals and so indicate on each copy thereof. Six copies of such shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer before ordering of the material. Submittals which have not been checked by the Contractor will not be reviewed by the Engineer.Reviews by the.Engineer of submittals will cover I only general conformity with the project requirements, while responsibility for detailed conformity shall remain with the Contractor. The Contractor will be notified by mail of the results of the submittal reviews within ten(10)days of the receipt by the Engineer thereof. I -11.EXISTING STRUCTURES Where sidewalks, street signs, private signs, walls, sidewalks, fences, pipelines, etc. are removed in I accomplishing the work, each and every item will be replaced in the same or better manner or condition than that in which it was before construction began. The Contractor will protect and bold harmless the Owner from any suit, action, or dispute whatever arising from the Contractor's work adjacent to private Iproperty. -12. SALVAGE MATERIAL: I All existing installations to be removed,including but not limited to masonry and concrete rubble,asphalt, pipe, etc.will be disposed of at an approved location by the Contractor, 1416-03 00800 Supplementary Conditions I SC-3 I 1 -13.REFERENCED SPECIFICATIONS: ' Where specifications or standards of trade organizations and other groups are referenced in these specifications,they are made as much a part of these specifications as if the entire standard or specification were reprinted herein. The inclusion of the latest edition or revision of the referenced specification or standard is intended. -14.TRAFFIC CONTROL: , Traffic control shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)of the Federal Highway Administration, latest edition. The Contractor shall give prior written notification to and shall obtain the approval of the Augusta Fire Department,Police Department,Emergency Medical Services,and the Augusta Traffic Engineering Department of any street closures. 111 -15.SURVEYS: The Engineer has established base lines for locating the principal component parts of the work, together ' with a suitable number of bench marks adjacent to the work. From the information thusprovided, the Contractor shall develop and make all detail surveys needed for construction lines and elevations. The Contractor shall employ only Registered Land Surveyors.or Registered Professional Engineer to perform all detail surveys. The Contractor will diligently preserve and maintain the position of all stakes,reference points and bench marks after they are set and,in case of willful or careless destruction,he shall be charged with the resulting expense and shall be responsible for any mistakes that may be caused by their unnecessary loss or disturbance. -16.CONSTRUCTION ORDER ANI) SCHEDULE: A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the detailed order, schedule, and methods of construction activities within the general guidelines specified for maintenance and protection of highway and pedestrian,traffic;utility lines;drainage ways;adjacent properties;and as otherwise specified. B. After notice to proceed and prior to the first payment on the contract the Contractor shall submit the following for review: (1) Breakdown of contract price into units of cost for each item required to complete the total work; this breakdown will be the basis for judging the percentage complete at any time. (2) A statement of the order of procedure to be followed that will result in the required protection ' and completion of the work within the overall contract time. (3) A bar chart showing the percentage of each item schedules against time and so scheduled that Contractor's order of construction is clearly shown. C. With each request for payment the Contractor shall submit two copies of the bar chart clearly marked to show the work completed at the date of the payment requested. Progress Schedule D. gr Requirements quirements (1) Bar Chart Schedule: Prepare on maximum 11 inch by 17 inch sheet size for each separate stage of Work as specified and shown,to include at least: 1416-03 00800 Supplementary Conditions SC-4 ' 1 ' (a) Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to complete work,including,but not limited to, subcontract work,major equipment design, factory testing and startup activities, project close out and ' cleanup and specified work sequences, constraints, and milestones, including Substantial Completion date(s). Listings to be identified by Specification section number. ' (b) Identify: (i)horizontal time frame by year,month,and week, (ii)duration, early- start, and completion of each activity and sub-activity and (iii) critical activities and Project float. ' (c) Provide sub-schedules to further define critical portions of the work. (d) Monthly schedule submissions: show overall percent complete, projected and actual,and completion progress by listed activity and sub-activity. (e) Identify the critical path on the schedule. (2) General: ' (a) Schedule(s) shall reflect work logic sequences, restraints, delivery windows, review times, contract times and milestones set forth in the Agreement, and shall begin with the date of Notice to Proceed and conclude with the date of Final Completion. ' (b) The schedule requirement herein is the minimum required. Contractor may prepare a more sophisticated schedule if such work will aid Contractor in execution and timely completion of work. ' (c) Base schedule on standard 5-day work week. (d) When bar chart or network analysis schedules-are specified,use Primavera,Project Planner, latest version, SureTrak latest version or a compatible and approved ' software. (e) Adjust or confirm schedules on a monthly basis as follows: Contractor shall submit to Engineer for acceptance proposed adjustments in the progress schedule that will not change the contract times (or milestones). Such adjustments will conform generally to the progress schedule then if effect and additionally will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. ' Proposed adjustments in the progress scheduled that will change the contract times (or milestones)may only be a Change Order. ' Use of float suppression techniques such as preferential sequencing or logic, special lead/lag logic restraints,and extendedactivity times are prohibited and use of float time disclosed or implied by use of alternate float-suppression techniques ' shall be shared to proportionate benefits to Owner and Contractor. Pursuant to above float-sharing requirement, no time extensions will be granted nor delay damages paid until a delay occurs which (i) impacts project's critical path,(ii)extends work beyond contract completion date. -17.CONSULTING ENGINEERS: ' The Owner is the Director of Utilities. The Professional Engineer is Zimmerman,Evans and Leopold,Inc. 1416-03 00800 Supplementary Conditions ' SC-5 1 -18.INSPECTION AND TESTING OF WORK: The Owner shall provide sufficient competent personnel for the technical observation and testing of the work. The Engineer and his representatives shall at all times have access to the work whenever it is in preparation or progress,and the Contractor shall provide proper facilities for such access,and for inspections. Inspectors shall have the power to stop work on account of a workman's incompetency, drunkenness, or willful negligence or disregard of orders.An inspector may stop the work entirely if there is not a sufficient quantity of suitable and approved materials or equipment on the ground to carry it out properly or for any good and sufficient cause.Inspectors may not accept on behalf of the Owner any material or workmanship which does not conform fully to the requirements of the contract and they shall give no orders or directions under any possible circumstances not in accordance with the Specifications. The Contractor shall furnish the inspector with all required assistance to facilitate thorough inspection or the culling over or removal of defective materials or for any other purpose requiring discharge of their duties for which service no additional allowance shall be made.The inspector shall, at all times,have full permission to take samples of the materials that may or may not be used in the work. Any inspection provided by the Engineers is for the purpose of determining compliance with provisions of the contract specifications and is in no way a guarantee of the methods or appliances use by the Contractor, nor for the safety of the job. If the specifications,the Engineer's instructions,.laws,ordinances,or any public authority require any work to be specially tested or approved,the Contractor shall give the Engineer timely notice of its readiness for inspection, and if the inspection is by an authority other than the Engineer, of the date fixed for such inspection. Inspections by the Engineer shall be made promptly, and where practicable at the source of ' supply.If any work should be covered up without review or consent of the Engineer, it must,if required by the Engineer,be uncovered for examination and properly restored at the Contractor's expense. Re-examination of any work may be ordered by the Engineer, and, if so ordered, the work must be uncovered by the Contractor.If such work is found to be in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Owner shall pay the cost of re-examination and replacement. If such work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall pay such cost. The Owner will employ a qualified materials testing laboratory,hereinafter referred to as the Laboratory, to monitor more fully on the Owner's behalf the quality of materials and work,and to perform such tests as may be required under the Contract Documents as conditions for acceptance of materials and work. The Laboratory will be solely responsible to and paid separately by the Owner.The timing of the work of the Laboratory will be coordinated by the Engineer through the duly authorized inspector.. The Owner will bear the cost of testing a particular material or area of the work once. Where retesting is required following corrective measures or under other circumstances,the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost of additional testing. -19.SITE ACCESS: In order to minimize damage to existing paving and landscaping, access to the site for the contractor's personnel and equipment will be restricted to the routes designated by the Owner. The contractor will be required to use on those routes unless written approval is given by the owner. 1416-03 00600 Supplementary Conditions SC-6 ' r i -20.TREE SAVE: Prior to beginning grading operations,the Contractor is to notify the Owner and the Engineer so that those trees which are to be saved can be marked in the field. Once these trees are marked,the Contractor shall take every precaution,including tree protection fence,to save these trees. -21.GEORGIA PROMPT PAY ACT This Agreement is intendedby the Parties to, and does, supersede any and all provisions of the Georgia ' Prompt Pay Act, O.0 G.A. Section 13-11-1, et seq. In the event any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with any provision cif the Prompt Pay Act,the provision of this Agreement shall control. -22. CITY ACCEPTANCE: Notwithstanding any other obligations of the Contractor,he shall complete the work to the full satisfaction of the Augusta Utilities Department and the Engineer.This provision shall not relieve the Contractor of his ' responsibilities for guarantees. -23.DISPUTES: All claims,disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be decided in the Superior Court of Richmond ' County,Georgia.The Contractor,by executing this Agreement,specifically consents to venue in Richmond County and waives any right to contest the venue in the Superior Court of Richmond County,Georgia. ' -24.SPECIFIER MATERIALS: Attention is drawn to the specification of certain brands or manufacturers of construction materials on the drawings. Unless the phrase"or equal" appears in the specification thereon, no substitution or deviation from the product specified will be allowed. Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions,there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to these indicated or required, in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. -25.INTEREST NOT EARNED ON RETAINAGE: ' Notwithstanding any provision of the law to the contrary,the parties agree that no interest shall be due to the Contractor on any sum:held as retainage pursuant to this Agreement and Contractor specifically waives any claim to same. ' -26.BASIS OF PAYMENT: ' As explained in the section"Instructions to Bidders"and in the"General Conditions",payment will be made based on the per cent complete per the contractor's approved breakdown. 1 1416-03 C0800 Supplementay Condmoos ' SC-7 r . 1 I -27.COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS,CODES REGULATIONS ETC:: Supplementing the provision of the GENERAL CONDITIONS,the successful bidder awarded this contract by signing the contract acknowledges the following, however,this is not to be construed as all inclusive or being these only: 1. Underground Gas Pipe Law: The Contractor signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements of "Georgia Laws 1969, Pages 50 and the following, and any amendments and regulations pursuant thereto",and the Contractor shall comply therewith. 2. High Voltage Act: The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the contents and requirements of"Act No. 525, Georgia law 1960, and any amendments thereto, and Rules and Regulations of the commissioner of Labor pursuant thereto" (the preceding requirements within quotation marks being hereinafter referred to as the "high voltage act"), and the Contractor shall comply therewith.The signing of Contract shall also confirm on behalf of the Contractor that he: A. has visited the premises and has taken into consideration the location of all electrical power lines on and adjacentto all areas onto which the contract documents require to permit the Contract either to work,to store materials,or to stage operations,and B. that the Contractor has obtained from the Owner of the aforesaid electric power lines advice in writing as to the amount of voltage carried by the aforesaid lines. The Contractor agrees that he is the "person or persons responsible for the work to be done" as referred to in the high voltage act and that accordingly the Contractor is solely"responsible for the completion of the safety measures which are required by Section 3 of the high voltage act before proceeding with any work." The Contractor agrees that prior to the completion of precautionary measures required by the high voltage act he will neither bring nor permit the bringing of any equipment onto the site (or onto any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor to work,to store materials,or to stage operations)with which it is possible to come within eight feet of any high voltage line or lines pursuant to operations arising out of performance of the Contract. The foregoing provisions apply to power lines located(a)on the site and (b) on any area or areas onto which the contract documents require or permit the Contractor either to work, to store materials, or to stage operations, or (c) within working distance for equipment or materials,being used on(a)and(b) above. These provisions of the Contract do not limit or reduce the duty of the Contractor otherwise owed to the Owner,to other parties,or to both. The Contractor agrees that the foregoing provisions supplement provisions of the General Conditions. The Contractor agrees and acknowledges that any failure on his part to adhere to the high voltage act shall not only be a violation of law but shall also be a breach of contract and specific violation of the provisions of the General Conditions which pertains to safety precautions. 3. Occupational Safety&Health Act: The Contractor by signing the contract acknowledges that he is fully aware of the provisions of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 and he shall comply therewith. 7416.03 00800 Supplementary Conditions SC-8 I I t I -28. EOUIVALENTMATERIALS: Notwithstanding any provision of the general conditions,there shall be no substitution of materials that are not determined to be equivalent to those indicated or required in the contract documents without an amendment to the contract. -29. AFTER HOURS INSPECTION: If the Contractor opts to work before or after normal working hours, 8 a.m.to 5 p.m., Monday through ' Friday, or on Augusta,Georgia Legal Holidays,then the Contractor must pay for the cost of inspection by Augusta, Georgia and follow all necessary procedures listed in "Section 15,Right-of-way Encroachment Guidelines, Part E, Outside of Normal Working Hours," of the Augusta-Richmond County Planning Commission Development Documents dated September, 1999, or latest version. If inspectors of Augusta ' are needed to work outside normal business hours,Augusta needs to be notified in advance, -30.SUPPLEMENT TO THE AGREEMENT ' a) Defective pricing ' To the extent that the pricing provided by CONTRACTOR is erroneous and defective,the parties may,by agreement,correct pricing errors to reflect the intent of the parties. b) Specified excuses for delay or.non-performance ' CONTRACTOR is not responsible for delay in performance caused by hurricanes,tornadoes, floods, and other severe and unexpected acts of nature. In any such event, the contract price and schedule shall be ' equitably adjusted. c) Termination of the contract for default tFailure of the CONTRACTOR,which has not been remedied or waived,toperform or otherwise comply with a material condition of the Agreement shall constitute default. Augusta, Georgia may terminate this contract is part or in whole upon written notice to the CONTRACTOR pursuant to this term. ' d) Prohibition against contingent fees There shall be no contingent fees allowed under this contract. e) An acknowledgement by all parties;contracting with Augusta,Georgia s follows: ' "Contractor acknowledges that this contract and any changes to it by amendment, modification, change order or other similar document may have required or may require the legislative authorization of the Board of Commissioners and approval of the Mayor. Under Georgia law, Contractor is deemed to possess ' knowledge concerning Augusta, Georgia's ability to assume contractual obligations and the consequences of Contractor's provision of goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under an unauthorized contract, amendment, modification, change order or other similar document, including the possibility that the ' Contractor may be precluded from recovering payment for such unauthorized goods or services. Accordingly, Contractor agrees that if it provides goods or services to Augusta, Georgia under a contract 141603 00800 Supplementary Conditions ' SC-9 1 that has not received proper legislative authorization or if the Contractor provides goods or services to Augusta,Georgia in excess of the any contractually authorized goods or services, as required by Augusta, Georgia's Charter and Code, Augusta, Georgia may withhold payment for any unauthorized goods or services provided by Contractor. Contractor assumes all risk of non-payment for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, and it waives all claims to payment or to other remedies for the provision of any unauthorized goods or services to Augusta, Georgia, however characterized,including,without limitation,all remedies at law or equity. This acknowledgement shall be a mandatory provision in all Augusta,Georgia contracts for goods and services,except revenue producing contracts. f) Use of Augusta,Georgia Landfill. ' All contracts for contractors performing.demolition and/or construction projects.for Augusta,Georgia shall contain a provision requiring that all debris,trash and rubble from the project be transported to and disposed of at the Augusta, Georgia Solid Waste Landfill in accordance with local and state regulations. The contractor shall provide evidence of proper disposal through manifests, which shall include the types of material disposed of,the name and location of the disposal facility,date of disposal and all related fees. g) Federal Work Authorization Program All contractors and subcontractors entering into contracts with Augusta, Georgia for the physical performance of services shall be required to execute an Affidavit verifying its compliance with O,C,G.A. § 13-10-91,stating affirmatively that the individual,firm,or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program.All contractors and subcontractors must provide their E-Verify number and must be in compliance with the electronic verification of work authorized programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986()RCA),P.L.99-603,in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 and shall continue to use the federal authorization program throughout the contract term. All contractors shall further agree that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to its contract with Augusta, Georgia the contractor will secure from suchsubcontractor(s) each subcontractor's E-Verify number as evidence of verification of compliance with O.C.G.A. § 13-10-91 on the subcontractor affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar form. All contractors shall further agree to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to Augusta, Georgia at the time the subcontractor(s)is retained to perform such physical services. h) Owner Inspections ' All contracts shall provide that Augusta, Georgia may, at reasonable times, inspect the part of the plant, place of business,or work site of a contractor or subcontractor or subunit thereof which is pertinent to the performance of any contract awarded or to be awarded by Augusta,Georgia. 141n-03 00600 Supplementary Conditions SC-10 ' 1 I ' i) Local Sm all Business: In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA,GA. CODE,Contractor expressly agrees to collect and maintain all records necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of its Local Small ' Business Opportunity Program and to make such records available to Augusta,Georgia.The requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found at www.augustaga.gov. In accordance with AUGUSTA, GA. CODE § 1-10-129(d) (7), for all contracts where a local small business goal has been ' established, the contractor is required to provide local small business utilization reports. Contractor shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars paid to each local small business on each contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding payment to subcontractors as may be requested by Augusta, Georgia. Such documents shall be in the format specified by the Director of minority and small business opportunities, and shall be submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia., Failure to provide such reports within the time period specified by Augusta,Georgia shall entitle Augusta,Georgia to exercise ' any of the remedies set forth,including but not limited to,withholding payment from the contractor and/or collecting liquidated damages. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1416-03 00800 Supplementary Conditions ' SC-11 1 I I CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER CO NUMBER BID I1:h12 1 I DATE JI PROJECT TITLE Bond Project UB-2016 OU4 Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant,Electrical Improvements I ORIGINAL CONTRACT DATE PROJECT NUMBER OWNER AUGUSTA,GEORGIA PO NUMBER The following change is hereby made to the contract for the above project IDescription of Change(for a more detailed description see attached proposal): PAYEE TOTAL AMOUNT OF THIS CHANGE ORDER $ IThe contract time will be INCREASED by_calendar days as a resultof this change. ORIGINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT $ I PREVIOUS CHANGE ORDER(INCREASE) $ THIS CHANGE ORDER(INCREASE) $ TOTAL REVISED CONTRACT AMOUNT WITH CHANGE ORDER $ IFUNDING NUMBER/ACCOUNT NUMBER DATE: PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR I REQUESTED BY: DA 1'h,: ENGINEER ISUBMITTED BY: DATE: DEPARTMENT HEAD I FINANCE ENDORSEMENT: DATE: COMPTROT J.1♦R I RECOMMENDED BY: DATE: ADMINISTRATOR DA 1'h: APPROVED BY: MAYOR I I00941-1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I • ' SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Work covered by contract documents B. Contractor use of site and premises C. Owner occupancy D. Partial Owner Occupancy E. Protection of public and private property F. Maintenance of access ' G. Barricades and lights H. Regulatory requirements ' I. Coordination 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ' A. The Work of this Contract includes new exterior 4160 VAC main switch,4160:480/277 VAC substation transformers and a 480 VAC main. The interior work includes ' demolition of the existing electrical equipment in future blower room and new electrical room. Interior work also includes a new main distribution switchboard and a new motor control center. Project also includes ancillary work serving existing equipment from new ' distribution equipment. B. Furnish all materials,equipment, supplies, appurtenances;provide all construction plant ' equipment and tools; and perform all necessary labor and supervision C. Coordinate the progress of the Work including coordination between trades, ' subcontractors, suppliers, public utilities and Owner to insure the progress of Work D. It is the intent of this contract that Work proceed in the most expeditious manner possible ' 1.3 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING A. GENERAL ' 1. Augusta Utilities Department(Owner)operates the Highland Avenue Water Treatment Plant continuously(24 Hours per day, every day of the year). It is imperative that all interruptions to plant operations be previously planned and ' submitted by the Contractor a minimum of 30 days prior to the proposed interruption and approved in writing by the Owner in advance of the interruption. ' 3476-03 01070 Summary Of Work 01 01 0-1 ZEL -ENGINEERS- ! SECTION 01010 , SUMMARY OF WORK 2. At this time there is no known process,mechanical or electrical system connections requiring shutdown of the entire plant facilities. If the Contractor identifies a process,mechanical or electrical connection which will require a full plant shutdown,the Owner will be given 90 day notice to evaluate the interruption and determine whether it can be mitigated or avoided. In general,no plant shutdown shall be allowed for a period longer than 6 hours from the filtration stops until the time filtration resumes. Full shutdowns will also be restricted to night time hours as defined below. B. DEFINITIONS 1. This schedule is intended to provide a guide for the construction of new facilities in order to facilitate current plant operations during construction. This schedule does not relieve the contractor from his responsibility to perform the work with minimal impact to existing operations or to provide a detailed construction ' schedule for approval. Activities are listed in the general order in which they must occur to maintain plant operations;however,due to the nature and extent of the work,it is possible to start later activities first if appropriate measures are taken to maintain continuous and full plant operations. 2. Nighttime means the time between 10:00 pm and 4:00 am. 3. Peak Demand Season means the period between April 1 and through the second full week in September. 4. Winter Construction means the period between October 1 and April 1. When an activity requires winter construction,the activity cannot be started before Oct 1 ' and MUST be completed by April 15. 5. Additionally,no construction that could affect plant operations can be ongoing during the 1s1 full week of April(Masters Golf Tournament): C. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE 1. In general, all new electrical equipment to be installed prior to demolition of existing equipment. 2. Items to remain in service shall be served from new electrical equipment prior to demolition. 3. Equipment such as XF-LB 1 and MCC-OFB that require demolition before being set in place shall be coordinated as required in these specifications. 1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Contractor shall limit his use of the premises for Work and storage, to allow for Owner occupancy B. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Engineer C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored on site under this Contract D. Move any stored products,under Contractor's control, which interfere with operations of the Owner 14)4-0301010 Summary Of Work 01010-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I :. _. ' SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ' E. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or work areas needed for operations F. Contractor may use those areas indicated on the drawings for storage and such additional areas as Engineer may designate ' 1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY A. Prior to completion of the work,the Owner(by agreement with the Contractor)may take over the operation and/or use of portions of the project. Such use of facilities by the Owner shall not be deemed as acceptance of any work or relieve the Contractor from any of the ' requirements of the Contract Documents 1.6 PARTIAL OWNER OCCUPANCY ' A. Owner will occupy new facilities for the purpose of conducting his normal operations ' B. Immediately prior to Owner occupancy of new facilities,Engineer shall issue a certificate of occupancy designating a date of occupancy and defining the area occupied: 1. Contractor's responsibilities: a. Allow access for Owner's personnel b. Allow access for public c. Allow operation of heating,ventilating and electrical system 2. Owner's responsibilities: ' a. Operate heating and ventilating systems b. Assume responsibility for power requirements c. Assume responsibility for property insurance on occupied areas ' d. Assume responsibility for security and fire protection in occupied areas, but not extending to protection of Contractor's materials and equipment in storage or in place ' 1.7 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVA i'h PROPERTY ' A. It is mandatory that the Contractor locate all previously placed underground installations and construction prior to his engaging in any work in areas where such improvements may exist. The Contract drawings indicate general locations of such existing improvements solely for the purpose of initial and general representation thereof. The Owner and ' Engineer have not verified locations of these improvements as a basis for locations displayed on the drawings. All utilities and improvements must be located and flagged by the Contractor prior to commencing work. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to ' verify existing utilities. No additional compensation shall be made for utilities or utility locations that may vary from those shown or not shown by the drawings. Flags must be maintained and based upon actual field determinations. The Owner's project inspector ' must be notified before any work begins in vicinity of existing underground improvements. B. Protect, shore,brace, support, and maintain underground pipes, conduits, drains, and ' other underground construction uncovered or otherwise affected by construction operations. ' 1416.03 01010 Summary Of Work 01010-3ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 01010 , SUMMARY OF WORK C. The Contractor shall carefully restore all property defaced by the operations or acts of any of his agents or employees. Such restoration shall include seeding, sodding, transplanting of lawns,hedges,or ornamental plantings, and the repair or replacement of streets, driveways,walks, fences,or other facilities in such a manner as to meet the approval of the Engineer. No structures,fences or trees shall be removed without the consent of the property owner or until condemnation procedure,if necessary,has been completed. D. Restoration of property shall commence immediately upon substantial completion of the proposed work at each tract of property along the construction site. E. Use new materials for replacements. F. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to streets,roads,highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments,culverts,location or character,which may be caused by transporting equipment,materials, or personnel to or from the Work or any or site thereof,whether by him or his subcontractors. G. Make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the Owner of,or the agency or authority having jurisdiction over, any damaged property concerning its repair or replacement or payment of costs incurred in connection with the damage. , H. Keep fire hydrants and water control valves free from obstruction and available for use at all times. ' 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF ACCESS A. Conduct Work to interfere as little as possible with public and school district travel, ' whether vehicular or pedestrian: 1. Whenever it is necessary to cross,close, or obstruct private roads,driveways and walks,provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of private travel 2. Give owners of private drives reasonable notice before interfering with them 3. In making street or access road crossing,do not block more than one-half the street at a time: a. Whenever possible,widen the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow b. Provide temporary surfacing on shoulders as necessary 4. Maintenance of traffic is not required if Contractor obtains written permission. from the owner and tenant of private property,or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property involved,to obstruct traffic at the designated point 1.9 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS A. Protect streets,roads,highways, and other public thorough fares which are closed to traffic by effective barricades with acceptable warning signs 1416-03 01010 Summary Of Work 010104 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK ' B. Locate barricades at the street intersecting public thoroughfare on each side of the blocked section C. Provide suitable barriers, signs, and lights to the extent required to adequately protect the public D. Provide similar warning signs and lights at obstructions such as material piles and equipment E. Illuminate barricades and obstructions with warning lights from sunset to sunrise F. Store materials and conduct work to cause the minimum obstruction to the Owner and the public ' G. Install and maintain barricades, signs, lights,and other protective devices in conformity with applicable statutory requirements and, as required by the authority having jurisdiction ' 1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS ' A. Comply with all federal, state, and local laws,regulations, codes,and ordinances applicable to the Work ' B. Comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction promulgated under the Occupational Safety and;Health Act of 1970(PL91.596)and under Sec. 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act.(PL91-54) C. Other standards and codes which apply to the Work are designated in the specifications 1.11 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate scheduling, submissions, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction ' elements,with provisions for accommodating items installed later. Verify all dimensions and location of items installed later ' B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities C. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, ' connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment ' D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work,which are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit,as closely as practicable;place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for ' repairs 1416-03 01010 Summary Of Work 01010-5 ZEL -ENGINEERS- .. .. _ . gym. s . .--.. .... SECTION 01.010 , SUMMARY OF WORK E. In finished areas conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements F. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion G. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents,to minimize disruption of ' Owner's activities PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used END OF SECTION I I I I I I _7416-03.01010 Summery Of Work 01010-6 _.... _.. ZEL _ I —ENGINEERS— I ' SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Format and Data Required B. Preparation of Application for each Progress Payment C. Substantiating Data for Progress Payments ' D. Preparation of Application for Final Payment ' E. Submittal Procedure F. Basis of Payment 1.2 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED A. Submit applications typed on Application for Payment and Certificate for Payment using form, as included in Section 00620, Contractor's Application for Payment. B. Provide Itemized Data on Continuation Sheet: ' 1 Format,schedules,line items, and values: Those of the Schedule of Values 1.3 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer in accord with the schedule established by ' Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner. and Contractor. ' B. Application Form: 1. Fill in required information,including that for Change Orders executed prior to the date of submittal application. ' 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with the respective totals indicated on the continuation sheets. 3. Execute certification with the signature of authorized officer of the Contractor's t firm. 4. Notarize signature where required on Certificate for Payment. ' C. Continuation Sheets: 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of Work,with time number and the scheduled dollar value for each item. ' 2. Fill in the dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. ' 1d1643010.15Mmurememand Payment 01025-1 __. Z E _. —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 3. List each Change Order executed prior to the date of submission at the end of the continuation sheets: a. List by Change Order number, dollar amount, and description as for an original component item of work. 4. Use data from approved Schedule of Values:Provide dollar value in each column for each line item for portion of work performed and for stored products. 1.4 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ' A. When Owner or Engineer requires substantiating data,Contractor shall submit suitable information,with a cover letter identifying: 1. Project 2. Application number and date 3. Detailed list of enclosures 4. Far stored products: a. Item number and identification as shown on application b. Description of specific material B. Submit 1 copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. C. Submit an updated construction schedule with each application for payment. ' D. Submit evidence of payment and release of liens within 60 days of payment to Contractor for Work performed by subcontractors or for equipment and materials delivered to the site during construction. 1.5 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT I A. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. B. Use continuation sheets for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in , Section 01700, Contract Closeout. 1.6 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE t A. Submit Applications for Payment to Engineer at the times stipulated in the Agreement. B. Number: Six(6) copies of each Application. C. When Engineer finds the Application properly completed and correct,he will transmit two Certificates for Payment to Owner,with a copy to Contractor. Upon approval by Owner, Owner will transmit payment to Contractor with one copy of Certificate attached. 1416-03 01025 Measurement and Yavmcnr 01025-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 ' SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1416-03 01025 Me:m=661 and Payment 01025-3 E —ENGINEERS— ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ISECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS IPART 1 GENERAL I 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Abbreviations for organizations and standards B. Other abbreviations and symbols 1.2 ORGANIZATIONS AND STANDARDS IAA Aluminum Association AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers Association I AASHTO American Association State Highway and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute AFBMA Antifriction Bearing Manufacturers Association I AGA American Gas Association ALMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AI Asphalt Institute I AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association I ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association ASCE American Society Civil Engineers I ASHRAE American Society Heating, Refrigerating and.Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials I AWS American Welding Society AWPA American Wood Products Association or American Wood Preservers Association AWPB American Wood Preserver's Board IAWWA American Water Works Association CDPHE Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment I CDOT Colorado Department of Transportation CIPRI Cast Iron Pipe Research Institute CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute I CMAA Crane Manufacturer's Association of America CRSI Commercial Standard I FGMA FM Flat Glass Marketing Association Factory Mutual FS Federal Specification IHMI Hoist Manufacturer's Institute I1416-03 01070 Abtro tmions And Symbols 01070-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01070 I ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS IEEE Institute Electrical and Electronics Engineers I IFI Industrial Fasteners Institute IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association MIL Military Specification I MMA Monorail Manufacturer's Association NAAMM National Association Architectural Metals Manufacturers NBHA National Builders Hardware Association NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association or National Forest Products Association NHPMA Northern Hardwood and Pine Manufacturer's Association NSF National Sanitation.Foundation Testing Laboratory NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturer's Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration I PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute I PS Product Standard RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Hand-Split Shake Bureau RIS Redwood Inspection Service I SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SCPRF Structural Clay Products Research Foundation I SJI Steel Joist Institute SPI Society of the Plastics Industry SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council I TCA Tile Council of.America UL Underwriter's Laboratories I US U.S. Bureau of Standards USBR U.S.Bureau of Reclamation WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WIC Woodwork Institute of California I WWPA Western Wood Products Association 1.3 OTHER ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 1 ac alternating current amp ampere I AV air vent AWG American wire gage 1416-03 01070 Abbreviations And Symbols 01070-2 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS IBIL basic impulse level BCY bank cubic yard IC centigrade or Celsius CIP Complete-in-place Icu cubic dc direct current I diam F diameter Fahrenheit ft(') foot Iga gage gal gallon. GSP galvanized steel pipe Ihp horsepower Hz hertz IIhrs(s) hour(s). IBBM iron body,bronze mounted I in(") inch IPS iron pipe size I kV kilovolt kVA kilovoltampere Ilb pound mA milliampere I max maximum MG million gallons MH manhole INPT national pipe thread I PL PVC plate polyvinyl chloride sq square if lineal foot Iof vertical foot yd yard I degree I1416.03 01070 Abbreviations And Symbols 01070-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 01070 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS feet I ft inch 1 percent PART 2 PRODUCTS , Not Used ' PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 I 1 1 1 1416•03 01070 Abbreviations And Symbols 01070-4 ZEL , —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance B. Schedule of references ' 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association,trade,Federal Standards,or other consensus standards, comply with requirements of the standard,except when more rigid ' requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents ' C. Should specified reference standards conflict with.Contract Documents, request st- clarification from Engineer before proceeding ' D. The contractual relationship,duties, and responsibilities of the parties to the Contract or those of the Engineer shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document 1.3 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES ' A ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association 1200 19''St.,NW,Suite 300 AA Aluminum Association Washington,DC 20036-2422 ' 900 19a'St.,NW www.abma-dc.org Washington,DC 20006 www.aluminu.org ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ' AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1330 Kemper Meadow Dr.,Suite 600 1518 K St.,NW Cincinnati,OH 45240 Washington,DC 20005 www.acgih.org www.aabcha.com ' ACI American Concrete Institute AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers P.O.Box 9094 Association Farmington Hill,MI 48333-9094 1827 Walden Office Sq.,Suite 104 www.aci-int.org Schaumburg,IL 60173-4268 ' www.aamanet.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association 222 W.Las Colinas Blvd.,Ste.641 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Irving,TX 75039-5423 Transportation Officials ittt sw.concive-ni,I,ae rg ' 444 N.Capitol St.,NW,Suite 249 Washington,DC 20001 ADC Air Diffusion Council wwu+_aashto.org 1000 E.Woodfield Rd.,Suite 102 ' Schaumburg,IL 60173-5921 wi4 Ilixibleduc org ' )416-03 01090 Reference standards 01090-1 ZEL —ENGINEER&— - I SECTION 01090. I REFERENCE STANDARDS ADSL The International Association of Foundation AITC American Institute of Timber Construction I Drilling 7012 S.Revere Pkwy Suite 140 9696 Skillman Street,Suite 280 Englewood,CO 80112 Dallas,TX 75243 wf��•w.atte-elulam.ol-a w°ww_slot-iaftl_co11, ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee AF&PA American Forest and Paper Association PO Box 210 1111 196 St.,NW,Suite 800 Germantown,MD 20875-0210 Washington,DC 20036 www.alsc.org Www.zlfa.nd,pa.1. AMCA Air Movement and Control Association AFSA American Fire Sprinkler Association,Inc, International,Inc. 9696 Skillman St.,Suite 300 30 W.University Dr, I Dallas,TX 75243-8264 Arlington Heights,IL 60004-1893 WWW Sprint-len i.ciig www.amca.org AFSS American Filtration And Separation Society ANSI American National Standards Institute I 252 N.Washington St.,Suite A 1819 L Street,NW Falls Church,VA 22046 - Washington,DC 20036 w w.aifsso tiv.1 www.ansi.org AGC Associated General Contractors Of America. APA/EWA APA-The Engineered Wood Association I 333 John Carlyle St.,Suite 200 P.O.Box 11700 Alexandria,VA 22317 Tacoma,WA 98411-0700 www.agc.org wu,w;npawood.or; I AHA American Hardboard Association APFA American Pipe Fittings Association 1210 W.Northwest Hwy. 111 Park PL Palatine,IL 60067 Falls Church,VA 22046 I ww bardboard.ora www.apfa.com AI Asphalt Institute API American Petroleum Institute Research-Park Drive 1220 L Street NW P.O.Box 14052 Washington,DC 20005-4070 Lexington,KY 40512-4052 www.api.org wwu:a sphaitinatiiutc,on, AREMA American Railway Engineering and I AIA American Institute of.Architects Maintenance-of-Way Association 1735 New York Ave.,NW 8201 Corporate Drive,Suite 1.125 Washington,DC 20006 Landover,MD 02785-2230 www2.aia.org/myaia www.arema.org ' AICE American Institute Of Chemical Engineers ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute II 3 Park Ave 4301 N.Fairfax Dr.,Ste.425 New York,NY 10016-5991 Arlington,VA 22203 www.aiche.org www.ari.org I AISC American Institute of Steel Construction ARRA Asphalt Recycling and Reclaiming Association One East Wacker Dr.,Suite 3100 #3 Church Circle,PMB 250 I Chicago,IL 60601-2001 Annapolis,MD 21401 www.aisc.org www arra.ora AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers- I 1101 17th St.,NW,Ste, 1300 World Headquarters Washington,DC 20036 1801 Alexander Graham Bell Dr. www.stecl,ora Reston,VA 20191-4400 _._ wwwasce.era _.. . I 1416-03 01090 Woe=St.nderds 01090-2 —ENGINEERS— I I SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS ' ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigerating, B and Air-Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle,NE BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Atlanta,GA 30329 Inc. www.ashrae.org 355 Lexington Ave.,'17111 Floor New York,NY 10017 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers . Wtv.kuiltlershtlyds'.nre_ccm 3 Park Ave. New York,NY 10016-5990 BTA Brick Institute of America I www.asme.org 11490 Commerce Park Dr. Reston,VA 22091 ASNT American Society for Non-Destructive Testing www.bia.org Inc: I 1711 Arlingate Ln, Columbus,OH 43228-0518 C wwW.asnt.og CACI Compressed Air and Gas Institute I ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering 1300 Sumner 901 Canterbury,Suite A Cleveland,OH 44115 Westlake,OH 44145 www.cagi.org www.acSO,rtlttmhinn.or I CDA Copper Development Association,Inc. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials 260 Madison Ave.,16th Flr. International New York,NY 10016 Barr Harbor Dr. www.copper.org I100 West Conshohocken,PA 19428-2959 www.astm.org CGA Compressed Gas Association 1725 Jefferson Davis Hwy,Suite 1004 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute Arlington,VA 22202-4102 I 1952 Isaac Newton Sq.West www cganet.coin Reston,VA 20190 www.awinet.org CII Chlorine Institute,Inc. 1300 Wilson Blvd. I AWPA American Wood-Preservers'Association P.O.Box 5690 Rosalyn VA 22209 www.cl2.com Granbury,TX 76049 www.awpa.com CISCA Ceilings and Interior SystemsConstruction I Association 1500 Lincoln Hwy,Suite 202 St Charles,IL 60174 www.cisca.org IAWS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 550 NW LeJeune Rd. 5959 Shallowford Rd.,Suite 419 Miami,FL 33126 Chattanooga,TN 37421 Iwww.amweld.org www.cispi.org AWWA American Water Works Association CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 6666 W.Quincy Ave. 9891 Broken Land Pkwy,Suite 300 I Denver,CO 80235 wwwawwa. Columbia,MD 21046 . or www.chinlinkinfo.org. CRI Carpet and Rug Institute I 310 S.Holiday Ave, Dalton,GA 30722-2048 www.carpet-rug COM I1416-03 01090 Rare Standards 01090-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01090 I REFERENCE STANDARDS CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute EPA Environmental Protection Agency I 933 N.Plum Grove Rd. US'EPA/NSCEP Schaumburg,IL 60173-4758 P.O.:Box 42419 www:er i.ore Cincinnati,OH 45242 www.epa.gov I CSI The Construction Specifications Inst. 99 Canal Center Plaza,Suite 300 Alexandria,VA 22314 F www.csinet.org I FAA Federal Aviation Administration CSSB Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau 800 Independence Ave.,SW P.O.Box 1178 Washington,DC 20591 Sumas,WA 98295 www.faa.gov I www..edarburm.or,,3' FGMA Glass Association of North America CTI Cooling Technology Institute 2945 SW Wanamaker Dr.,SuiteA 530 Wells Fargo Drive,Suite 218 Topeka,KS 66614 Houston,TX 77090 rvrvw.gla+swebs'rte.eont I wwwcti.org FM FM Global Corporate Headquarters I D-E P.O.Box 7500 Johnston,RI 02919 DASMA Door and Access Systems Manufacturers www.fmglobal.coin Association International 1300 Summer Avenue FS Federal Specification Unit Cleveland,OH 44115-2851 General Services Administration www.dasma.com Federal Supply Service FSS Acquisition Management Center Environmental Programs and Engineering I Policy Division DHl The Door and Hardware Institute Washington;DC 20406 14150 Newbrook Dr.,Suite 200 http:ltiuh.l'ss.a a.. ov Chantilly,VA 201.51 I www.dhi.org FSSA Fire Suppression.Systems Association 5024-R Campbell Blvd. DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association Baltimore,MD 21236 245 Riverchase Pkwy E.,Ste.0 www.fssa.net I Birmingham,AL 35244 www.dipra.org G-H—I EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association I 3000 Corporate Center Dr.,Suite 270 GA Gypsum Association Morrow,GA 30260 810 First St.,NE,Suite 510 www.eifsfacts.com Washington,DC 20002 www.usa.com I EJCDC Engineer's Joint Contract Documents www.g�msuni.org Committee American Consulting Engineers Council GANA Glass Association of North America (www.acec.com) 2945 Southwest Wanamaker Dr.,Suite A I 1015 15th St.,NW Topeka,KS 66614 Washington,DC 20005 tvtww.glasswrhsite.eo itfnana, EJMA Expansion Joint.Manufacturers Association I 25 N.Broadway Tarrytown,NY 10591 www,eim a.ora 141643 01090 Kerma=Standards 01090-4 —ENGINEERS— I I r 1 I -- . SECTION 01090. REFERENCE-STANDARDS ' HI Hydraulics Institute Division of Gas Appliance Manufacturers K_L Association 2107 Wilson Blvd,,Suite 600 KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association Arlington,VA 22201 1899 Preston White Dr. 111 m ww-g'amailct-org Reston,VA 20191-5435 www.kcrna,org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association Division of NAAMM LPI Lightning Protection Institute 8 South Michigan Ave,,Suite 1000 3335 N.Arlington Heights Rd.,Suite'E Chicago,IL 60603 Arlington Heights,IL 60004 www.naamtn.org wwtv,li hiruimt.org I HPVA Hardwood Plywood,and Veneer Association P.O.Box 2789 Reston,VA 20195-0789 www.hpva.org IIAS International Approval Services M—N U.S.Operations 8501 E.Pleasant Valley RdMBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association I Cleveland,OH 44131-5575, 1300 Sumner Ave. t �vi1;::lnnrravtEls,on Cleveland,OH 44115-2851 www.nilma.com ICBO International Conference of Building Officials I 5360 Workman Mill Rd, MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association. Whittier,CA 90601 60 Revere Dr.,Suite 500 www.icbo.org Northbrook,IL-60062 I wwv.mapleflnor,org ICC International Code Council 5203 Leesburg Pike#708 MIA Marble Institute of America Falls Church,VA 22041 30 Eden Alley,Suite 301 vvwvvsiit2icnde:rlrg Columbus,OH 43215 I IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics w w marble-instiiutexont Engineers,Inc. MIL Military Standardization Documents 3 Park Ave., I7th Floor I Defense Automated Printing Service New York,NY 10016-5997 700 Robbins Ave.,Building 4D www.ieee.org Philadelphia,PA 19111-5094 Li=u•w.dodssp.daps.mil IMIAC International Masonry Industry All-Weather I Council International Masonry Institute MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry (wv,,w.irnitk=eb.rirg) 127 Park St.,NE 815 15th St,NW Vienna,VA 22180-4602 IWashington,DC 20005 www.mss-hq.com IES Illuminating Engineering Society of North NAA National Arborist Association America Route 101,P.O.Box 1094 I 120 Wall Street,17th Floor New York,NY 10005 Amherst,NH 03031-1094 www.natlarb.com www.iesna.org NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal I ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America Manufacturers 400 Stone City Bank Building 8 South Michigan Ave.;Suite 1000 Bedford,IN 47421 Chicago,IL 60603 www.iliai.com www na_utjln mg I 1416-03 01090 Refcrence Standards 01090-5 - _ ZEL —ENGINEERS— - I I SECTION 01090 I REFERENCE STANDARDS NAAMM North American Association of Mirror NELMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers I Manufacturers Association (Division of GANA) 272 Tuttle Road 2945 Southwest Wanamaker Dr.,Suite A P.O.Box 87A Topeka,KS 66614 Cumberland Center,ME 04021 I www"lasses h:,ite.t;nin www.nehna.orc NACA NACE International NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 1440 South Creek Drive 1300 N.17th St.,Ste.1847 I Houston,TX 77084 Rosslyn,VA 22209 www.nace.org wwwnema.org NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers NETA International Electrical Testing Association I Association P.O.Box 687 44 Canal Center Plaza,Suite 310 106 Stone St. Alexandria,VA 22314 Morrison,CO 80465 www.naima.org uww.neinworld:ore I NAPHCC National Association of Plumbing-Heating- NFPA National Fire Protection Association Cooling Contractors One Batterymarch Park 180 S.Washington P.O.Box 9101 I Falls Church,VA 22040 Quincy,MA 02269-9101 www.phccweb.org www.nfpa.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council 111Association,Inc. 1300 Spring St,Suite 500 1220 L Street NW,Suite 100-167 Silver Spring,MD 20910 Washington,DC 20005 www.nfrc.org www.nbgga.com I NGWA National Ground Water Association NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association 601 Dempsey 2302 Horse Pen Road Westerville,OH 43081 Herndon,VA 20171-3499 I www.mcmaorg NIBS National Institute of Building Sciences 1090 Vermont Ave.,NW,Suite 700 NCRP National Council on Radiation Protection and Washington,DC 200054905 Measurement www.nibs.org 7910 Woodmont Ave.,Suite 800 Bethesda,MD 20814-3095 NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology www.ncrp.com 100 Bureau Dr,MS 2150 Gaithersburg,MD 20899-2150 NDI Nickel Development Institute www.nist.gov I 214 King West,Suite 510 Toronto,Ontario NLA National.Lime.Association Canada M5H 356 200 North Glebe Rd.,Suite 800 www.nidi.org Arlington,VA 22203 I www.lime.org NEBB National Environmental Balancing.Bureau 8575 Grovemont Circle NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority Gaithersburg,MD 20877 #406-First Capital Pl. I www.nebb.org 960 Quayside Dr. New Westminster,BC V3M6G2 NECA National Electrical Contractors.Association CANADA 3 Bethesda Metro Center,Ste.1100 �a��v y,nlea.org I Bethesda,MD 20814 www.necanet.org 1416-03 01090 Reference Standards 01090-6 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I I I ISECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS I P NOFIv1A National Oak Flooring Manufacturers PCA Portland Cement Association Association 5420 Old Orchard Rd. I P.O.Box 3009 Skokie,IL 60077 Memphis,TN 38173-0009 0 z 4t Tortcemeni.org www.nofina,org PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute I NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association 209 W.Jackson Blvd. 1500 Rhode Island Ave.,NW Chicago,IL 60606-6938 Washington,DC 20005 www.paint.org I PDCA Painting and Decorating Contractors of America NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association 3913 Old Lee Hwy,Suite 33-B O'Hare International Center Fairfax,VA 22030 I 10255 W,Higgins Rd.,Ste.600 www.pdca.com Rosemont,IL 60018 wwo rocifariliii .ort PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute 45 Bristol Drive I NSF NSF International South Easton,MA 02375 P.O.Box 130140 Soot fP Easton, Ann Arbor,M1481 I3-0140 www.nsf on PEI Petroleum Equipment Institute P.O.Box 2380 I NSPE National Society Of Professional Engineers Tulsa,OK 74101-2380 1420 King St. www.pei.org. Alexandria,VA 22314 PMI Plumbing.Manufacturers Institute NSPI National Spa and Pool Institute 1340 Remington Rd.,Suite A 2l 11 Eisenhower Ave. Schaumburg,IL 60173 Alexandria,VA 22314 inn ww.nmiianincOre WWW.n pi.org I PPFA Plastic Pipe And Fittings Association NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management 800 Roosevelt Rd.,Bldg.C,Ste.20 Association Glen Ellyn,IL 60137 4301 Connecticut Ave.NW,Suite 300 www,lsnl'ahcme.org I Washington,DC 20008 www.nswma.org PPI Plastics Pipe Institute 105 Decker Court NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association Suite 825 I 110 E.Market St.,Suite 200-A Irving,TX 75062 Leesburg,VA 20176 .b .nlusticpipe.ora www;ntma.com PS Product Standard INUCA National Utility Contractors Association U.S.Dept.of Commerce 4301 North Fairfax Dr.,Suite 360 Washington,DC 20203 Arlington,VA 22203-1627 www.nuca.com PTI Post Tensioning Institute I 1717 W.Northern Ave.,Suite 114 NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Phoenix,AZ 85021 Association www.post-tenses iiiia,or 205 W.Touhy Ave. I Park Ridge,IL 60068 I1416-03 01090 Reference Standards 01090-7 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 I SECTION 01090 I REFERENCE STANDARDS R SPRI Single Ply Roofing Institute I 200 Reservoir St.,309 A RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections Needham,MA 02494 www.boltcouncil.or,i www.spri.org RIS The Redwood Inspection Service SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturer Association I 630 J Street 8 S.Michigan Ave Eureka,CA 95501 Chicago,IL 60603 S SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings I 40 24th St.,6th Floor SCDOT South Carolina Department of Transportation Pittsburgh,PA 15222-4656 955 Park Street www.sspc:org I Columbia,SC 29201-3959 www.scdotorg STI Steel Tank Institute 570 Oakwood Rd. SCMA Southern Cypress Manufacturers Association Lake Zurich,IL 60047 I 400 Penn Center Blvd.,#530 vv^uawstceltank.coin. Pittsburgh,PA 15235 t wst:ovpressinfo.oreSWI Steel Window Institute 1300 Sumner Ave. I SDI Steel Deck Institute Cleveland,OH 44115-2851 P.O.Box`25www>.st iWindowx.corn Fox River Grove,IL 60021 www.sdi.org SWRI Sealant,Waterproofing,and Restoration Institute I SDI Steel.Door Institute 2841 Main St. 30200 Detroit Rd. Kansas City,MO 64108 Cleveland,OH 44145-1967 www.swrionline ora, wWW.gteettloor.Org I SFPA Southern Forest Product Association T 2900 Indiana Avenue Kenner,LA 70065 TCA Tile Council of America,Inc. I www.sfna.org.org 100 Clemson Research Blvd. Anderson,SC 29625 SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers www.tileusa.coni Association I 401 N.Michigan Ave. TIAIEIA Telecommunications Industry Association/ Chicago,IL 60611 Electronic Industries Alliance vim^s sigmnonline.tirg/sign"la 2500 Wilson Blvd.,Suite 300 Arlington,VA 22201 I SJI Steel Joist Institute www.tiaonline.org 3127.101h Ave.,North Ext. Myrtle Beach,SC 29577-6760 TMS The Masonry Society lir wtssteeljnistorg. 3970 Broadway,Suite 201-D Boulder,CO 80304-1135 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' wtrW.ma,onrti°soiietii.ora National Association 4201 Lafayette Center Dr. TPI Truss Plate Institute I Chantilly,VA 20151-1209 583 D'Onofrio Dr.,Suite 200 www.smacna.org Madison,WI 53719 www.tpinst.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau I 4709 Scenic Hwy Pensacola,FL 32504-9094 www.spib.org 1416-03 01090 Reference Sinndsds 01090-0 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I I ,r-: I I . SECTION 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS I TPI Turfgrass Producers International WH Intertek Testing Services{Warnock Hersey 1855-A Hicks Road Listed) Rolling Mradows,lLb0008 3210 American Drive WAIN'. d tire Mississauga,Ontario L4V 1.83 I CANADA www.etlsemko.com ,eniko.com U-z WIC Woodwork Institute of California I UL Underwriters Laboratories,Inc.: 3164 Industrial Blvd. 333 Pfingsten Rd, West Sacramento,CA 95691 Northbrook,IL 60062-2096. www.u=icnet.or g WWW.i1Lcorn IVMAA Valve Manufacturers Association Of America WWPA Western Wood Products Association 105017th St.,NW;Ste.280 522 SW 56 Ave.,Suite 500 Washington,DC 20036-5503 Portland,CO 97204-2122 Iwww:vma.org t�A;;a;s �;v=Irsi:trir WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau P.O.Box 23145 I Portland,OR 97281 1uww.wclig_og WDMA Window and Door Manufacturers Association I 1400 E.Touhy Ave.,Suite 470 Des Plaines,IL 60018 www.nwwda.org IPART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used I PART 3 EXECUTION INot Used I END OF SECTION I I I I1416.03 01090 xefe,tmestunaard3 01090-9 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 , I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements B. Preconstruction conference C. Progress meetings 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. Engineer will schedule and administer pre-construction meeting,regularly scheduled progress meetings,and specially called meetings throughout the progress of the Work: 1. Prepare agenda for meetings including items requested by Owner and Contractor. 2. Preside at meetings 3. Record the minutes; include all significant proceedings and decisions. 4. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes within 5 days after each meeting: ' a. To all participants in the meetings b. To Owner c. Furnish 3 copies of minutes to Contractor B, Owner may attend meetings C. Representatives of contractors,subcontractors, and suppliers attending the meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE ' A. Engineer will schedule a conference after Notice of Award. ' B. Location: A central site, convenient for all parties. C. Attendance: ' 1. 2. Owner's Representative Engineer and his professional consultants 3. Resident Project Representative 4. Contractor's Superintendent ' S. Major Subcontractors 6. Major.Suppliers 7. Others as appropriate D. Agenda: 1. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates 2. Distribution of Contract Documents ' 1416-0301200 ProjectMee1tngs 01200-1 - I —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 3. Submission of list of subcontractors and suppliers,list of products,Schedule of ' Values, and progress schedule 4. Designation of personnel representing the parties in Contract, and the Engineer. 5. Procedures and processing of field decisions, submittals, substitutions, applications for payments, cost proposal requests, Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures. 6. Construction scheduling and updates. 7. Critical work sequencing. 8. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 9. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 10. Use of premises: a. Office,work and storage areas b. Owner's requirements ' 11. Construction facilities, controls and construction aids 12. Temporary utilities 13. All safety and first-aid procedures are responsibility of the Contractor 14. Security and housekeeping procedures as required by the Owner 15. Procedures for testing 16. Requirements for start-up of equipment 1.4 -PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Engineer will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at ' maximum monthly intervals. B. Location of the .Meetings: The project field office of the Contractor, or other locations arranged for by Contractor,convenient to all parties. C. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings,prepare agenda with copies for participants,preside at meetings,record minutes,and distribute copies within three(3) days to Contractor, Owner,participants, and those affected by decisions made. D. Attendance: , 1. Owner's Representative 2. Engineer, and his professional consultants as needed 3. Resident Project Representative 4. Contractor's Superintendent 5. Subcontractors as appropriate to the agenda 6. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda 7. Others, as appropriate E. Agenda: ' 1. Review minutes of previous meetings 2. Review unresolved issues from last meeting 3. Review of Work progress ' 4. Field observations,problems, conflicts and decisions )416-03 01200 Project Mc iings 01200-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— , SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS ' 5. Identification of problems whichimpede planned progress 6. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals 7. Review of off-site fabrication and delivery schedules ' 8. Maintenance of progress schedule 9. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules 10. Planned progress during succeeding work period ' 11. Coordination of projected progress 12. Maintenance of quality and work standards 13. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination 14. Other business relating to Work PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used ' PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1416-03 01200 Project Meetings 01200-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 1 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Requirements B, Format C. Content D. Progress Revisions ' E. Submittals F. Distribution ' 1.2 REQUIREMENTS ' A. Within 10 days after Effective Date of Agreement,. Contractor shall prepare andsubmit to Engineer estimated construction progress schedules for the Work,with subschedules of related activities which are essential to its progress. ' B. Submit revised progress schedules with each pay request. C. The Contractor shall provide a written schedule of tasks expected to be done on a weekly basis. The schedule shall be provided on the previous Friday to the RPR. D. Owner may require Contractor to add to his plant, equipment,or construction forces, as ' well as increase the working hours,if operations fall behind schedule at any time during construction period. ' 1.3 FORMAT A. General schedule format: Conform to ©Primavera, Suretrack critical path method(CPM) scheduling format or approved equal: ' 1. Base schedule on work days and regular working hours, Monday through Friday,. as specified in General Conditions. 2. Minimum sheet size: 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch ' 3. Color format B. Row(Listings)--Show: ' 1. Project Title 2. Major areas of construction 3. Construction activities within major areas of construction ' 4. Provide a separate bar for each construction activity. Bars to be annotated with activity description. 5. Critical path activities to be clearly identified by color and lines. 1616-03 01370 ConstucUea Schedules 01310-1 Z : _ —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 01310. I CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 6. List in chronological order by start date each major area of construction and then I by each construction activity within its respective area of construction.. 7. Show project start date, finish date,data date,run date, and revision table 8. Contract milestone dates. I 9. Legend C. Column(Headings)—Show: 1. Activity ID: Define by number corresponding to major specification sections 2. Activity Description 3. Percent Complete I 4. Original Duration 5. Remaining Duration 6. Total Float I 7. Early Start 8. Early Finish 9. Time Scale: Identify first day of each week. Allow space for notations I 10. Data date line 1.4 CONTENT Il A. Construction progress schedule: 1. Submit initial construction schedule for full length of Contract time as specified in Section 00520,Agreement Between Owner and Contractor including number of I days for float. 2. Initial construction schedule submitted with early substantial and final completion prior to specified Contract time will not be acceptable. I 3. Initial construction schedule will be used to evaluate critical path and Contract time extensions requested by Contractor. 4. Subsequent construction schedules may reflect an accelerated schedule with early I finish that may or may not include reduced number of days for float when compared to the initial construction schedule for full Contract time. 5. Show complete sequence of construction by activity or major area of construction t 6. Major areas of construction to include, at a minimum,each separate stage of Work as specified in Section 01010, Summary of Work and major items of Work as specified in Divisions 02 through 16. I B. Submittals schedule for shop drawings and product data—Show: 1. The dates for Contractor's submittals 2. The dates accepted submittals will be required from Engineer. Extensions of time I for delays in submittal approval shall only be allowed as provided in Section 01340, Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples C. Products delivery schedule—Show delivery dates for: I 1. All major items of equipment and materials 2. Products specified under provisions of Section 01020,Allowances. I 1416-03 01310 Construction Scbedules 01310-2 Z I —ENGINEERS— I ' SECTION 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES ' D. Training program schedule—Show schedule incorporating specific equipment as listed in Section 01400,Quality Control under manufacturer's field services: 1. Provide duration of each training session with start/finish times 2. Use consecutive 8-hour work days with provisions for 1-hour lunch and two 15-minute breaks. 3. Present a minimum of two options for the start/finish dates of training program for Owner selection. 4. Duration of each training session is specified in individual equipment specification sections. ' 5. Coordinate training program schedule with requirements of Section 01650, Starting of System. 1,5 PROGRESS REVISIONS A. Progress schedules are to be representative of actual construction progress and sequencing of activities. Schedules that do not accurately represent construction progress twill be rejected. B. Indicate progress of each activity as of data date. C. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1. Major changes in scope 2. Activities modified since previous submission 3. Revised projections of progress and completion 4. Other identifiable changes ' D. Provide narrative report as needed to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule 2. Corrective action recommended, and its effect ' 3. Effect on changes on schedules of other prime contractors 1.6 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit initial schedules within 10 days after award of Contract: 1. Engineer will review schedules and return review copy within 10 days after I 2. receipt. If required,resubmit within 7 days after return of review copy. B. Submit revised progress schedules with each Application for Payment. C. At eachsubmission submit the number of oa ue reproductions which the Contractor or requires,plus 3 copies which will be distributed by Engineer.. Do not submit fewer than 5 copies. 1.7 DISTRIBUTION ' A. Engineer will distribute copies of accepted schedules to: 1. One copy to Owner ' 1416-03 01310 Construction Schedules 01310-3 Z E l' ^ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01310 ' CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 2. One copy to Resident Project Representative 3. One copy to be retained in Engineer's file 4. Onecopy to Contractor to be kept on file at job site 5. Remainder to Contractor for his distribution B. Schedule recipients will report promptly to Engineer and Contractor,in writing, any problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used. , PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1416.03 01310 Construction Scbedules 01310-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— 1 ' SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submission of all shop Drawings and product data as required by the Contract ' Documents for all equipment and materials to be furnished under this contract unless specifically indicated otherwise. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Sections for Divisions 1 through 16-Required Submittals ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings—Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner: t 1. Identify details by reference to sheet and detail, schedule or room numbers shown on Contract Drawings. 2. Identify equipment by reference to equipment name and tag number shown on ' Contract Drawings. 3. Scale and Measurements:Make drawings accurate to a scale with sufficient detail to show the kind, size, arrangement and function of component materials and ' devices. 4. Minimum sheet sizer 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch. 5. Fabrication drawing size: 11 inch by 17 inch or 24 inch by 36 inch. ' B. Product Data—Preparation: 1., Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models submitted for review. ' 2. Identify equipment by reference to equipment name and tag number. 3. Catalog,cut sheets: Cross-out or delete irrelevant data. 4. Show performance characteristics and capacities. ' 5. Show dimensions and clearances required for installation and maintenance. 6. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. 7. Show external connections, anchorages, and supports required. 1 C "Certificate of Compliance": 1. Provided by manufacturer or supplier in lieu of submittal data required. ' 2. Certifies that product data or item identified in certificate is in total compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Specifically identifies project name and that there is no deviation from Contract ' Documents. 4.. Identify equipment by reference to equipment name and tag number. 5. Identify limits of equipment,materials or work provided. 6. Provide for specific product data or item only as indicated herein. ' 1416-03 01340 Shop I wings SadoLo Dala And Samples 01 340-1 I -ENGINEERS- SECTION 01340 , SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES D. Construction Schedule: Designate in the construction schedule,or in a separate coordinated shop drawing schedule,the dates for submission and the dates that reviewed Shop Drawings and Product Data will be needed. E. samples Samples—Office les shall be of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: p p 1. Functional characteristics of the product,with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 2. Full range of color,texture and pattern. 3. Comply with requirements identified in individual specification sections. F. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: ' 1. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the Work by crossing out or omitting irrelevant data. 2.: Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the Work. G Field samples and mock-ups: 1. Contractor shall erect,at the Project site, at a location acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Size or area: That specified in the respective specification section. 3. Fabricate each sample and mock-up complete and finished. 4. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of Work or when acceptable to the Engineer. 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES , A. Review shop drawings and product data prior to submission for accuracy and completeness of each submission. , B. Approve and stamp each submission before submitting it C. Determine and verify: ' 1. Field measurements 2. Field construction criteria 3. Catalog numbers and similar data ' 4. Conformance with specifications D. Prior to each submission, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted. E. Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with specified requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents with respect to means, methods,techniques, sequences, and operations of construction, and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. F. Make submissions promptly in accordance with Construction Schedule, and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other contractor. 1416-0301340 Shop.Drawings Product Daia And Samples 01340-2 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES G. Limit requirements for expedited submittal review by Engineer to no more than 10 percent of total number of submittals: Expedited submittal review period: Less than 14 [21] calendar days I1. H. Notify Engineer in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from Contract Document requirements: 1. Identify and tabulate all deviations in transmittal letter. 2. Indicate essential details of all changes proposed, including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation. ' 3. Include required piping and wiring diagrams. T. Provide resubmissions within 30 calendar days following return of reviewed submissions ' for submittal items with disposition of either"Rejected"or"Revise and Resubmit". Promptly address noted Contract Document requirements,unresolved issues and all other comments of Engineer prior to final review and approval by Engineer of resubmissions. ' Contractor will be notified by Engineer of any deficient submittal items after the specified number of calendar days required for resubmissions has expired. 1.5 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS ' A. Make submissions far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide time required for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revisions and ' resubmissions, and for placing orders and securing delivery B. In scheduling, allow a minimum of 21 calendar days for review by Engineer following receipt of submission in Engineer's office. C. Consecutively number all submissions: 1. Assign unique number to include all shop Drawings,product data and other information required for individual specification sections. 2. Each specification section may still have more than one submittal number for later submissions(i.e.,Preliminary O&M Manuals,Final O&M Manuals, etc.). ' D. Hard Copy Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings and Product Date: Submit a maximum of 2 copies for ' Contractor's use,plus a maximum of 4 copies which will be distributed by Engineer when approved. Do not submit more than 6 copies. E. Electronic Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings and Product Data: Transmit to Engineer in electronic(PDF) format. ' 2. Engineer will return the completed review to the Contractor via e-mail or uploaded to Engineer's FTP site as warranted by file size. 3. Distribution of reviewed submittals to subcontractors or suppliers is the ' responsibility of the Contractor. 1416-93C:340 Shop Dnzwios%Product Dam And Samples 01340-3 —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01340 , SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES F. Sample and Color submittals: Submit 3 copies of each sample unless specified otherwise in individual section. G. Accompany each submission with letter of transmittal showing all information required ' for identification and checking. Submittals shall contain: 1. Submittal number 2. Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions ' 3. Project title and number 4. Owner Contract identification number if applicable 5. The names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 6. Identification of the product,with specification section number 7. Field dimensions,clearly identified as such 8. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 9. Applicable standards,such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 10. Identification of deviations from Contract Documents: a. If Contractor proposes to provide material or equipment of work which deviates from the Contract Documents,indicate so under"deviations"on the transmittal form accompanying the submittal. b. Identify all requested deviations as specified and on copies of Specifications and Drawings required per paragraph 1.5.F:1'1 c. If deviations from specifications are indicated and,therefore requested by Contractor,the submittal shall be accompanied by a detailed,written justification for each deviation d. Failure to include a copy of marked-up specification sections,along with justification for any requested deviations to specification requirements, with the submittal shall be cause for rejection of the entire submittal with ' no further consideration by Engineer 11. Confirmation of compliance with Contract Documents: a. Unless a Certificate of Compliance is permitted for material or equipment I where specified,provide the following documents to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents: 1) Copy of relevant Drawings with all addendum updates that apply to equipment in Divisions 11, 13, 14 and 15 marked to show specific changes necessary for equipment proposed in Contractor's submittal: a) If no changes are required,Drawing(s) shall be marked"no changes required" b) Failure to include copies of relevant drawings with submittal,whether changes are required or not, shall be cause for rejection of entire submittal with no further review by Engineer 14If-0301350 Sher Drawings Product Data And Samples 01340-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01340 SHOPRelevant DRADrawinWINGS,PRODUCT D ,ANSiME ' c) Drawings include as a minimum controD APLS diagrams,process and instrumentation diagrams(P&IDs), ' and Process(P)drawings A copy 2) of each pertinent specification section in Divisions 11, 13, 14 and 15 with all addendum updates included, and all referenced and applicable specification sections,with their respective addendum updates included,with each paragraph check-marked to indicate specification compliance. Otherwise mark to indicate requested deviations from specification requirements per paragraph ' 1.5.F.10 12. Identification of revisions on resubmissions 13. An 8 inch by 4 inch blank space for Contractor's and Engineer's stamps ' 14. Stamp cover sheet of each submittal as identified in letter of transmittal 15. Contractor's stamp: Initialed or signed, certifying review and approval of submittal,verification of products,field measurements and field construction ' criteria,and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. Use stamp to include wording similar to the following: This submittal has been reviewed by[name of contractor)and approved with respect to the means,methods,techniques,sequences,and procedures of construction,and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. [Name of contractal also warrants that this submittal ' complies with contract documents and comprises no deviations thereto: Section No: Submittal No: DATE: BY: ' H. Submittal Log: 1. Maintain an accurate submittal log for duration of the Work showing current status of all submissions. ' 2. Show submittal number, section number, section title,submittal description dates and disposition of submittal. 3. Make submittal log available to Engineer for Engineer's review upon request. I. Unless specified otherwise,make submissions in groups to facilitate efficient review and approval: 1. Include all associated items from individual specification sections to assure that all information is available for checking each item when it is received. 2, Submit a complete initial submittal including all components when an item consists of components from several sources. ' 3. Partial submittals may be rejected as not complying with provisions of the Contract. ' 1416-03 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data And Samples 01340-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I , . � . I SECTION 01340 ' SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES 4. Engineer will not be held liable for delays due to poorly organized or incomplete , submissions. 5. Do not include items from more than one specification section for any one submittal number. 1.6 DISPOSITION OF SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. "Approved": Approved with No Exceptions Noted: 1. No corrections or continents noted on submittal or in transmittal letter. 2. Issues or miscellaneous comments pertaining to other related items of the Work may be included in transmittal letter. 3. Resubmission not required. B. "Approved as Noted": Approved with Corrections Noted: ' 1. Comply with corrections or comments as noted on submittal and in transmittal letter. 2. Resubmission not required. C. "Revise And Resubmit": Incorrect or Specific Information Still Required: 1. Submittal is either: incorrectly annotated;specific comments need to be addressed and incorporated in resubmittal;and/or additional information may be required as noted in transmittal letter. 2. Submitted information may not include or address specific item required per the ' specification as identified in transmittal letter. 3. Specific information related to identified item may be required for final approval of submittal. 4. Resubmission of entire submittal may be required or resubmission of specific item may be required as identified in transmittal letter. D. "Rejected": Returned for Correction: ' 1. Contractor required to resubmit complete submittal package in accordance with Contract Documents. 2. Submittal does not comply with provisions of Contract Documents as noted in transmittal letter. 3. Resubmission required 1.7 DISPOSITION OF SAMPLES A. "Approved": Approved with No Exceptions Noted: ' 1. One sample sent to Owner 2. One sample sent to Resident Project Representative 3. One sample retained in Engineer's file 111 4. Acknowledgment: Copy of transmittal letter sent to Contractor 5. Resubmission not required B. "Approved Noted": Approved with Corrections Noted: 1. One sample sent to Owner 1416-03 033403116p Drawings Product Data Atli Searp3es 01340-6 ZEL —ENGINEERS— p I SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES I2. One sample sent to Resident Project Representative 3. One sample retained in Engineer's file 4. Acknowledgment: Copy of transmittal letter sent to Contractor I 5. Work performed or products furnished to comply with exceptions noted in acknowledgment 6. Resubmission not required IC. "Rejected":: Returned for Correction: 1. One sample retained in Engineer's file I2. Remaining samples sent to Contractor for resubmittal and compliance with the Contract Documents as noted in transmittal letter. 3. Copy of transmittal letter sent to Owner I4. Resubmission required 1.8 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS IA. Make any corrections or changes in submittals required by Engineer and resubmit until approved. IB. Transmit each resubmission under new letter of transmittal. Use number of original submittal followed directly by a capital letter corresponding to the number of times a submittal is resubmitted(i.e., 1, 1A, 1B, etc.). I C. Shop Drawings and Product Data: 1. Revise initial Drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal. I 2. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by Engineer. D. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal E. Reimbursement of Resubmission Review Costs: I1Review of first submittal [and one resubmittal] will be performed by Engineer at . no cost to the Contractor. 2: Costs for review of subsequent resubmission will be directly paid by Contractor. 3. Engineer will document work-hours required for review and costs for Engineer I review will be deducted from payments due Contractor as Change Order deducts. 4: Charges for review of resubmissions will include Engineer at maximum rate of $175 per hour. I1.9 ENGINEER'S DUTIES I A. Review submittals with reasonable promptness and in accord with approved submission schedule provided that each submittal has been called for by the Contract Documents and is stamped by Contractor as indicated above: I 1. In the event that Engineer will require more than 14 calendar days to perform an expedited submittal review as requested by Contractor,Engineer shall so notify Contractor or indicate so on the submission schedule. I1416-03 01340 Shop Drawings Product Data And Samples 01340-7 -ENGINEERS- SECTION 01340 ' SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES 2. No extensions of time are allowed due to Engineer's delay in reviewing ' submittals unless all the following criteria are met: a. Contractor has notified Engineer in writing that an expedited review of particular submittal in question is critical to the progress of the Work and Contractor has identified the requested submittal return date b. Engineer has failed to return submittal within 21 days of receipt of the submittal or receipt of said notice,whichever is later c. Contractor demonstrates that delay in progress of the Work was directly attributable to Engineer's failure to return submittal within 21 days 3. No extensions of time are allowed due to delays in progress of the Work caused by rejection and subsequent resubmission of data, including multiple resubmissions B. Review drawings and data submitted only for general conformity with Contract Documents: 1. Engineer's review of drawings and data returned marked"Approved"or "Approved as Noted"does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions,. quantities, and details of material, equipment device or items shown, 2. Engineer's review does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors, omissions or deviations nor responsibility for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3. Engineer's review shall not extend to means,methods,techniques,sequences, operations of construction, and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. No information regarding these items will be reviewed whether or not included in submittals. C. Assume that no shop Drawing or related submittal comprises a deviation to the Contract Documents unless Contractor advises Engineer otherwise in writing which is acknowledged by Engineer in writing: 1. Consider and review only those deviations from the Contract Documents clearly identified as such in submittal and tabulated in the Letter of Transmittal. 2. At the discretion of the Engineer,notify Contractor that review of specific deviations will be reviewed under provisions of Section 01630,Product Options and Substitutions, D. Return submittals to Contractor for distribution or for resubmission. E. Transmit,unreviewed,to Contractor all copies of submittals not called for by the Contract Documents or which have not been approved by Contractor. F. Engineer will not review uncalled-for shop drawings or product data except by special arrangement. 1 1416-03 01340 Shop Shavings Product Data And Samp'es 01340-8 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' A . SECTION 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA,AND SAMPLES G. Affix stamp and indicate approval for submittal or resubmission requirements with the following stamp: 0 APPROVED ❑ APPROVED AS NOTED. ❑ REJECTED ❑ REVISE AND RESUBMIT 4 ' Approval Is only for general conformance with the design concept of the Project and the Information given In the Contract Documents. Contractor Is responsible for dimensions ' to be confirmed and correlated at the Job site;Information that pertains solely to the fabrication process,or to the means and methods of construction; coordination of the work of all trades;and performing work In a safe and satisfactory manner. This approval does not modify Contractor's duty to comply ' with the Contract Documents. ZIMMERMAN,EVANS AND LEOPOLD,INC. Date By ,' 1 1.10 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Unless indicated otherwise,provide all submittals:required by individual sections of the Contract Documents to establish compliance with the specified requirements. B. Contractor may provide"Certificate of Compliance"in lieu of product data submittal as ' required above for the following sections: Section Number Section Title Product Data or Item 02050 Demolition 16075 Electrical Identification ' PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1416-03 01340 Slop Drawings P oauct Data And Samples 01340-9 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule of Values B. Subschedule of Unit Material.Values C. Cash Flow Projection 1.2 SUBIv1ITTALS A. Submit to Engineer a Schedule of Values allocated to the various portions of the Work, within 10 days after Effective Date of Agreement. B. Upon request of Engineer, support the values with data which will substantiate their correctness. C. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing over payment of Contractor on items of the. Work which will be performed early will not be accepted. D. Revise and resubmit the Schedule of Values until acceptable to Engineer. No Applications for Payment shall be submitted until Schedule of Values is accepted. E. The Schedule of Values,when accepted by Engineer, shall be used only as the basis for ' the Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.3 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Type schedule on 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch white paper; Contractor's standard forms and automated printout will be considered for approval by Engineer upon Contractor's request. Identify schedule with: ' 1. Title of project and location. 2. Engineer and project number 3. Name and address of Contractor ' 4. Contract designation 5. Date of submission ' B. Schedule shall list the installed value of the component parts of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for progress payments during construction. ' C. Follow the Table of Contents of this Project Manual as the format for listing component items: 1. Identify each line item with the number and title of the respective major section of ' the specifications. D. For each major line item list sub-values of major products or operations under the item. 1416-03 01370 S6edule Of Valuft 01370-1 Z E —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01370 ' SCHEDULE OF VALUES E. List such items as bond and insurance premiums, temporary construction facilities, monthly field overhead, mobilization and demobilization separately. F, For the Various Portions of the Work: 1. Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of the Contractor's overhead and profit. 2. For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break down the value into: a. The cost of the materials, delivered and unloaded,with taxes paid. b. The total installed value, including Contractor's overhead and profit. G. The sum of all values listed in the schedule shalleq ual the total Contract.Sum. 1.4 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES t A. Submit a Subschedule of Unit Costs and Quantities for: 1. Products on which progress payments will be requested for stored products. B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values,with each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal waste. D. The Unit Values for the Materials Shall be Broken Down Into: ' 1. Cost of the material,delivered and unloaded at the site,with taxes paid. 2. Installation costs,including Contractor's overhead and profit. E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost of that item in the Schedule of Values. 1.5 CASH FLOW PROJECTION A. Submit estimated cash flow projection for the project: 1. Estimate monthly pay applications 2. Coordinate with Schedule of Values and Construction Schedule. B. Resubmit a revised cash flow projection with any pay application which brings the ' aggregate of all pay applications to date to value which differs from the projected value by more than±20 percent. 1416-03 01370 Schedule Of Values 013702 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES PART 2 PRODUCTS ' Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 ' 1916-03 01370 Schcduk Of Values 01370-3 3 —ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction record photographs and video taping during the course of the Work ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 0101.0—Summary of Work B. Section 01700—Contract Closeout:Project Record Documents 1.3 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED A. Take a comprehensive photographic survey and video taping of the existing facility and site before beginning operations to be used to document the condition of the facilities prior to beginning work ' B. Video tape on going and final construction on separate tape C. Take photographs on the date on which each scheduled Application for Payment is due D. Negatives and video tape become the property of Owner 1.4 COSTS OF PHOTOGRAPHY A. Pay all costs for specified photography, video tapes, and prints: 1. Parties requiring additional photography or prints will pay for them directly 1.5 DELIVERY OF PRINTS AND VIDEO TAPES A. Before construction begins,deliver video tape of site prior to construction B. Deliver prints and negatives and/or video tapes to the Engineer with monthly pay requests or within 15 days of photo/video date ' C. Deliver prints in clear sheets,4 per sheet,with negatives in plastic negative holders: Deliver video tape(s)in video tape sheath with labeling completed ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRINTS ' A. Color: 1. Paper: Single weight,white base ' 2. Finish: Matte finish 3; Size: Nominal, 3-1/2 inch by 5 inch ' 1516-03 01380 Construction Photograph. 01380-1 Z EL -ENGINEERS- SECTION 01380 , CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS B. Sheets for Prints: Clear, for 3-ring binder,manufactured by"C-LINE" or equal I C. Sheets fox Negatives: Clear, for 3-ring binder,manufactured by"PRINT FILE" or equal PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.1 TECHNIQUE A. Factual Presentation B. Correct Exposure and Focus: 1. High resolution and sharpness 2. Maximum depth-of-field 3. Minimum distortion C. Video taping: 1. Do not walk while taping,zoom in/out,pan slowly the required directions. Stop taping,walk to next location and begin again 2. Provide comments during,taping 3. Use machine which can imprint date on tape ' 3.2 VIEWS REQUIRED A. Photograph from locations to adequately illustrate the condition of construction and the I state of the Project: 1. Photographic survey of the existing facility or site: a. Show all items of equipment b. Show all areas to be modified c. Show all areas in which Contractor will conduct operations or store equipment 2. Monthly photographs: a. Average 15 views monthly until final acceptance b. Views as designated by the Engineer or Owner I B. Identify each print on the back listing: 1. Name of project 2. Orientation of view 3. Date and time of exposure 4. Number photo corresponding to negatives of that group C. Identify each video tape on the tape sheath,the tape itself and the beginning of the tape through recording: 1. Name of Project 2. Explanation in detail the different camera views 3. Date and time of exposure,use both verbal and mechanical devices available 4. Start video tapes at counter 0+00 1416-03 C1380 Construction Photographs 01380-2 ZEL E ' —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS D. Quantities:Provide 3 prints, and two video tapes of each view plus such additional prints as Contractor may require for his file ' E. Engineer will distribute, after review: 1. One copy of each view to Owner(Photograph and Video Tape) 2. One copy of each view to Engineer's file(Photograph and Video Tape) 3. One copy of each view returned to Contractor for inclusion in Project Record Document ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 I 1 I416-03 01380 Construction Pbatagmphs 01380-3 L —ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation ' B. Field samples and mock-up C. Inspection and testing laboratory services and qualifications D. Laboratory duties and limitations of authority of testing laboratory ' E. Contractor's responsibilities F. Manufacturer's field services and reports ' G. Shop testing ' H. Field testing I: Testing and services schedule ' 1.2 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue-current on date of Contract Documents. ' B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. C. Where specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents,request ' clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the ' Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. ' B. Provide copies of written reports for materials,equipment or systems as scheduled at the end of this section. Reference each report by respective section number. C. Laboratory qualifications—Provide statement of qualifications from testing firm and testing firm personnel for review and acceptance by Engineer. D. Field personnel qualifications—Provide statement of qualifications for review and ' acceptance by Engineer for the following: 1. ACI certification 2. Independent special inspector and testing as specified. ' 141E-01 01400 Quality Control 01400-1ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01400 I QUALITY CONTROL E. Laboratory test reports—Provide written reports of each test and inspection to Engineer. I Each report shall include: 1. Date issued I 2. Project title and number 3. Testing laboratory name,address and telephone number 4. Name and signature of laboratory inspector 5. Dateandtime of sampling or inspection I 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions 7. Date of test 8. Identification of product and specification section I 9. Location of sample or test in the Project 10. Type of inspection or test 11. Results of tests and compliance with Contract Documents I 12. Interpretation of test results when requested by Engineer F. Shop test reports: Provide reports detailing results of tests and certification from I manufacturer to verify compliance with specifications. G. Field test reports: Provide reports detailing results of the tests. Indicate compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. Identify corrective action for materials and I equipment which fails to pass field tests. H. Manufacturer's field services: 1. Provide qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required observations. Observer subject to acceptance of Engineer/Owner 2. Provide reports to Engineer through Contractor certifying that: a. Equipment is properly installed and lubricated. b. Equipment is in accurate alignment. c. Equipment is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping I and anchor bolts. d. Equipment has operated satisfactorily under full load conditions. L4 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION I A. Monitor quality control over suppliers,manufacturers,products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturer's instructions,including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents,request I clarification from Engineer before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more I stringent tolerances, codes,or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. I E. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration,physical distortion or disfigurement. I 1416-03 63406 Quality Control 01400-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL F. Inspections and testing required by laws, ordinances,rules,regulations, orders or approvals of public authorities: Conditions of the Contract: O. Certification of products: Respective sections of specifications. H. Testing,adjusting and balancing of equipment: Respective sections of specifications. ' I. Laboratory tests required and standards for testing: Respective sections of specifications. ' 1.5 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications sections for ' review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. ' C Where field samples are specified in individual sections,remove,and clear area after field sample has been accepted by Engineer. ' 1.6 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. ' B. Assemble and erect specified items,with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings,seals, and finishes. ' 1.7 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to ' perform all specified services and testing related to the design of mixes,products and equipment,to Engineer's review of proposed materials and equipment before,during and after incorporation in the Work and to retest materials and equipment which fail original ' tests: 1. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. ' B. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the Engineer. ' 1.8 QUALIFICATION OF LABORATORY A. Perform all tests to determine compliance with Contract Documents by an independent ' commercial testing firm acceptable to Engineer. B. Testing firm's laboratory: Staffed with experienced technicians,properly equipped and ' fully qualified to perform tests in accordance with specified standards. ' 7416-03 07400 Quality coop) 01400-3 —ENGINEERS- k 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL C. Meet basic requirements of ASTM E329, "Standards of Recommended Practice for ' Inspection and Testing Agencies for Concrete and Steel as Used in Construction" as applicable. D. Authorized to operate in the State in which the Project is located. E. Testing equipment: 1. Calibrated at reasonable intervals by devices of accuracy traceable to either: a. National Bureau of Standards b. Accepted values of natural physical constants 1.9 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor;provide qualified personnel after due notice. ' B. Perform specified inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction: 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Engineer and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of , work or products. 1.10 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY ' A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release,revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. ' 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 3. Owner employed laboratory shall not perform,any duties of the Contractor. 1.11 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel and provide access to Work. B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. preliminary designmix proposed osed to be used for concrete and C. Provide to the laboratory the p ary p p other material mixes which require control by the testing laboratory. D. Furnish copies of product test reports as required. E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. - To provide access to Work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at the project site or at the source of the product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For storage and curing of test samples. 1IGS (1u A 3 01400 ality Control 01400-4 , ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL ' 1.12 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES A. Comply with provisions under Section 01650, Starting of Systems. B. Contractor shall coordinate and pay for the services of manufacturers'representatives to perform the specified services. C. When specified in individual specification.Sections,require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation,quality of workmanship,startup of equipment, ' testing, adjusting and balancing of equipment and, as applicable,to initiate instructions when necessary. ' D. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. ' E. Qualification of Manufacturer's Representative:Authorized representative of the manufacturer; experienced in the application and installation of the subject equipment. F. Inspect, check and adjust equipment as required and approve installation. G. Be present when equipment is placed in operation. ' H. Revisit the site as often as required to correct all problems and until equipment installation and operation are acceptable to Engineer. ' I. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of the equipment in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data and respective sections of these specifications. 1.13 SHOP TESTS ' A. Contractor shall coordinate and pay all costs associated with specified shop tests of equipment,including retesting of items which fail original tests specifically identified in the technical specifications. ' B. Where the specifications call for a shop test to be witnessed by a representative of the Engineer,notify Engineer not less than 14 days prior to the scheduled test date: 1. Owner is to pay for all costs of Engineer's first visit. ' 2. When subsequent visits by Engineer are required because of incomplete tests, retesting or subsequent tests, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all costs of the subsequent visits. ' 1.14 FIELD TESTING A. Contractor shall pay all costs associated with field testing of materials and equipment as required in respective sections of the specifications. ' 1416-03 01400 Quaky cone 01400-5ZEL -ENGINEERS- , SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL B. Provide all required materials,labor, equipment,water, and power required for testing. ' C. Perform all tests in presence of Engineer or Owner and provide one copy of field test results to Engineer same day of tests. , D. Repair with no additional compensation all materials and equipment which fail during testing. 1.15 TESTING AND SERVICES SCHEDULE A. Testing laboratory services shall be provided for,but shall not be limited to,the following: Specification Type of Material,Equipment , Section or System 03000 Concrete 1.16 FIELD TESTING A. Field testing shall be provided for,but shall not be limited to,the following: ' Specification Type of Material,Equipment Section or System Section 03000 Concrete PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION , Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 1416-03 0;400 Quality Control 01400-6 ZEL —ENGINEERS—. 1 ' SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ' PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary Utilities: Electricity,lighting,heating, ventilating,telephone service,water, and sanitary facilities. f B. Temporary Controls: Barriers,enclosures and fencing and protection of the Work. ' C. Construction Facilities: Access roads,parking,progress cleaning,storage,and temporary buildings. ' 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish,install and maintain all temporary utilities to assure continuous service required for the Work, except as allowed herein,and remove on completion of Work. Modify and ' extend systems as work progress requires. B. Furnish,install and maintain all construction aids required for the Work, except as ' allowed herein, and remove on completion of the Work. C. Furnish, install and maintain fences and barriers as required for protection of the public, property and the Work. D. Contractor may use existing roadways for access and parking to the extent practical. ' Provide any additional access and parking required for Contractor's personnel or operations. E. Provide a field office for the use of the Contractor's Superintendent, Owner's ' Representatives, and Engineer. F. Provide storage sheds as required by the Contractor. G. Products may be new or used,but must be serviceable, adequate for the intended purpose, and must not violate the requirements of any applicable codes or standards. ' H. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. ' I. Provide a project identification sign. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: 1. Comply with applicable Federal and State rules and regulations,local codes and ordinances. ' 2. Comply with utility company requirements. 141d-0301500 Construction Facilities And TornIntiraryControl, 01500-1 Z E L -ENGINEEAS- 1 SECTION 01500 ' CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.4 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Contractor shall arrange for and pay all costs associated with power service to the field office and to Contractor's storage sheds and pay all costs for energy used. B. Construction equipment larger than 15 amps, 120 V, single phase,arrange for and pay all costs associated with temporary power service either from the local utility or a portable engine-generator.. C. Provide power outlets for construction operations,with branch wiring and distribution boxes located at the site. Provide flexible power cords as required. D. Provide main service disconnect and overcurrent protection at convenient location.. E. Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction. ' F. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting: 1. Provide 20 ampere duplex outlets, single phase circuits for power tools. 2. Provide 20 ampere, single phase branch circuits for lighting. G. Payall costs for installation and removal of temporary electrical service. p � 1.5 TEMPORARY LIGHTING ' A. Provide and maintain incandescent lighting for construction operations. B. Provide and maintain lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security ' purposes as required. C. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. D. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. t 1.6 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide and pay for all temporary heat as required to maintain adequate environmental ' conditions to facilitate progress of the Work,to meet specified minimum conditions of the installation of materials and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. B. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. C. Payall costs of installation,maintenance, operation and removal and for fuel consumed. P D. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees F in areas where construction is in progress, unless indicated otherwise in specifications. 1416-03 01500 Construction Facilities And Temporary Controls 01500-2 ZELt —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ' E. Provide temporary heating for all subcontractors as required. 1.7 TEMPORARY VENTILATING A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes,vapors,or gases. ' B. Provide and pay for temporary ventilation equipment as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the Work,to meet specified minimum conditions for the installation of materials and to protect materials and finishes from ' damage due to temp or humidity. C. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curingofinstalled materials, to ' disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes,vapors or gases. ' D. Portable ventilators shall be standard approved units complete with-controls. E. Pay all costs of installation,maintenance, operation and removal and for power consumed. ' 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES ' A. Provide sanitary facilities: 1. As required by laws and regulations 2. Not less than 1 facility 1 B, Service, clean, and maintain facilities and enclosures. ' 1.9 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Provide construction aids and equipment required by personnel andtofacilitate the execution of the Work: Scaffolds staging, ladders, stairs,ramps,runways,platforms, railways,hoists, cranes, chutes, and other such facilities and equipment. ' B. Contractor may, at his own risk,use existing hoists and cranes at the site and hoists and cranes installed hereunder: 1. Coordinate with Engineer and Owner. ' 2. 3. Do not exceed rated capacity of hoists and cranes. Replace or repair any damaged units. 4. Owner makes no representation as to the suitability, serviceability,or safety of ' new or existing hoists and cranes and assumes no responsibility for their safe use by construction personnel. ' C. Relocate construction aids as required by progress of construction, by storage or work requirements, and to accommodate legitimate requirements by Owner. 1416-03 01500 Coustruction Facilities And'Temporary Controls 01500-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS D. Completely remove temporary materials,equipment, and services at completion of the Project. E. Clean,repair damage caused by installation or by use of temporary facilities: 1. Remove foundations and underground installations for construction aids. 2. Grade the areas for the site affected by temporary installations to required elevations and slopes and clean the area. 1.10 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. B. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures from damage. C. Install facilities of a neat and reasonable uniform appearance,structurally adequate for the required purposes. D. Relocate bathers as required by progress of construction. E. Completely remove barriers,including foundations,when construction has progressed to the point that they are no longer needed. F. Clean and repair damage caused by installation,fill:and grade the areas of the site to required elevations and slopes and clean the area. 1.11 TEMPORARY FENCING t A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence. B. Provide 6 foot high fence around construction site;equip with vehicular gates with locks. C. Provide additional fencing to protect stored materials&products or to insure public safety. D. Provide Owner two (2)keys to lock(s). 1.12 EXTERIOR ENCLOSURES A. Provide temporary insulated weather-tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for Products,to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks. B. Provide temporary roofing as required to protect work and equipment. ' 1416-05 0(500 Cons(n tIon Facilities And Temporary Controls 01500-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS ' 1.13 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections. ' B. Provide temporary or y and removable protection p ection for installed Products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls,projections,jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. Jp gs. D. Protect finished driving surfaces, floors,and other surfaces from traffic, dirt,wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects,by protecting with durable sheet materials. ' E Prohibit storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If activity is necessary, obtain recommendations,for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas: ' 1.14 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or. theft. ' B. Coordinate with Owner's security program. 1.15 PROGRESS CLEANING ' A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition. B. Remove debris and rubbish from remote spaces prior to enclosing the space. ' C. Remove waste materials, debris,bns, and rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site in accordance with local and state regulations. ' D. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing. ' 1.16 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Construction: 1. Structurally sound,weathertight,with floors raised above ground. ' 2. Temperature transmission resistance: Compatible with occupancy and storage requirements. 3. At Contractor's option,portable or mobile buildings modified for office use may ' 4. be used. Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide surface drainage. 5, Construct temporary field offices and storage sheds on proper foundations, ' provide connections for utility services: a. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used b. Provide steps and landings at entrance door ' 1416-03 07500 Constramton Feely=And Temporary Controls 01500-5 Z EL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01500 ' CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 6. Mount thermometer at convenient outside location,not in direct sunlight. 7. Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, furnishings, equipment and services. 8. Remove temporary field offices,contents,and service at a time they are no longer needed. 9. Remove storage sheds when they are no longer needed. 10. Remove foundations and debris; grade the site to required elevations and clean the areas. B. Storage Shed: 1. To requirements of the various trades, as required. 2: Dimensions: Adequate for storage and handling of products. 3. Ventilation: Comply with specified and code'requirements for the products stored. 4. Heating: Adequate to maintain temperatures specified in the respective sections for the products stored. C. Existing facilities at the site shall not be used for field offices or storage. D. New permanent facilities shall not be used for field offices or for storage. ' 1.17 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES,FACILITIES,AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities,materials,prior ' to Final Application for Payment. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore , permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used , END OF SECTION 1 ]416.03 01500 Construction FEcittm$And 1 rtn{>:krnrr Controls 01500-6 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— i SECTION 01570 TRAFFIC REGULATION ' PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General Requirements ' B. Regulatory Requirements C. Construction Parking Control D. Flagmen E. Flares and Lights F. Haul Routes ' G. Roadway Usage Between Operations H. Traffic Signs and Signals ' I. Removal ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01010—Summary of Work ' B. Section 01500—Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unless otherwise authorized,keep at least one lane of traffic open at all times ' B. Maintain vehicular and pedestrian access to ALL businesses and institutions during the time during the time they are open and to all residential and other occupied buildings and facilities at all times. iC. When work is not in progress,keep all traffic lanes open ' D. All traffic lanes shall be open during hours of darkness,weekends, and holidays E. Plan and pursue operations so as to minimize the time direct entrances are blocked. ' 1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conformance: "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices,"U.S.Department of ' Transportation, or applicable statutory requirements of authority having jurisdiction ' 1516-03 01570 Traffic Regulation 01570-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 01570 ' TRAFFIC REGULATION B. Operations on or about traffic areas and provisions for regulating traffic will be subject to , the regulation of governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the affected areas 1.5 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and Owner's operations ' B. Monitor parking of construction personnel's vehicles. Maintain vehicular access to and through parking areas C. Prevent parking on or adjacent to access roads or in non designated areas 1.6 FLAGMEN A. Provide trained and equipped flagmen to regulate traffic when construction operations or traffic encroach on public traffic lanes 1.7 FLARES AND LIGHTS A. Use flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide 1 traffic 1.8 HAUL ROUTES , A. Consult with authority having jurisdiction in establishing public thoroughfares to be used for haul routes and site access ' B. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes C. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic,to minimize interference with public traffic 1.9 ROADWAY USAGE BETWEEN OPERATIONS ' A. At all times when work is not actually in progress,make open,passable,and maintain to traffic such portions of the Project and temporary roadways or portions thereof as may be I agreed upon between Contractor and Owner and all other authorities or parties having jurisdiction over properties involved 1.10 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS A. At approaches to site and on site,install at crossroads, detours,parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic B. Install and operate traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas under Contractor's control, and areas affected by Contractor's operations C. Relocate as Work progresses,to maintain effective traffic control 1416.03 OI`70 Traffic Regulation 01570-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01570 TRAFFIC REGULATION D. Protect all roadways by effective barricades on which are placed warning signs E. Provide barricades and warning signs for open trenches,other excavations and ' obstructions F. Illuminate by means of warning lights all barricades and obstructions form sunset to ' sunrise 1.11 REMOVAL ' A. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required B. Repair damage caused by installation ' C. Remove post settings to a depth oft feet PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1 1 i 1 1 1416-03 01570 Traffic Regulation 01570-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. General requirements for materials and equipment B. Definitions C. Quality assurance and qualifications D. Delivery, storage and handling E. Product Qualifications F. Product Certification ' G. Warranty ' H. Material and fabrication requirements I. Preparation, installation and field quality control requirements 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The section applies to all equipment provided under this contract. B. The requirements of detailed specifications take precedence over this section in the event of an apparent conflict.. ' C. Provide all new materials and equipment, except as specified or required by testing. D. Except as specifically indicated or specified,materials and equipment removed from the existing structure shall not be used in the completed Work. E. Contractor to coordinate equipment with other parts of the Work,including verification or compatibility of structures,piping, wiring and equipment components. F. Contractor is responsible for all alterations in the Work to accommodate equipment ' differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or specifications. ' G. Do not use any material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which is designed or specified. H. Provide materials, equipment and/or systems suitable for its intended purpose and/or ' function as confirmed and supported by the supplier and/or manufacturer where only routine maintenance and care is required for its operation. Do not use material, equipment or a system that will become damaged, require excessive maintenance, fail to ' 1416-03 01600 Metei&Ls And Eqpipment 01600-1 Z E L -ENGINEERS- ' SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT perform and not function as required. Materials, equipment and systems provided are expected to function and operate when exposed to the wide range of environmental conditions encountered for this type of facility. Damaged,unsuitable or defective materials, equipment and/or systems identified by the Engineer shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. I. Manufactured articles,materials and equipment shall be applied,installed, connected, erected,used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer unless herein specified to the contrary. 1.3 DEFINITIONS , A. Special tools,instruments,devices, or accessories: Any tools,instruments, devices or accessories required for repair,adjustment or maintenance of equipment which are ' designed especially for the equipment in question or which are not normally kept in stock by local tool suppliers. 1.4Q UALIFICATIONS , A. Installers Qualifications: Equipment and material shall be installed and placed in service , by or under the guidance of qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results. Where Contractor's or subcontractor's employees are not properly qualified, such personnel shall be field representative of the equipment supplier. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. B. Deliver products in undamaged condition,in manufacturer's original container or packaging,with identifying labels intact and legible, all in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of , Contract Documents and accepted submittals and that products are properly protected, undamaged and correct quantities. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to products or packaging. E. Box, crate, completely or otherwise com letel enclose and protect all equipment. F. Protect painted surfaces against impact, abrasion, discoloration or other damage. G. Include complete packing lists and bills of material with each shipment. H. Deliver anchor bolts together with templates sufficiently early to permit setting when structural concrete is placed. 1416-03 01600 Iviete ials And Equipment 01600-2 Z E. ' —ENGINEERS— n ,. .. sig • r".. ..b ,.. ,. -..f e SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1 I. Package materials and equipment to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit handling or storage. J. Protect equipment from exposure to the elements and keep thoroughly dry and dust free at all times. ' K. Grease or oil all bearings and similar items. L. Store and,protect products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,with seals and labels intact and legible. Store sensitive products in weather-tight,climate controlled enclosures. ' M. For exterior storage of fabricated products,place on sloped supports,above ground on blocking or skids to prevent soiling, staining or other damage. ' N. Provide off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection. O. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to avoid condensation. P. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent ' mixing with foreign matter. Q. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, ' disfigurement, or damage. R. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under specified conditions. ' S. Store immediately upon delivery. ' T. Store electrical equipment and equipment with bearings in weathertight structures maintained above 60°F. U. Protect electrical equipment, controls, and insulation against moisture,water, and dust damage. V. Connect and operate continuously all space heaters furnished in electrical equipment. W. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove when no longer needed. X. Provide permanent,labeled,packings for spare parts. 1 1416-03 01600 Materials And Equipment 01600-3ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1.6 PRODUCT CERTIFICATION , A. All materials or products which come into contact with drinking water must be certified as meeting the specifications of the American National Institute/National Sanitation , Foundation Standard 61,Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects. Certifications shall be provided with product submittals. B. All chemicals and products added to a public water supply as part of the treatment process shall be certified as meeting the specifications of the American National Standards Institute/National Sanitation Foundation Standard 60,Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects. The certifying party shall be accredited by the American National Standards Institute. 1.7 WARRANTY ' A. Warranty all materials and equipment against faulty or inadequate design,improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials,leakage,breakage or other failure. PART 2 PRODUCTS 1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Suitable for the service conditions, ' B. Structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel in equipment shall conform to AISC standards, except as otherwise specified. 2.2 ELECTRIC MOTORS A. Designed and applied in accordance with NEMA, ANSI, IEEE,ABMA, and NEC ' standards for the duty imposed by the driven equipment. B, If driven equipment is subject to frequent starting duty,provide motors suitable for that ' duty. C. Nameplate horsepower based on continuous duty at 40 degrees C ambient,unless ' recognized and defined by the standards and codes for intermittent duty as a standard industry practice. Temperature rise about 40 degrees C ambient on continuous operation not to exceed the NEMA limit for 1.0 service factor and Class B insulation or Class A insulation if used. D. Designed for satisfactory operation at any voltage within plus or minus 10 percent of ' rated voltage. E. Designed for full voltage starting. I F. Bearing life based on the actual operating load conditions imposed by driven equipment. 1416-03 01600 Mstenals And 3quipment 01600-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ' G. Sized for the altitude at which the equipment is installed. H. Nameplate horsepower sized for continuous operation is 40 degree C ambient at least ' 15 percent more than the max continuous load imposed by the driven equipment,whether service factor is 1.0 or higher. ' I. If driven equipment specification calls for encapsulated winding,provide a sealed insulation system designed for a more severe environment than usual varnish treatments can withstand, General Electric"Polyseal",Allis-Chalmers "Poxeal",U. S.Motors"Ever- ', Ever-' seal"or equal. Motors with encapsulated windings may be single voltage rated. J. Clamp-type grounding terminal inside the motor conduit box. K. Oversized motor conduit boxes,with 3/4 inch NPT minimum unless indicated otherwise. L. Totally enclosed outdoors. M. Dripproof or totally enclosed indoors,suppliers option except where specified otherwise. ' 2.3 DRIVE UNITS A. Input horsepower rating not less than nameplate horsepower of the driving motor. ' B. Designed for 24 hr continuous duty. C. Gearmotors: Rated AGMA Class II,AGMA nameplate. D. Gear reducers—Totally enclosed, oil lubricated,antifriction bearings throughout: 1. Rating: ' a. Worm gear reducers: 1.20 service factor b Shaft mounted gear reducers: AGMA Class II c. All others: 1.50 service factor ' 2. AGMA nameplate E. Mechanical variable speed drives-1.75 service factor at maximum speed: ' 1. 2. If belt driven,provided with a spare belt Bracket type mounting not acceptable ' F. V-belt drives: 1.60 service factor, sliding base or other suitable tension adjustment 2.4 ACCESSORIES ' A. Safety guards: 1. 16 USS ga or heavier galvanized or aluminum- coated steel or 1/2 inch mesh expanded metal. ' 2. Miscellaneous accessories and supports,including bolts: Galvanized steel. 3. Provide for all belt or chain drives,fan blades, couplings or other moving or rotatory parts. 1416-03 01600 Mnicr(x6 And Equipment //��0 1 600-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 01600 I MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 4. Cover rotating parts on all sides I 5. Designed for easy installation and removal 6. Provided with all necessary supports and accessories 7. If outdoors,designed to prevent the entrance of rain and dripping water I B. Equipment anchor bolts: 1. Furnished with equipment I 2. Provided with at least 2 nuts per bolt 3. Minimum diameter 3/4 inch 4. Long enough to permit 1-1/2 inch of grout below baseplate,if equipment is I baseplate mounted, and to provide adequate anchorage into structural concrete C. Baseplates: 1. Cast iron or welded steel 2. Provide for pumps,compressors and similar equipment 3. Neat design I 4. Pads for anchoring 5. Adequate grout holes 6. Provide pump bases with a means for collecting leakage and a threaded drain connection D. Special tools and accessories: 1. Provide all special tools,instruments and accessories required for proper I maintenance 2. Provide all special lifting and handling devices required 2.5 FABRICATION I A. Design, fabricate,and assemble in accordance with the best modem manufacturing and I shop practices. B. Manufacture parts to standard sizes and gages. C. Two more items of the same type shall be identical by the same manufacturer and orYp interchangeable. D. Design structural members for shock and vibratory loads. 1. Use 1/4 inch minimum thickness for all steel which will be submerged,wholly or partially,during normal operation. I E. Lubrication system: 1. Require no more than weekly attention during continuous operation 2. Require no attention during equipment startup and shutdown 3. No lubricant wasting 4. Convenient and accessible: a. Oil drains and fill plugs easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform 1416-03 01600 Meleials And F.quipme n 01600-6 L I —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT b. Drains located to allow convenient collection of oil during oil changes without removing the equipment from its normal installed position. 5. Provide constant level oilers or oil level indicators for oil lubrication systems. ' 2.6 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation,whether herbicide,pesticide, disinfectant,polymer,reactant or of other classification,must be registered for the purpose specified with USDA. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with instructions. 2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS ' A. Observation of performance tests: 1. Where specifications require the presence of Engineer for testing of equipment, Owner is to pay for all costs of Engineer's first visit. 2. If subsequent visits by Engineer are required because of incomplete tests, retesting or subsequent tests,Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all costs. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Inspect equipment for signs of pitting,rust decay, or other deleterious effects of storage. Do not install any equipment showing such effects, Replace damaged equipment with identical new equipment. 3.2 PREPARATION ' A. Install equipment anchor bolts during placement of structural concrete. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install all equipment on bases 4 inch minimum height. ' B. Anchor baseplates to the concrete base and fill space beneath with grout. C. Provide lubricants as recommended by the equipment manufacturer in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all consumption during testing, startup and ' operation prior to acceptance of equipment by Owner. 1 D. For material and equipment specifically indicated or specified to be reused in the Work:1. Use special care in removal,handling, storage, and reinstallation to assure proper function in the completed Work. 2. Arrange for transportation, storage, and handling of products,which require off- site storage, restoration, or renovation. Pay all costs for such Work. 1416-03 01600 Meteiats And Equipment 01600-7 Z E L. —ENGINEERS- . .. . ... . .. SECTION 01600 ' MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT E. Handle,install, connect, clean,condition, and adjust products in strict accord with I manufacturer's instructions and in conformity with;specified requirements: 1. Obtain and distribute copies of such,instructions to parties involved in the installation in the manner detailed in the submittal;section. 1 2. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 3. Perform Work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. 4. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions,consult with Engineer for further instructions,; 5. Do not proceed with Work without clear instructions. F. No shimming between machined surfaces is allowed. ' 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide a qualified manufacturer's field representative when specified in Section 01650, Starting of Systems or in the detailed:specifications to provide the services specified. B. Where installation assistance is specified,manufacturer's representative is to observe, guide,instruct and direct Contractor's erection or installation procedure. C. Where an installation check is specified,manufacturer's representative is to verify , equipment is properly installed as detailed in the Section 01650,_Starting`of Systems. D. Field representatives are to revisit the site as often as necessary to attain installation I satisfactory to Engineer. E. Acceptance of Work in connection with the installation of equipment furnished by others ' is subject to acceptance by the field representative. Such acceptance by the field representative or Engineer does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for planning, supervising,and executing the installation of Work or of responsibility for defective. Work. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Perform under provisions of Section 01650, Starting of Systems. B. Perform all required adjustment tests, operation checks, and other startup activities required. 3.6 CLEANING A. Perform under provisions of Section 01710, Cleaning. B. Repaint all painted surfaces which are damaged prior to equipment acceptance to Engineer's satisfaction. END OF SECTION 1416.03 01600 Materiels And Equipment 01600-8 ZEL , —ENGINEERS— ' 1 ' SECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Product options available to Contractor ' B. Procedures for securing acceptance of proposed Substitutions for a product which is specified in Contract Documents by reference to one or more of the following: I1. Name of manufacturer 2. Name of supplier 3. Trade name ' 4. Catalog model number 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. The Contract is based on standards of quality established in Contract Documents: 1. In agreeing to terms and conditions of Contract, Contractor has accepted a responsibility to verify that specified products will be available and to place ' orders for all required materials in such a timely manner as is needed to meet construction schedule. 2. Neither Owner nor Engineer has agreed to substitution of materials or products called for in Contract Documents, except as they may specifically be stated otherwise in writing. ' 1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only Any Product meeting those standards or description: ' 1. Products specified by reference to standard specifications such as ASTM and similar standards. 2. Products specified by manufacturer's name and catalog model number. ' B. Products by Specified Naming One or More Manufacturers—Products.of manufacturers p named and meeting specifications,no options or substitutions allowed: 1. Where materials and/or products are specified by naming one single manufacturer and/or model number,without stating that Substitutions will be considered, only the material and/or products named are approved for incorporation into the Work: C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions—Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with this section: 1. Where materials and/or products are specified by name and/or model number, followed by words "Or accepted substitution": a. The material and/or product specified by name establishes required standard of quality. ' 1416-03 01630 Product Optlnns And Substitutaonx 01630-1 —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01630 1 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS b. Materials and/or product proposed by Contractor to be used in lieu of ' materials and/or products so specified by name shall in all ways equalor exceed the qualities of named materials and/or products. c. [Proposed substitutions shall be presented at the pre-construction meeting] , D. Where phrase"or accepted substitution"occurs in contract documents,do not assume that materials, equipment or products will be accepted as substitution unless item has been specifically so reviewed for this Work by Engineer. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A. Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. B. Written requests for substitution considered: 1. After award of Contract 2. Only when submitted through Contractor C. Substitutions will not beconsidered when they are indicated or implied on shop Drawing or product data submissions,without separate written request. D. Substitutions may be considered when a Product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor: 1. Should the Contractor demonstrate to satisfaction of Engineer that specified material or product was ordered in a timely manner and will not be available in time for incorporation into this Work, Contractor shall submit to Engineer such data on proposed substitute materials and/or product as are needed to help Engineer determine suitability of proposed Substitution. E. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents. F. A request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 2. Will provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified Product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which maybe required for Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. 4. Will provide a complete operating installation including any andall changes and additions in structure,piping,building,mechanical and electrical work, controls and accessories necessary to accommodate proposed Substitution. 5. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension whichmay subsequently become apparent. 6. Will reimburse Owner for review or redesign services associated with review by 111Engineer and re-approval by authorities. 1416.03 01530 Product Options And Substitutions 01 63 0-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 I ISECTION 01630 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS I1.5 PROCEDURE FOR REQUESTING SUBSTITUTION A. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration in a manner similar to I provisions for submission requirements under Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples: 1. Substitutions will be considered as "deviations"to the Contract Documents. I 2. Submit with transmittal letter describing the deviation and justifications for accepting Substitution. 3. Submit shop drawings,product data, and certified test results attesting to proposed substitution equivalence. Burden of proof is on the proposer. I B. Limit each request to one proposed Substitution C. Transmittal Contents: 1. Identification of proposed Substitution: Ia. Manufacturer`s name Telephone b. :number and representative contact name c. Specification section or drawing reference of originally specified product including discrete name or tag number 2. Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed. Substitution.with Contract Documents. I 3. Itemized comparison of originalproduct and proposed Substitution addressing characteristics including but not necessarily limited to: a. Size I b. Composition c. Weight d. Electrical or mechanical requirements I 4: e. Installation and maintenance requirements Product experience: a. Location of previous projects utilizing product in similar situation per I Contract Documents b. Name and telephone number of persons knowledgeable of proposed product associated with referenced projects ' c. Available field data and test reports associated with proposed product 5, Identify any changes to construction schedule or cost required to implement proposed substitution. 6. Samples: Ia. Provide in similar manner under provisions of Section 01340 as requested by Engineer b. Provide full size sample if requested by Engineer Ic. Samples will be retained by Engineer until substantial completion d. Engineer is not responsible for loss or damage to samples I I1416-03 01630 Product options And Substitutions 01 63 0-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 01630 ' PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 1.6 ACCEPTANCE OR REJECTION ' A. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request for Substitution. B. Engineer reserves the right to require proposed Substitution to comply with all aspects of specified product to secure design intent. C. If request for Substitution results in change of Contract Amount or Contract Time, adjustments will be applied under provisions in General Conditions. D. Substitutions will be rejected if: 1, Submission is not through Contractor with.Contractor stamp of approval. 2. Requests for Substitution are not made in accordance submission procedures , outlined herein. 3. Acceptance will require substantial revision of the original design as determined by Engineer. 4. Substitution is not equal to original product specified or will not adequately perforin intended function as determined by Engineer. 1.7 REIMBURSEMENT OF SUBSTITUTION REVIEW COSTS , A. In the event Substitutions are proposed to Engineer after award of Contract,Engineer will record all time used by Engineer and Engineer's consultants in evaluating each proposed Substitution. B. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for all charges of Engineer and Engineer's consultants. I for time spent in evaluating proposed Substitution,whether or not the Engineer approves a proposed Substitution: 1. Costs for Substitution review will be deducted from payments due Contractor as change order deducts. 2. Charges for review of proposed Substitution will include Engineer at maximum rate of$175 per hour plus costs of Engineer's consultants. ' 1.8 DELAYS A. Delays in construction arising by virtue of the nonavailability of a specified material ' and/or product will not be considered by the Engineer as justifying an extension of the agreed time of Substantial and/or Final Completion. PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used , PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 1416.03 01630 Product Captions And Substitutions 016304 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— - I ISECTION 01631 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION IPROJECT: t OWNER: TO: Augusta,Georgia SPECIFIED ITEM: 1 Section PageParagraph/Article Description The Contractor hereby requests consideration of the following: IPROPOSED SUBSTITUTION: I II Attached data includes product description,;specifications,drawings,photographs,performance,and test data adequate for evaluation of the request;applicable portions of the data arc clearly identified, I Attached data also includes a description of changes to the Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. The Contractor certifiesthatthe following paragraphs,unless modified by attachments,are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings,_ 2. The Contractor will pay for changes to the building design,including engineering design,detailing,and construction costs caused by the:lc:quested substitution. I 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades,the construction schedule,or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. I i The Contractor further states that the function,appearance,and quality of the proposed substitution are equivalent or superior to the specified item I Submitted by: ISignature: For use by the Engineer Finn (-Accepted r Accepted as noted. IAddress. r Rejected. r Received too late By II Date Date { 1 Telephone Remarks �. I Attachments I I 1416-03 01631 Form Request For Sohctitution 01631-1 —ENGINEERS— I 1 SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS ' PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Start-up,pre-demonstration and demonstration of facility, systems or equipment B. Personnel training C. Testing, adjusting, and balancing ' D. Related systems start-up and demonstration period requirements ' 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Project System: Specific system, consisting of an independent arrangement of ' equipment,structures,components,piping,wiring,materials or incidentals that performs an identifiable function which is both operational and safe. B. Pre-Demonstration Period: Peribd:of time,of unspecified duration after initial construction and installation during which Contractor,with assistance from manufacturer's representative,performs the following activities in sequence: 1. Initial equipment start-up 2. Correction of all discrepancies or functions prior to Demonstration Period C. Demonstration Period: Period of time, of specified duration,following Pre- Demonstration Period, during which Contractor completes personnel training including review of approved O&M Manuals with Owner and initiates process flow or product through facility or Project System, starts up and operates facility or project system ' without exceeding specified downtimelimitations,to prove functional integrity of mechanical and electrical equipment and components and control interfaces to satisfaction of Engineer as evidence of Substantial Completion. ' D. Related System: Equipment or subsystem whose function is necessary for the start-up, testing and operation of the project system as a whole. E. Substantial Completion: Reference General Conditions. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. ' B. Submit in chronological order listed below prior to completion of Pre-Demonstration Period: 1. Master operation and maintenance training schedule: ' a. Submit 30 days(minimum)prior to first training session for Owner's personnel b. Schedule to include: ' 14164301650sftab»socs;a 01650-1 Z E —ENGINEERS— . SECTION 01650 I STARTING OF SYSTEMS 1) Target date and time for Owner witnessing initial start-up of each I system 2) Target date and time for Operation and Maintenance training for each system,both field and classroom I 3) Target date for initiation of Demonstration Period c. Submit for review and approval by Owner d. Include holidays observed by Owner e. Owner reserves the right to insist on a minimum 7 days'notice of rescheduled training session not conducted on master schedule target date for any reason. I f. Resubmit schedule until approved 2: Substantial.Completion Submittal: a. File Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion,Request for Inspection I and documentation under provisions of Section 01700, Contract Closeout. b. Approved Operation and Maintenance manuals received by Engineer minimum 1 week prior to scheduled training. c. Written request for Owner to witness each system pre-demonstration start- I up. Request to be received by Owner minimum 1 week before scheduled. training of Owner's personnel on that system. d. Equipment installation and pre-demonstration start-up certifications. e. Letter verifying successful completion of all pre-demonstration start-up activities including receipt of all specified items from manufacturers or suppliers as final item prior to initiation of Demonstration Period. I f. Letter verifyingsuccessful completion of Demonstration Period start-up activities. 1.4 COST OF START-UP A. Contractor to pay all costs associated with facility,systems or equipment start-up. I PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used 1 PART 3 EXECUTION I 3.1 START-UP—GENERAL A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems. I B. Notify Engineer 7 days prior to start-up of each item. C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, I drive rotation,belt tension, control sequence,or other conditions which may cause damage. 1 :41G-03 01650 Starting Of Systems 01650-2 —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS D. Verify that tests,meter readings,and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer. ' E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested. F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers'instructions. ' G. When specified in individual specification Sections,require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or ' system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation. ' H. Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01400, Quality Control that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly. ' I. Start-up divided into two periods: 1. Pre-Demonstration Period including: a. Completion of Work to prepare facility, systems or equipment for Demonstration Period b. Start-up of equipment c. Complete filing of all required submittals ' 2. Demonstration Period including: Demonstration of functional integrity of facility or system b. Training of personnel c. Review of approved preliminary O&M Manuals with Owner ' d. Filing of Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion and Request for Inspection J. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for equipment or system scheduled for start-up and training: 1. Prepare and submit manuals in accordance with Section 01730, Operation and ' Maintenance Data prior to delivery of equipment or system., 2. Confirm approved preliminary operation and maintenance manuals are available prior to commencing any equipment or system training activities. 3. Start-up and demonstration period of equipment or system will not be complete, nor will start-up and demonstration period payments be made,until manufacturer's authorized representative includes a complete and thorough ' review of the approved preliminary O&M Manual with Owner during the equipment training session. ' 3.2 PRE-DEMONSTRATION PERIOD A. Equipment Start-up: 1. Requirements for individual items of equipment are included in Divisions 2 through 16 of these Specifications. ' 1416-03 01650 Starting OfSystens 01650-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS- I I SECTION 01650 I STARTING OF SYSTEMS 2. Prepare equipment to operate properly and safely and be ready to demonstrate I functional integrity during Demonstration Period. 3. Perform equipment start-up to extent possible without introducing product flow, 4. Test tanks,pumping,filters,and similar equipment requiring a fluid,using clean water supplied at Contractor's expense. 5. Dispose of water used for equipment start-up. 6. Procedures-include,but are not necessarily limited to the following: I a. Test or check and correct deficiencies of: 1) Power, control, and monitoring circuits for continuity prior to. connection to power source I 2) Voltage of all circuits 3) Phase sequence 4) Cleanliness of connecting piping systems 5) Alignment of connected machinery I 6) Vacuum and pressure of all closed-systems 7) Lubrication I 8) Valve orientation and:position status for manual operating mode 9) Tankage for integrity using {clean water} {process water) 10) Pumpingequipment using{clean water} {process water) 11) Instrumentation and control signal generation,transmission, I reception, and response under provisions of Section 13400 12) Tagging and identification systems 13) All equipment: Proper connections, alignment, calibration and ' adjustment b. Calibrate all safety equipment c. Manually rotate movable parts to assure freedom of movement I d. "Bump"start electric motors to verify proper rotation e.. Perform other tests,checks,and activities.required to make equipment ready for Demonstration Period. , f. Documentation: 1) Prepare log showing each equipment item subject to this paragraph and listing what is to be accomplished during equipment start-up. ' 2) Provide place for Contractor to record date and person accomplishing required work. Submit completed document before requesting inspection for Substantial Completion certification. I 7. Obtain certifications,without restrictions or qualifications, and deliver to Engineer: a. Manufacturer's equipment installation check letters I b. Instrumentation supplier's instrumentation installation certificate 3.3 PERSONNEL TRAINING A. Reference individual equipment specification sections. B. Conduct all personnel training after completion of equipment start-up for the equipment for which training is being conducted: 141643 01650 Starting Of Systems 01650-4 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— 111 I SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS I1. Personnel training on individual equipment or systems will not be considered completed unless: a. All pre-training deliverables are received and approved before I commencement of training on the individual equipment or system b. No system malfunctions occur during training c. All provisions of field and classroom training specifications are met I 2. Training not in compliance with the above will be performed again in its entirety by the manufacturer at no additional cost to Owner 3. Videotape each training session IC. Field and classroom training requirements: 1. Hold classroom training on-site 2. Notify each manufacturer specified for on-site training that Owner reserves the 1 right to video record any or all training sessions: Organize each training session in a format compatible with video recording. 3. Training instructor:Factory trained and familiar with giving both classroom and I "hands-on"instructions. 4, Training instructors:Be at classes on time. Session beginning and ending times to be coordinated with the Owner and indicated on the master schedule. Normal I time lengths for class periods can vary,but brief rest breaks should be scheduled and taken. 5. Organize training sessions into maintenance verses operation topics and identify Ion schedule. 6. Plan for minimum class attendance of 15 people at each session and provide sufficient classroom materials,samples, and handouts for those in attendance. I 7. Instructors to have a typed agenda and well prepared instructional material. The use of visual aids, e.g., films,pictures, and slides is recommended for use during the classroom training programs. Deliver agendas to the Engineer a minimum of I 7 days prior to the classroom training. Provide equipment required for presentation of films,slides, and other visual aids. 8. Cover information required in Operation and Maintenance manuals submitted I according to Section 01340 and following areas as applicable to project systems: a. Operation of equipment b. Lubrication of equipment. c. Maintenance and repair of equipment d. Troubleshooting of equipment e. Preventive maintenance procedures IfAdjustments to equipment . g. Inventory of spare parts h. Optimizing equipment performance Capabilities Ii. j. Operational safety k. Emergency situation response 1. Takedown procedures(disassembly and assembly) 1 9. Address above paragraphs a),b),h), I),j) and k) in the operation sessions 10. Address above paragraphs c), d), e), f),g),and 1)in the maintenance sessions 1 1416-03 01650 Starting Of Systems 01650-5 ZEL -ENGINEERS- b . SECTION 01650 STARTING OF SYSTEMS 11. Maintain a log of classroom training provided including:Instructors, topics, dates, time, and attendance D. Complete filing of all required submittals: 1. Shop Drawings 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals 3. Training material E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction F. Amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION PERIOD A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel within 14 days prior to date of Substantial Completion unless specified otherwise by requirements of construction staging per Section 01010, Summary of Work. B. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with Owners'personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. C. Demonstrate start-up,operation,control, adjustment,trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance,and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled times, at equipment location. , D. Demonstrate the functional integrity of the-mechanical, electrical, and control interfaces of the respective equipment and components comprising the facility or system as evidence of Substantial Completion. E. If, during the Demonstration Period,the aggregate amount of time used for repair, alteration, or unscheduled adjustments to any equipment or systems that renders the affected equipment or system inoperative exceed 10 percent of the Demonstration Period, the demonstration of functional integrity will be deemed to have failed. In the event of failure,a new Demonstration Period will recommence after correction of the cause of failure. The new Demonstration Period shall have the same requirements and duration as the Demonstration Period previously conducted. F. Conduct the demonstration of functional integrityunder full operational conditions. G. Owner will provide operational personnel to provideprocessdecisions affecting plant performance. Owner's assistance will be available only for process decisions: Contractor will perform,all other functions including but not limited to equipment operation and maintenance until successful completion of the Demonstration Period. 1 14l6•O3 01650 slatting Of S)stems 01650-6 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 01650 STARTING OP SYSTEMS H, Owner reserves the right to simulate operational variables, equipment failures,routine maintenance scenarios, etc.,to verify the functional integrity of automatic and manual. backup systems and alternate operating modes. I. Duration of Demonstration Period: Minimum of 5 consecutive days: 1. Time of beginning and ending of any Demonstration Period will be agreed upon ' by Contractor, Owner, and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period. 2. Length of Demonstration Period other than specified will be agreed upon by Contractor, Owner:and Engineer in advance of initiating Demonstration Period. .1. Provide knowledgeable personnel to answer Owner's questions throughout the Demonstration Period. K. Provide final field instruction on select systems and an respond to system problems or P Y failures which may occur. ' L. Provide all labor,supervision, utilities, chemicals,maintenance, equipment,vehicles or any other item necessary to operate and demonstrate all systems being demonstrated. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1416-0301690Steimg OfSystems 01650-7 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Closeout procedures. ' B. Final cleaning ' C. uing D. CAdjontractostr's closeout submittals E. Project record documents F. Warranties G. Spare parts and maintenance materials H. Delivery to Owner I. Substantial completion .1. Final inspection K. Reinspection fees L. Final adjustments of accounts M. Final application for payment ' 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ' A. Comply with requirements stated in conditions of the Contract and in specifications for administrative procedures in closing out the Work. B. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Engineer's inspection. ' C. Provide submittals to Engineer/Owner that are required by governing or other authorities. D. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum,previous ' payments,and sum remaining due. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING ' A. Provide final cleaning under provisions of Section 01710, Cleaning. ' 1416-03 01700 Contract Closeout 017004 Z EL -ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01700 , CONTRACT CLOSEOUT B. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. ' C. Clean equipment to a sanitary condition D. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts,and drainage systems. E. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. F. Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and construction facilities from the site. 1.4 ADJUSTING A. Provide under provisions of Section 01650, Starting of Systems. B. Adjusting operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project record documents B. Operating and maintenance data,instructions to Owner's personnel: As specified in Section 01730, Operation and Maintenance Data. C. Spare parts and maintenance materials: As specified in individual sections and as specified herein. D. Evidence of payment and waiver of claims: As specified in General and Supplementary Conditions. E. Two copies of each specified special bond,warranty, and service contract. F. Final inspection reports by all regulatory agencies demonstrating the agencies'final approval. G.. At Contract close-out, deliver Record Documents to Engineer for the Owner. H. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each Record Document 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Provide project record documents under provisions of Section 01720,Project Record Documents. 1416_03017W Confect Closeout 01700-2 00-2 —ENGINEERS— tSECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT IB. Maintain on site,one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:. 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract I S. Reviewed shop drawings,product data, and samples 6. Field test reports 7. Construction-photographs I -C. Store record documents and samples separate from documents used for construction:. 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents I2. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for samples D, Record information concurrent with construction progress: 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded I 2. Legibly mark to record actual construction E, Specifications and addenda—Legibly mark and record at each Product section Idescription of actual Products installed,including the following: 1. Manufacturer's name,product model,number,trade name and supplies 2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized I3. Changes made by Addenda, field order or change order F. Record documents and shop drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual I construction including: 1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish floor datum 2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and I 3. appurtenances,referenced to permanent surface improvements Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work I 4. Field changes of dimension and detail 5. Details not on original Contract Drawings 6. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order IG. Submit documents to Engineer with claim for final.Application for Payment. H. File documents and samples in accordance with Data Filing Format of the Uniform IConstruction Index. I. Maintain documents in clean,dry, legible condition and in good order. Do not use record Idocuments for construction purposes. J. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer. IK. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code designated by Engineer. I 1416-C3 02 700 Contrast Closeout 01700-3 ZE —ENGINEERS- 1 1 SECTION 01700 ' CONTRACT CLOSEOUT L. Label each document"Project Record"in neat,large printed letters. , 1.7 WARRANTIES A. Provide duplicate notarized copies. ' B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. ' C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in three"D"side ring binder with durable plastic cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion,provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance,listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts,maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections B. Deliver to Project site;obtain receipt prior to final payment. C. Store the items in a clean,dry,heated, storage shed, or bonded warehouse. D. Protect all items from damage during storage. Store in sturdy wooden boxes or crates with lid. 1.9 DELIVERY TO OWNER A. At or prior to time of inspection for Substantial Completion deliver all required items to Owner at place on site designated by Owner: 1. Contractor and representatives of Owner and Engineer shall inspect and inventory all items delivered. B. Submit to Engineer detailed itemized summary of all items delivered: 1. Organize summary by specification sections 2. Indicate on summary any items delivered which were damaged or defective 3. Contractor and Owner's and Engineer's representatives shall sign summary certifying that all items listed were delivered and that,unless otherwise noted on summary, all items were in good condition at time of delivery to Owner C. Engineer will review summary for completeness and inform Contractor promptly of any I deficiencies therein. I 1416-03 01700 Contract Clout 01700-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I ' SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ' D. Contractor shall deliver all additional items identified by Engineer and replace all damaged and defective items noted on original summary before requesting final inspection. E. Summary for additional and replacement items, signed by Contractor and Owner's and Engineer's representatives, shall be submitted. ' 1.10 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete,he shall submit to ' Engineer: 1. A written notice that the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. ' 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected, B. Within reasonable time after receipt of such notice,Engineer will make an inspection to determine status of completion. C. Should Engineer determine that the Work is not substantially complete: ' 1. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing,giving reasons therefore 2. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in the Work and send second written notice of Substantial Completion to Engineer 3. Engineer will reinspect the Work D. When Engineer finds that the Work is substantially complete,he will::: 1. Prepare and deliver to Owner tentative Certificate of Substantial Completion with ' tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. 2. After consideration of any objections made by Owner as provided in Conditions of the Contract and when Engineer considers the Work substantially complete,he ' will execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor definite Certificate of Substantial Completion with revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected. ' E. No Certificate of Substantial Completion will be issued by Engineer until detailed itemized summary is submitted for review. ' F. Final payment will not be made until all specified spare parts,maintenance materials,and special tools have been delivered to Owner in acceptable condition. 1.11 FINAL INSPECTION ' A. When Contractor considers the Work is complete, Contractor shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents ' 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents 1416-03 01700 Contract Closeout 01700-5 Z EL -ENGINEERS^ I I SECTION 01700 I CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's I representative and are operational 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection B. Engineer and Consultant will make an inspection to verify status of completion with I reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: I 1. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing listing incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy stated deficiencies and send I second written certification to Engineer that the Work is complete 3. Engineer will reinspect Work. D. When Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under Contract Documents, Engineer 1 shall request Contractor to make closeout submittals. 1.12 REINSPECTION FEES A. Should Engineer and Consultant perform reinspections due to failure of the Work to I comply with claims of status of completion made by Contractor: 1. Owner will compensate Engineer for such additional services of Consultant. 2. Owner will deduct amount of such compensation from final payment to Contractor. I 1.13 FINAL ADJUSTMENTS OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit final statement of accounting to Engineer ' B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to contract sum: I 1. Original Contract Sum 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders I b. Deductions for uncorrected Work c. Deductions for liquidated damages d. Deductions for reinspection payments I e. Other adjustments 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted 4. Previous payments 5. Sum remaining due I 1.14 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements I stated in conditions of the Contract. I 1416-03 01760 Contract Cionout 01700-6 Z I —ENGINEERS— I • ' SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT ' PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' Not Used END OF SECTION 1 i 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1426-03 01700 Contract CIoatout 01700-7 - —ENGINEERS— ' i SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hazards and governing control ' B. Cleaning materials C. General work area conditions during construction ' D. Interior and exterior(site)cleaning ' E. Cleaning of certain parts of the work described in various sections of the specifications 1.2 STORAGE AND HANDLING ' A. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for those, materials 1.3 SCHEDULING A. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by cleaning process will: not fall on newly painted surfaces L4 HAZARDS AND GOVERNING CONTROL ' A. Hazards Control: 1. Store volatile wastes in covered metal containers and remove from premises daily 2. Prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions 3. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances B. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of ' governing authorities including anti-pollution laws: 1.. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site 2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits,oil;or paint thinner in ' storm or sanitary drains PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS ' A. Cleaning Agents: 1. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer ' 2. New and uncontaminated B. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned 1416-03 01710 ficaniag 01710-1 ZEL ' ENGINEERS- SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 3 EXECUTION 1 3.1 GENERAL WORK AREAS DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Maintain premises and public properties free from accumulations of waste and debris , caused by work on this project B. Prevent dust nuisance attributable to this work , C. Do not drop or throw materials from heights greater than 4 foot or less than 4 foot if conditions warrant greater care ' D. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible E. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning ' process will not fall on newly painted surfaces F. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site G. Dispose ofnondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an alternate manner approved by Engineer and regulatory agencies ' H. Repair,patch, and touch-up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces I. On completion of work,leave area in a clean,natural looking condition. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction of required permanent Work 1. 3.2 EXTERIOR(SITE)CLEANING A. Cleaning g Durin Construction: 1, Construction debris: a. Confine in strategically located containers)covered to prevent blowing , by wind b. Remove from work area to container daily c. Haul from site once a week(minimum) 2. Vegetation: Keep weeds and other vegetation trimmed to 3 inch maximum height 3. Remove soils, sand, and gravel;deposited on paved areas and walks as required to prevent muddy or dusty conditions: a. Do not flush into storm sewer system 4. Comply with storinwater general permit requirements, and monitor and employ best management practices(BMP) 1 1416-0301710 C1ean;ng 01710-2 10'2 ZEL -ENGINEERS- 1 Y SECTION 01710 CLEANING ' B. Final Cleaning: 1. Remove trash anddebris containers from site. a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers ' 2. Broom clean paved surfaces 3. Rake cleanother surfaces of grounds ' 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During substantial completion walk thru or prior to start:-up, conduct an inspection with Engineer to Writ',acceptable condition of all work areas: END OF SECTION i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1416-03 arra cleaning 01710-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Maintenance of record documents. Throughout progress of Work,maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract Documents,and,upon completion of Work,transfer recorded changes to set of Record Documents. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Include,but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary ' Conditions,and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. B. Individual sections of Technical.Specifications. ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions under Section 01340, Shop.Drawings,Product Data and Samples. B. Engineer's acceptance of the current status of Project Record Documents will be a ' prerequisite to Engineer's recommendation for payment of progress payments and final payment under the Contract. ' C. Prior to submitting each request for progress payment, secure Engineer's acceptance of the current status of the Project Record Documents. D. Prior to submitting request for final payment, submit the final Project Record Documents ' to Engineer for acceptance. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' ' A. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on Contractor's staff acceptable to Engineer. B. Accuracy of records: 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within Record Documents,making adequate and ' proper entries on each page of Specifications and eachsheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future searches for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from accepted ' Project Record.Documents. C. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred. ' 1416 03 01720 Project Record Documents 01720-1 Z Ei —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01720 , PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS D. Record the exact final location of pipe lines by offset distances to surface improvements , such as edge of existing pavement or to property markers, etc. at a maximum interval of 200 feet. Make sufficient measurements to definitely locate all pipe lines to permanent points. The drawings shall show references to all valves, fittings,pipe material changes, etc. E. Record drawings shall contain the following information: ' 1. Developer's name, address,and phone number. 2. Contractor's name,address,and phone number. 3. Lot numbers and Parcel I.D.Number. 4. Road names and rights-of-way widths. 5. Water and sanitary sewer utility easements. 6. All water service locations and distances from both front property corners of serviced lot for new development construction. 7. All wastewater services with clean-outs and distances from both property corners of serviced lot and from nearest manhole for new development construction. , 8. Invert and top elevations of all manholes as well as state-plane coordinates as supplied by red-lined drawings. 9. Label all sewer services as to distance from a specified manhole,i.e.-Manhole A ' 5+56', 10. Label all water services as to distance from a specified valve,i.e. -Valve 5+56'. Valve numbering shall be sequential to the degree possible. 11. All valves,nodes and fittings for water line construction shall be labeled with state plane coordinates and depths (X,Y,Z) on red-lined drawings. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING ' A. Maintain job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents. B. In the event of loss of recorded data,use means necessary to again secure thedata for ' Engineer's acceptance: 1. Such means shall include,if necessary in the opinion of Engineer,removal and replacement of concealing materials. 2. In such case,provide replacement to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Job set:Promptly following receipt of Owner's Notice to Proceed,secure from Engineer at no charge to Contractor one complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 1416-03 01720 Project Amwd lkiuuucntt 01720-2 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— I - SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS ' B. Final Record Documents: At a time nearing the completion of the Work, secure from Engineer at no charge to Contractor one complete set of blueline copies of all Drawings ' in the Contract. PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 MAINTENANCE OF JOB SET A. Immediately upon receipt of job set,identify each of the Documents with the title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS-JOB SET". B. Preservation: 1. Devise a suitable method acceptable to Engineer for protecting job set, considering the Contract completion time,the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the ' 2. conditions under which these activities will be performed. Do not use job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by Engineer,until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. ' 3. 4. Maintain job set at the site of Work as that site is designated by Engineer. The Engineer may request that project"redlines"be submitted with monthly pay requests. C. Making entries on Drawings: 1. Using:an erasable colored pencil(not ink or indelible pencil),clearly describe the change by graphic line and note as required. ' 2. Date all entries 3. Call attention to the entry by a"cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 4. In the event of overlapping changes,use different colors for the overlapping changes. D. Make entries in pertinent other Documents accepted by Engineer. ' E. Conversion of schematic layouts: 1. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits,piping, ducts, ' and similar items,is shown schematically and is not intended to portray precise physical layout: a. Final physical arrangement is determined by Contractor,subject to Engineer's acceptance. ' b, However, design of future modifications of the facility may require accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are shown only schematically on the Drawings. ' 2. Show on the job set of Record Drawings,by dimension accurate to within one inch,the centerline of each run of items described above: a. Clearly identify the item by accurate note such as "ductile iron drain," ' "galv. water," and the like. ' 1416.03 01720 Project Record Documems 01720-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS- ' SECTION 01720 ' PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS b. Show,by symbol or note, the vertical location of the item ("under slab," , "in ceiling plenum," "exposed," and the like). c. Make all identification so descriptive that it may be related reliably to the Specifications. 3. Engineer may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts where, in Engineer's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However,do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing by Engineer. 3.2 FINAL PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS I A. The purpose of final Project Record Documents is to provide factual information n regarding all aspects of Work,both concealed and visible,to enable future modification of Work to proceed without lengthy and expensive site measurement,investigation, and examination. B. Acceptance of recorded data prior to transfer: ' 1. Following receipt of blueline copies for Final Record Documents, and prior to start of transfer of recorded data thereto,secure Engineer's acceptance of all recorded data. 2. Make required revisions C. Transfer of data to Drawings: , 1. Carefully transfer change data shown on job set of Record Drawings to the corresponding bluelines, coordinating the changes as required. 2. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing,a full description of changes made during construction, and the actual location of items to be located. 3. Call attention to each entry by drawing a"cloud" around the area or areas affected. 4. Make changes neatly, consistently, and with the proper media to assure longevity and legibility. D. Transfer of data to other Documents: 1. If Documents other than Drawings have been kept clean during progress of Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly and acceptable to Engineer,the job set of those Documents other than Drawings will be accepted as final Record Documents. 2. If any such Document is not acceptable to Engineer,,secure a new copy of that Document from the Engineer at Engineer's usual charge for reproduction and handling, and carefully transfer the changed data to the new copy for acceptance by Engineer. E. Review and submittal: 1. Submit completed set of Project Record Documents to Engineer as described above and under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. 1416-03 01720 Project Record Docmnrnts 01720-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— .. . SECTION 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. Participate in:review meetings as required. 3. Make required changes and promptly deliver final.Project Record Documents to Engineer. ' 3.3 CHANGES SUBSEQUENT TO ACCEPTANCE ' A. Contractor has no responsibility for recording changes in Work subsequent to Final Completion, except for changes resulting from Warranty work. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 ' [416-03 01720 Projcci Reeeni Document' 01720-5ZEL —ENGINEERS— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ISECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA IPART 1 GENERAL I1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals IB. Format and content of manuals C. Manual for equipment and systems ID. Instruction of Owner's personnel E. Schedule of submittals 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of the described products. 2. Completely familiar with requirements of this section. I 3. Skilled as a technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data. 4. Skilled as a draftsman:competent to prepare required drawings. I B. Manuals for equipment systems shall be prepared by the equipment manufacturer or system supplier. I C. Compile product data and related information appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract. D. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section and as referenced in Iother pertinent sections of Specifications. 1.3 SUBMITTALS IA. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. I B. Manuals for equipment and systems: 1.. Submit 3 preliminary copies prior to the date of shipment of the equipment or system: I a. Engineer will review b. If approved, "Approved " 1 copy will be returned to Contractor, 1 copy sent to Resident Project Representative and 1 copy retained in Engineer's file Ic. If approved, "Furnish as Corrected," 1 copy will be returned to Contractor, 1 copy sent to Resident Project Representative, and 1 copy retained in Engineer's file 1 I1416-03 01730 Opctation And Maintenance Data 01730-1 Z E —ENGINEERS— , SECTION 01730 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA d. If not approved, "Revise and Resubmit" or"Rejected,"2 copies will be returned to Contractor with Engineer's comments for revision and 1 copy retained in Engineer's file. Resubmit 3 revised preliminary copies for Engineer's review. e. Partial payment of 50 percent for equipment and systems on hand or installed will be made for preliminary manuals returned "Exceptions Noted". f. No-partial payments will be made for equipment and systems on hand or installed until preliminary manuals are submitted and approved. 2. Submit 3 final copies no less than 30 days prior to putting the equipment or system in service. If final manuals differ, from approved preliininaryemanuals, submit 2 copies of any necessary supplemental material with instructions for insertion for conforming Engineer's and Resident Project Representative's copies of preliminary manuals to final manuals: a, Engineer will compare with approved preliminary manual. b. If identical or otherwise approved, "Approved ", Contractor will be so notified. Approved final copies will be transmitted to Owner. c. If not approved, "Revise and Resubmit," or"Rejected"all copies will be returned to Contractor for revision or retained by Engineer and the necessary revision data requested from Contractor at Engineer's option. d. No portion of the Work is substantially complete until final equipment and system manuals relating to that portion of the Work are approved by Engineer: e. Submit 4 copies of any revisions found desirable during instruction of Owner's personnel with instructions for insertion for revising Owner's, Engineer's and Resident Project Representative's copies of manual. f. Submit 2 final CD copies of approved final manuals. g. 2 copies of revisions and one CD copy will be transmitted to Owner and one CD copy retained by Engineer. C. Additional requirements for specialized instruction of Owner's personnel are given in the detailed equipment specifications. 1.4 FORMAT A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's personnel. B. Presentation of Information: 1. Size: 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch 2. Paper: 20 lb weight minimum,white, for typed pages 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data or neatly typewritten 4. Drawings: a. Provide reinforced punched binder tab,bind in with text b. Reduced to 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch by 17 inch and folded to 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch c. Where reduction is impractical, folded and placed in 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch envelopes bound in text 141603 01730 0psacfon And Maimcna re Data 01730-2 ZEL t —ENGINEERS— i e ..r ' SECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Id. Suitably identified on drawings and envelopes 5. Provide flysheets for each separate product or each piece of operating equipment: a. Provide typed description of product and major component parts of I equipment . Provide indexed tabs,may be in color 6. Spine and cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title"OPERATION ' AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS"preceded by the word. "PRELIMINARY"or "FINAL" as applicable. Final manuals to list information on the cover and the spine. List the following: t a. b. Title of project,reference Owner and project location as applicable Identity of separate structure as applicable c. Identity of general subject matter covered in manual and specification section number 7; As much as possible, assembleand bind material in thesame order as specified C. Binders: ' 1; Preliminary manuals:Commercial quality permanent 3-ring or 3 post binders with durable, cleanable,hard plastic covers. .GBC bound manual may be accepted upon review by Engineer. 2. Final manuals: Commercial quality permanent 3-ring or 3 post binders with durable, cleanable,hard plastic covers with clear plastic cover and spine pockets suitable for title andcover inserts. Manufacturer's pre-printed binder may be ' accepted upon review by Engineer. "Deluxe Round Ring View Binder" as manufactured by Wilson Jones or accepted substitution. D. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of table of contents of this Project Manual. E. Provide tabbed flyleaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. F. CD and/or DVD: ' 1. Label each CD and/or start-up DVD provided 2. Provide with project name, section and equipment/system label on CD and for CD case 3.. When multiple CDs or DVDs are required,provide CD/DVD 3-ring plastic binder sheet(s)for insertion into final O&M manual 13 CONTENTS OF EACH VOLUME A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in a systematic order: ' L Contractor,name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 2. A list of each product required to be included,indexed to the content of the volume. ' 3. List, with each product,the name, address and telephone number of: a. Subcontractor or installer b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate ' 7416.0361730 Operation And Mainienance Data 01730-3 Z E _._... —ENGINEERS- ' SECTION 01730 I OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA c. Identify the area of responsibility of each I d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement 4. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set forth in Contract Documents I B. Product data: 1. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product I 2. Annotate each sheet to: a. Clearly identify the specific product or installed b. Clearly identify the data applicable to the installation I c. Delete references to inapplicable information C. Drawings: I 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: a. Relations of component parts of equipment and systems b. Control and flow diagrams 2. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure correct illustration of completed installation: 3. Do not use Project.Record Documents as maintenance drawings D Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: I 1. Organize in a consistentformat under separate headings for different procedures 2. Provide a logical sequence of instructions for each procedures I E. Copy of each warranty,bond and service contract issued: 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: I a. Proper procedures in the event of fracture b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranties or bonds 1.6 MANUALS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS I A. Provide an operation and maintenance manual for each item of equipment or system listed in the schedule of manuals in the quantity listed in the submittal schedule. I B. Content for each of equipment and system as appropriate: 1. Description of unit and component parts: I a. Function,normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions b; Performance curves,engineering data and tests c. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts I 2. Operating procedures: a. Startup,break-in,routine and normal operating instructions b. Regulation,control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions t c. Summer and winter operating instructions, as applicable d. Special operating instructions 3. Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations I b. Guide to "trouble-shooting" 1416.03 01730°Ima[ion Ana Maintenance Dave 01730-4 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— ISECTION 01730 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA c. Disassembly,repair and reassembly d. Alignment, adjusting and checking 4. Servicing and lubrication schedule: I 5. a. List of lubricants required Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 6. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer I 7. Original manufacturer's parts list,illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance: a. Predicted life of parts subject to wear . Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 8. As-installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 9. Each contractor's coordination drawings: Ia. As-installed color coded piping diagrams 10. Charts of valve tag numbers with the location and function of each valve 11. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage I 12. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications C. Content for each electric and electronic item or system, as appropriate: Ii. Description of system and component parts: a. Function,normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions b. Performance curves, engineering data and tests Ic. Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 2. Circuit directories of panelboards: a. Electrical service I b. Controls c. Communications 3. As-installed color coded wiring diagrams I 4. Operating procedures: a. Routine and normal operating instructions b. Sequences required IC.5. Special operating instructions Maintenance procedures: a. Routine operations I b. c. Guide to"trouble-shooting" Adjustment and checking 6. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions I 7. List of original manufacturer's spare parts,manufacturer's current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 8. Other data as required under pertinent sections of specifications ID. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during instruction of Owner's personnel. I E. Additional requirements for Operation and Maintenance Data: The respective sections of specifications. I 1416-03 01730 Opcat:on Ant ManiCnBni:E Data 01730-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 01730 , OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.7 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. Provide under provisions of Section 01650, Starting of Systems. B. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products, equipment and system. C. Operation and maintenance manual constitutes the basis of instruction: 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations and maintenance. 1 D. Additional requirements for specialized instruction of Owner's personnel are given in the detailed equipment specification.. 111 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used ' END OF SECTION ' 1 t 1916-0101730 Qpeaticn And Ma ntrncace Data 01730-6 L ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Demolition,removal,salvage and disposal of existing materials,structures and ' equipment where indicated on the Drawings and as specified in.this Section B. Disconnecting and capping miscellaneous water and chemical feed piping and.electric ' utilities 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 01010-Summary of Work B. Section 09900-Painting ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data, and Samples B. Shop Drawings: Indicate demolition,removal sequence, and location of salvageable items. Indicate location and type of construction for barricades and fences C. Permits and Certificates: Permits and notices authorizing building demolition UI. 2. Certificates of severance of utility service 3. Permit for transport and disposal of debris ' 1.4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01720,Project Record Documents ' B. Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities and subsurface obstructions 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conformto applicable State and local codes for demolition of structures,safety of adjacent structures, dust control, and disposal ' B. Obtain required permits from authorities ' C. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements ' D. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or hydrants without written permission from Owner ' 7416-03 02030 Demolition 02050-1 z E L —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION E. Conform to applicable regulatory procedures when discovering hazardous or contaminated materials 1.6 SEQUENCING , A. Sequence work under the provisions of Section 01010, Summary of Work 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule work under the provisions of Sections 01010, Summary of Work and 01310, Construction Schedules B. Schedule work to avoid disruption of water treatment plant operations during demolition of existing building, systems and equipment scheduled for demolition C. Provide detailed descriptions for demolition and removal procedures 1.8 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting, and patching,including attendant , excavation and backfill,required to complete the Work or to: 1. Make its several parts fit together properly 2. Uncover portions of the Work to provide for installation of ill-timed work 3. Remove and replace defective work 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents 5. Remove samples of installed work as specified for testing ' B. Provide products as specified or as required to complete cutting and patching operations C. Inspection: ' 1. Inspect existing conditions of the Project, including elements subject to damage or to movement during cutting and patching 2. After uncovering work,inspect the conditions affecting the installation of products,or performance of the work 3. Report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions to the Engineer in writing;do not proceed with the work until the Engineer has provided further instructions I D. Preparation: 1. Provide adequate temporary support as necessary to assure the structural value of integrity of the affected portion of the Work 2. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of the Project from damage 3. Provide protection from the elements for that portion of the Project which may be exposed by cutting and patching work, and maintain excavations free from water 4. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products,functions, tolerances and finishes ' 1916-0302050 Demolition 02050-2 Z EL ' —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION ' 5. Restore work which has been cut or removed;install new products to provide completed Work in accord with requirements of Contract Documents ' S. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit and other penetrations through surfaces PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 FILL MATERIALS ' A. Fill Material: Use on site fill material under provisions of Section 02200,Excavation, Filling and Backfilling ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION ' A. Verify areas to be demolished are unoccupied and discontinued in use B. Do not commence work until conditions are acceptable to Engineer ' 3.2 PREPARATION ' A. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers, enclosures, security fences and shoring at demolition locations in accordance with Section 01500,Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls to protect personnel B. Protect existing structures and electrical service which are not to be demolished C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing telephone, electrical, ' instrumentation and control systems in service during construction D. Protect designated trees and plants from damage E. Mark location of existing utilities ' F. Arrange for and verify termination of utility services to include removing meters G. Remove items scheduled to be salvaged for Owner, and place in designated storage area 3.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures ' B. Conduct operations with minimum interference to Owner access. Maintain protected egress and access at all times 1 ' 1416-01 O2O5ODemolition 02050-3 Z E l —ENGINEERS— SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION C. Sprinkle Work with water to minimize dust where applicable. Provide hoses and water , connections for this purpose D. Do not use water to extent causing flooding, contaminated runoff, or icing ' E. Break concrete and masonry into sections,less than 3 feet in any dimension F. Repair damage to adjacent structures G. Parge walls or adjacent structures exposed by demolition work , H. Make neat saw cuts, 1 inch in depth,around areas of concrete to be removed,where remaining concrete is to be incorporated into new work I. Remove existing exposed piping and electrical wiring and conduit to be abandoned to structural surface cut flush,and finish to match existing surfaces J. Remove buried piping, wiring, and conduit to be abandoned as required for the Work. Plug the remainder flush. Wiring to be abandoned shall be removed from the conduit; Conduit designated for reuse shall remain, other it shall be removed , 3.4 DISPOSAL A. Remove demolition debris daily B. Do notstore or bum materials on-site C. Transport demolition debris to disposal area 3.5 SALVAGE A. Carefully remove items to be salvaged and or reused in Work or to be delivered to Owner's storage: 1. Store and protect items indicated on drawings or specified to be reused in Work 2. Replace in kind with new items any item damaged through carelessness in removal, storage, or handling 3. Do not reuse materials or equipment not specifically indicated or specified to be reused B. Preparation of Equipment for Storage: ' 1. Identify each component with markings or tags to show its position in the assembly and the assembly of which it belongs 2. Bundle pump column and shaft sections for convenient storage and handling and provide with platforms, lifting devices and supports to prevent damage and deformation 3. Place small parts in wooden boxes and clearly mark contents on the outside 4. Thoroughly clean and dry equipment 14T 6.0302050Demolition 02050-4 Z E ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 02050 DEMOLITION ' 5. Remove oil from oil-lubricated bearings and gear boxes and replace with storage oil 6. Grease grease-lubricated bearings ' 7. Coat unpainted surfaces with 2 coats of rust-preventive compound 8. Replace any breather plug with solid plug 9. Megger test motor windings, attach report of the test results to the unit and furnish ' one to the Engineer 10. Attach unit to suitable crate bottom 11. Enclose unit in polyethylene film and seal all seams and the film to the base of the I unit with tape 12. Construct crate of wooden slats around top and sides of unit 13. Attach permanent instruction tag to outside of crate stating"This unit has been ' prepared for, storage-replace oil,vent plugs and lubricant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before startup" ' 3.6 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION A. General: 1. Remove,relocate and extend existing installation to accommodate new ' construction 2. Remove abandoned wiring back to nearest outlet or device that is to remain or back to source of supply END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1416.03 02050 Danolition 02050-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - ' SECTION 03000 CONCRETE ' PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cast-in-place concrete ' B. Reinforcing steel ' C. Forms D. Concrete accessories 1.2 REFERENCES A. ACI 304-Recommended Practice for Measuring,Mixing,Transporting and Placing Concrete B. ACI 309 - Standard Practice for Consolidation of Concrete ' C. ACI 315 -Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures D. ACI 318 -Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete E. ASTM A615 -Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement F. ASTM C31 -Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field G. ASTM C33 - Concrete Aggregates H. ASTM C39-Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens I. ASTM C94-Ready-Mixed Concrete J. ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement K. ASTM C171 - Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete L. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the ' Volumetric Method M. ASTM C185 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Hydraulic Cement Mortar ' N. ASTM C260-Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete O. ASTM C309 -Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete P. ASTM C404- Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Grout Q. ASTM C494 - Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 1416-03 03000 Concrete 03000-1 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS- SECTION 03000 ' CONCRETE R. ASTM D1752 -Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete , Paving and Structural Construction S. CRSI-Placing Reinforcing Bars 1 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. B. Shop drawings of reinforcing steel shall show steel for slabs in plan and steel for walls in elevation. Bar lists and bending diagrams shall be submitted as part of the reinforcing steel shop drawings. Fabrication of reinforcing steel shall not commence prior to approval of the shop drawings by the Engineer. C. Shop drawings for metal forms shall be submitted if requested by the Engineer. Shop drawings for metal forms shall show the layout, framing and supports,with unit dimensions and sections,type and location of welds,and details of all required accessories. Include printed literature on Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. D. Except for slabs on grade,placement drawings of all concrete floor and roof slabs showing openings for sleeves,,ducts, chases,etc.,which conform to the equipment, piping,passage ways, etc.,being utilized for the project shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the Engineer for approval. Placement of concrete for slabs shall not commence until the drawings are approved by the Engineer. E. Design Mixes for each class of concrete required shall be submitted for approval. , Concrete proportions,including water-cement ratio,shall be established in accordance with ACI 318-11,Proportioning on the Basis of Field Experience or Proportioning by Water Cement Ratio. Once the mixture for the concrete has been designed,tested, and accepted by the Engineer,the exact mixture proportions shall be used throughout the subsequent casting operations. Submit copies of each design mix and each aggregate gradation for approval. 1.4 STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. Cement and aggregates shall be stored in such a manner as to prevent deterioration or ' intrusion of foreign matter. Steel reinforcing shall be stored on supports that will keep the steel from contact with the ground and in such a manner as to be protected from rusting, oil,grease, and distortion. Store metal forms off the ground;pitch to shed water and cover with waterproof material., 1.5 CONCRETE QUALITY , A. All concrete shall be classified by the 28-day compressive strength, fc. The design slump shall not exceed 4 inches;the air content shall be 5%± 1%. The concrete shall be a workable mixture free from segregation and bleeding. Ready-mix concrete shall confoini to ASTM C94. Job mixed concrete shall be mixed with a standard type of batch 1416-03 03000 Conace 03000-2 ZEL -ENGINEERS- ' 1 SECTION 03000 CONCRETE mixer equipped with adequate facilities for accurate weight measurement and. control of each material entering the mixer. A retarding admixture approved by the Engineer shall be used when the air temperature is 80°F or above. Care shall be taken that the mixing water shall be cold for all concrete mixed in hot weather;in hot weather,materials shall be cooled such that concrete delivered to the project shall not have a temperature higher ' than 75°F, or a mix designed utilizing a superplasticizer shall be used for temperatures up to 87°F. In cold weather, fresh concrete shall be protected from freezing. Concrete shall not be poured unless the air temperature is at least 40°F and rising. B. All concrete not otherwise designated shall be 4,000 psi concrete. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cement: Portland Cement shall be Type I or Type III conforming to ASTM C150, or it ' shall be Type IA or Type IIIA conforming to ASTM C175. Only one brand of cement shall be used for exposed concrete in any individual structure. ' B. Fine Aggregate shall consist of clean,hard natural sand,manufactured sand or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, Concrete Aggregates, and shall be graded from 3/8"to No. 100 sieve. C. Coarse Aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, gravel,or a combination thereof, conforming to the requirement of ASTM C33,Concrete Aggregates, and shall be graded ' to meet the requirements of size number 467, 67 and 7, as appropriate. D. Water shall be clean and free from oils, acids, salts,or other injurious substances. ' E. Admixtures shall be used to provide entrained air. Other admixtures shall be used only with written approval of the Engineer. Air entraining admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260. Other admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494. Calcium chloride will not be ' permitted. F. Curing Paper shall conform to specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C171. G. Reinforcing steel for concrete shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60. All splices shall 1 be lapped 40 diameters unless otherwise noted. Principal reinforcement shall be shifted to miss openings through concrete work. Where the resulting spacing exceeds three times the slab or wall thickness or 18",nominal minimum steel shall be detailed at the ' centerline of the opening and#5 corner bars shall be added in each layer of reinforcement. Reinforcement shall be placed in accordance with CRSI Manual "Placing Reinforcing Bars". ' H. Welded Wire Fabric shall conform to ASTM A185. Splices shall be lapped one bar spacing plus 2 inches but not less than 8 inches. Fabrics from wire gauges 12 ga. and smaller shall be galvanized. 1416-03 03000 Concrete 03 000-3 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS- I SECTION 03000 ' CONCRETE I. Forms shall be of wood,metal, or other material approved by the Engineer. The ' Contractor shall furnish forms,structurally adequate for the imposed loads that result in correctly aligned concrete. For exposed concrete surfaces,Forms;thoroughly braced and tied together with approved corrosion resistant devices, shall be used for exposed concrete surfaces. Form ties shall be free of devices that will leave a hole or depression larger than 7/8"in diameter back of exposed surfaces of concrete, and such that when forms are removed,no metal shall be within one inch of finished surface. Curved surfaces concealed below grade may be formed in planes up to 2'-0"wide. Holes left by form ties shall be grouted,and the surface left smooth and flush. Exposed corners of walks, and slabs shall be rounded. Exposed corners of formed concrete shall have a 3/4 ' inch chamfer unless otherwise noted. J. Preformed Expansion Joint Filler Strips shall conform to ASTM D1752. ' K. Grout shall be a portland cement grout consisting of one part of cement,two and one-half parts of sand and the minimum quantity of water to make a workable mix. Cement shall conform to ASTM C150,Type I and sand shall conform to ASTM C404, Size 2. L. Joint Sealant shall be Sika®Duoflex'I SL or NL with Sika®Duoflex®Primer 5050 as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corp.,or the comparable products of W.R.Meadows, Inc.,W. R.Grace, or Williams Equipment Co. M. Bonding Compound: Sika"Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod"bonding compound, or approved equal. ' N. Epoxy Adhesive(for grouting dowels): Sika"Sikadur Anchorfix-4",or approved equal O. Stud Anchors shall be Hilti HY-200 System Adhesive Anchors suitable for installation in , drilled holes in concrete. The anchors shall be as manufactured by Hilti,Rawlplug, Simpson or approved equal. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. B. Verify that anchors, seats,plates,reinforcement and other items to be case into concrete are accurately placed,positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete. ' 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush, sandblasting, or pressure , washing, and applying bonding agent in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing , concrete and insert steel dowels with chemical anchor system. 1416-O303000Concrete 03.000-4 Z E . _ —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 03000 CONCRETE 3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. All embedded items included in an area shall be installed before concrete placement ' begins. Full cooperation shall be given other trades to install embedded items. Suitable templates or instructions,or both,shall be provided for setting items not placed in the forms. Embedded items shall have been installed and inspected and tests for concrete ' shall have been completed and approved by the Engineer before concrete is placed. No "boxing out" or"cutting"will be permitted unless indicated on plans or ordered in writing by the Engineer. 3.4. WORKMANSHIP A. Placing:. Concrete shall not be cast without approval of the Resident Project Representative prior to ordering concrete. In accordance with the recommendations of "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete",ACI Committee 309,concrete shall be placed in the forms and mechanically vibrated to produce concrete without segregation or ' honeycomb. Slabs and beam stems shall be placed in one operation. Concrete shall be placed continuously between construction joints. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and segregation. If there is a delay in placement,the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated by mechanical vibration. During the casting of wall sections not less than two mechanical vibrators shall be operated continuously,for each casting location. The concrete shall not be freely dropped more than 6 feet,nor moved horizontally, after being deposited,more than 5 feet. The Contractor shall provide sufficient "windows",chutes or other means or methods of depositing the concrete to comply with these requirements. ' The concrete shall be brought to correct level with a straight edge and struck off. Bullfloats shall be used to smooth the surface of slabs. Power floating of the slabs shall. begin when the water sheen has disappeared, and/or the mix has stiffened sufficiently that ' the weight of a man standing on it leaves only a slight imprint on the surface. B. Reinforcing bars shall be free from scale, oil, and structural defects. The system of ' holding the bars in place shall insure that all steel in the top layer will support the weight of the workman without displacement and be placed in accordance with ACI Codes 318 and 315. Reinforcement in slabs on grade shall be supported on stable concrete supports. All reinforcing steel within the limits of a day's pour shall be in place and firmly wired before concrete placement starts. C. Construction joints shall be formed at the locations shown on the plans,unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Joints which must be formed in other locations shall be waterstopped where appropriate, shall be adequately keyed and doweled,and shall be formed along either a horizontal or a vertical line. t D. Curing and Protection: All freshly cast concrete shall be protected from the damaging g effects of the elements -freezing,rapid drop in temperature, and loss of moisture, and U from future construction operations. The Contractor shall maintain the concrete temperature above 50oF for the first 10 days after placing. All concrete shall be cured by flooding with clean water or by keeping forms and other protecting material wet with clean water for a minimum of 10 days. All surfaces neither protected by forms nor 1116.03 03000 Cosmic 03000-5 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS— SECTION 03000 I CONCRETE covered with water for the entire 10 day period shall be kept wet and covered with curing I paper meeting the requirements of the specification for sheet materials for Curing Concrete,ASTM C171. If a floor is left uncovered during the curing period, a film of water shall be clearly visible at all times on the entire surface of the slab. E. Membrane Curing Compound may be used in lieu of water curing on concrete which will. not be covered later with topping,mortar, or additional concrete. Membrane curing compound shall be spray applied at a coverage of not more than 300 square feet per gallon. Unformed surfaces shall be covered with curing compound within 30 minutes after final finishing. If forms are removed before the end of the specified curing period, curing compound shall be immediately applied to the formed surfaces before they dry out. Curing compound shall be suitably protected from abrasion during the curing period. F. Removal of Forms: The forms shall not be removed until the concrete has attained. sufficient strength to prevent cracking or other injury,but in no case less than 75%of its design strength. When forms are removed,the Contractor shall place adequate reshores to prevent injury to the concrete by construction loads. The sole responsibility for safe practice in this rejard shall be the Contractor's. I 3.5 CONCRETE FINISHES A. Rough or Form Board Finish: All concrete wall surfaces which are not exposed to view I may be given this finish. This finish has, as a prerequisite,a thoroughly vibrated concrete which will give a surface smooth, free from air pockets,water pockets, sand streaks,or honeycomb. After the removal of the forms, all fins shall be cut off; all holes, depressions,and rough spots shall be carefully pointed up with mortar having the same proportions of cement and sand as used in the concrete being treated. The surface film of all pointed surfaces shall be carefully removed before setting occurs,otherwise, surfaces shall be left with the texture imparted by the forms. B. Rubbed Finish: Walls,beam, sill, and under slab surfaces which are exposed to view shall have a rubbed finish. As soon as the rough surface finish has set sufficiently,the entire surface shall be wet with a brush and rubbed with a No. 16 Carborundum stone,to bring the surface to a paste. The rubbing shall be continued sufficiently to remove all form marks and projections, and to produce a smooth dense surface without pits or irregularities. The material which is ground to a paste,in the above process, shall be carefully spread or brushed uniformly over the entire surface and allowed to take a"re- set". The final finish shall be obtained by a thorough rubbing with a No. 30 Carborundum stone. This rubbing shall continue until the entire surface is of smooth texture and uniform in color. The surfaces shall be stripped evenly with a brush so as to remove excess paste, and the surface left smooth with only enough paste remaining to obtain a uniform color. C. Float Finish: The surface of all concrete slabs shall,unless otherwise hereinafter I specified,be given a float finish. The structural slab shall be brought to the established grade by screeding. The surface shall be tested for irregularities with a straightedge. Irregularities shall be eliminated and the entire surface finished with a wooden hand float I I416-03 03030 Cow.rctc 03000-6 ZEL —ENGINEERS-- I SECTION 03000 CONCRETE ' or finishing machine. Finish shall be a true plane within a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 10 feet measured in any direction. ' D. Broom Finish: Surfaces of the roof slab, and exterior walkways or platforms shall be given a broom, finish. A smooth,true and uniform surface is a prerequisite for this finish. When the progress of the set provides the proper consistency, the surface shall be raked ' witha broom to give parallel transverse lines in the surface, and to give a uniform texture. E. Standard Trowel Finish: All interior floors shall be trowel finished. Both power and hand troweling shall be required. Power troweling shall begin as soon as little or no cement paste clings to the blade. Troweling shall be continued until the surface is dense, smooth,and free of all minor blemishes,such as trowel marks. Hand troweling shall be required to remove slight imperfections left by the troweling machine and to bring the surface to a dense smooth finish. Sprinkling of dry cement or a mixture of dry cement ' and sand on the surface of the fresh concrete shall not be permitted. 3.6 SAMPLES AND TESTS A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the concrete mix designs, test cylinders for proving the mix designs,tests for the aggregate gradation and quality, for molding test cylinders during the progress of the job,delivering the cylinders for testing to the ' laboratory,testing for slump and air content,and for conducting load tests,if required. The Owner will pay directly for any excess 28 day tests of the concrete cylinders molded during the progress of the work. Tests made at the age of 7 days will be at the ' Contractor's expense. Before proceeding with the mix design,the Contractor shall obtain approval by the Engineer of the testing laboratory. Tests not specifically indicated to be done at the Owner's expense, including the retesting of rejected materials and installed work, shall be done at the Contractor's expense. B. Cylinders: Make one strength test per 50 yards of each class of concrete placed but not 1 less than one for each days pour. Mold and cure three cylinders for each strength test in accordance with ASTM C31. Test two cylinders after 28 days for acceptance in. accordance with ASTM C39; test the third cylinder only where either of the tests of the ' two cylinders is irregular or`unacceptable. Additional cylinders must be molded if day test is made at contractor's option. C. Slump:, 'Tests for slump shall be performed at the job site on all concreteimmediately' prior to placing in accordance with the Test for Slump of Portland.Cement Concrete, ASTM Cl 43. :If the slump varies from that of the design mix by more than that permitted by ASTM C94,the concrete shall be rejected. In no case shall the maximum specified water cement ratio of the approved mix design be exceeded. D. Air Content: One test for air content shall be made for each strength test. This test shall ' be made on a concrete sample that has been removed when consolidation of the concrete in the forms has been completed and shall be in accordance with the Test for Air Content of Freshly Mixed.Concrete by the Volumetric Method,ASTM Cl 73. 14)6-03 03000 Concrete. 03 000-7 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS I SECTION 03000 1 CONCRETE E. Load Test: If there exists any evidence of faulty workmanship,violations of 1 specifications, or likelihood of concrete having been frozen, load tests may be required in accordance with ACI 318. These tests shall be under the direction of the Engineer. 3.7 CONCRETE REPAIRS A. Correction of Deficiencies: The Contractor shall be responsible for correction of concrete work which does not conform to the specified requirements,including strength, honeycomb,spalls, cracks, chips,holes,fins,tolerances and finishes. Where shrinkage cracks occur in slabs,walls, etc.,the cracks shall be pressure grouted with epoxy grout to restore the concrete strength and eliminate leaks. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 i t 1 1 1 I-016-03 03000 Ccn�ac 03000-8 _. —ENGINEERS— SECTION 13020 MODULAR BUILDINGS i PART GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES ' A. Designed,pre-engineered and pre-fabricated modular buildings 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. System: Pre-finished modular building system, site installed B. Roof slope: Not less than 2 inch in 12 inch ' 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03000-Concrete 1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ' A. Modular Office Building shall be designed and constructed in accordance with all Federal, State,and Local codes. Buildingshall be a"Factory Built"structure complying with the international Building Code(IBC),latest adopted version as per the'localbuilding authority ' and any other codes of applicable regulatory agencies. B. Load Requirements 1. Roof Snow Load: 5 PSF ' 2. Basic Wind Speed: 115 MPH 1.5 SUBMITTALS tA. Submit under provisions of Section 01340,Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples. B. Shop Drawings: 1. General: Indicate assembly dimensions,panel layout,spans,joints,construction details,methods of anchorage,method and sequence of installation,and location of ' structural members. Indicate details of construction for soffits and fascia. Indicate details of roofing system installation including all flashings and roof penetrations. 2. Operating&Maintenance Manuals: Supply manufacturer's standard O&M ' manuals on all fiunished equipment clearly showing all routine maintenance, accessories, safeguards, and operating procedures. O&M manuals shall cone with manufacturer's standard warranty attached. 3. Certification: Submit letter from manufacturer certifying that the building being ' supplied is in 100 percent compliance with the contract documents and all other federal, state and local codes that apply. 1 ' 1416-0313020 Modular Buildings 13020-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS - I SECTION 13020 MODULAR BUILDINGS 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS t A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to state and local code or regulation for performing the Work of this Section. ' 1.8 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING ' A. Deliver, store, and protect materials from damage.. B. Prevent contact with materials which may cause discoloration or staining. ' 1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENT A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop Drawings. ' 1.10 COORDINATION ' A. Coordinate Work with Engineer, Owner,and Construction Contractor. B. Coordinate Work with placement of louvers and miscellaneous wall penetrations. C. Coordinate Work with Owner for all items to be incorporated into Work but are to completed by Owner's own forces. ' 1.11 WARRANTY A. Provide.1 year factory warranty for material and workmanship. Provide individual material 1 warranties from allmaterial manufacturer's whose product warranty exceeds 1 year. B. Warranty: ' 1. Include coverage for exterior and interior surfaces and paints to cover surfaces against chipping,cracking,crazing,or peeling. 2. Include coverage for weather tightness of building enclosure elements after installation. 3. Include coverage for water tightness of roofing system. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS—MODULAR BUILDING SYS 1'EM ' A. Versa Tube Building System–Collierville,TN 1416-03 11020 Modular ButithrEgs 13020-2 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 13020 MODULAR BUILDINGS ' B. Approved Equal 2.2 MATERIALS A. Building structure: 1. Floor: Building shall be fabricated to allow for a crane set of the structure onto a ' permanent foundation that allows bearing on the concrete slab. 2. Walls: Exterior—2 inch by 4 inch, 14 gauge galvanized steel tubular frame 3. Coverings: ' a. Exterior walls: 26 gauge sheet metal panels with 9"rib spacing and baked- on enamel finish both sides. Color selected by Owner. b. Exterior Trim: 29 gauge sheet metal with finish to match wall panels. ' 4. Roof: a. Exterior walls: 26 gauge sheet metal panels with 9"rib spacing and baked- on enamel finish both sides. Color selected by Owner. b. Exterior Trim: 29 gauge sheet metal with finish to match wall panels. c. 12 inch overhangs all around d. 29 gauge sheet metal,finish to match roof panels facia ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Verify site conditions B. Verify that foundation, floor slab,mechanical and electrical utilities, and placed anchors are in correct position. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING ' A. Adjust and clean work. ' B. Remove site cuttings from finish surfaces. C. Clean and wash pre-finished surfaces with mild soap and water,rinse with clean water. ' D. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by Work of this section,consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advice and conform to their instructions. E. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured wall and roofing roofing finishes caused by Work of this section. F. Repair or replace damaged building components as directed by Engineer. Minor damage to components to be touched up in field in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. END OF SECTION ' 1416-03 13020 Modnl r Bantling= 13020-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL- GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 PART 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Division 16,ELECTRICAL, covers the work necessary for the complete electrical ' system. Furnish materials,labor, and equipment in accordance with these Specifications and the accompanying Drawings ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section,16050-Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification C. Section 16110-Raceways ' D. Section 16120—Conductors ' E. Section 16124—Medium-Voltage Cables F. Section 16130—Boxes G. Section 16272—Substation Transformers H. Section 16342—Medium-Voltage Enclosed Local Interrupter Switchgear ' I. Section 16430—Low-Voltage Switchgear ' J. Section 16441 - Safety Switches K. Section 16450-Grounding ' L. Section 16461 -Dry-Type Transformers ' M. Section 16470 Panelboards N. Section 16482—Motor Control Centers—Low Voltage ' O. Section 16483 —Variable Frequency Drive 1.3 WORK PROVIDED OUTSIDE THIS CONTRACT ' A. Incoming underground transformer primary power cables,materials,installation, termination, and connection;under this Contract,provide trench, and backfill, and duct ' system. 1416-03 10010 G®aa;Provision 16010-1 ZEL -ENGINEERS- SECTION 16010 ' ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS B. Transformers supplying main electrical service to the facility;site preparation and ' transformer pad included in this Contract. C. Power company metering facilities, except as indicated. ' 1.4 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS WITH RACEWAY AND ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS FURNISHED, INSTALLED,AND , CONNECTED UNDER DIVISION 16,ELECTRICAL: A. All Equipment shown on the plans with an electrical or control wiring connection shown on the plans. 1.5 INSPECTION OF THE SITE AND EXISTING CONDITIONS ' A. The electrical drawings were developed from information supplied by the Owner. Verify all scaled dimensions prior to submitting bids. B. Before submitting a bid,visit the site and determine conditions at the site and at all existing structures in order to become familiar with all existing conditions and electrical systems which will,in any or manner, affect the work required under this Contract. No subsequent increase in Contract cost will be allowed for additional work required because of the Contractor's failure to fulfill this requirement. 1.6 RESPONSIBILITY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for: 1. Complete systems in accordance with the intent of these Contract Documents. 2. Coordinating the incoming electrical service with the electric utility company providing service. 3. Coordinating the details of facility equipment and construction for all Specification Divisions which affect the work covered under Division 16, ELECTRICAL. 4. Furnishing and installing all incidental items not actually shown or specified,but which are required by good practice to provide complete functional systems. 1.7 DEFINITIONS I A. Integrated Equipment Short Circuit Rating(IESCR): The short circuit current at the line terminals of an assembly which the assembly can interrupt without damage beyond that allowed by NEMA or UL for the short circuit design test for similar equipment;unless otherwise noted,IESCR is expressed in 3-phase,symmetrical,rms amps. 1.8 INTENT OF DRAWINGS A. Electrical plan drawings show only general locations of equipment, devices, and raceway, unless specifically dimensioned. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper routing of raceway, subject to the review of the Engineer. 1416.03 16010 Gems,Rot+isions 16010-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS ' 1.9 DEPARTURES FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Submit to the Engineer in writing details of any necessary,proposed departures from these Contract Documents and the reasons therefore. Make no such departures without written review of the Engineer. 1.10 SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. In accordance with provisions elsewhere in these Contract Documents,manufacturers' names and catalog numbers stated herein are intended to indicate the type and quality of equipment or materials desired. Unless substitution is specifically forbidden,proposed alternatives may be submitted for approval. B. Make requests for review of alternatives in writing to the Engineer before submittals of shop drawings. Provide sufficient material or data to allow evaluation of the proposed alternative and determination of compliance with these Contract Documents. List any proposed deviations from these Contract Documents. r 1.11 STANDARDS,CODES,PERMITS,AND REGULATIONS ' A. Perform all work;furnish and install all materials and equipmentin full accordance with the latest applicable rules,regulations,requirements, and specifications of the following: ' 1. Local Laws and Ordinances. 2. State and Federal Laws. 3: National Electrical Code(NEC). 4. State Fire Marshall. 5. Underwriters"Laboratories (UL). 6. National Electrical Safety Code(NESC). ' 7. American National Standards Institute(ANSI). 8. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association(NEMA). 9. National Electrical Contractor's Association(NECA) Standard of Installation. ' 10. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). 11. Insulated Cable Engineers Association(ICEA). 12. Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA). 13. National Electrical Testing Association(NETA). 14. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). ' B. Conflicts,if any, that may exist between the above items will be resolved at the discretion. of the Engineer. ' C. Wherever the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings exceed those of the above items,the requirements of the Specifications or Drawings govern. Code compliance is mandatory. Construe nothing in the Contract Documents as permitting work not in compliance with these codes. t1416-03 16010 General Pro,siow _ 1601.0-3 -ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16010 , ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS D. Obtain all permits and pay all fees required by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the work. Arrange all inspections required by these agencies. On completion of the work, furnish satisfactory evidence to the Engineer that the work is acceptable to the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. 1.12 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples B. Provide complete manufacturers'descriptive information and shop drawings for equipment,material,and devices furnished under Division 16,ELECTRICAL, interconnection and connection diagrams, in accordance with provisions elsewhere in these Contract Documents. C. In addition to submittals for specific items that may be mentioned in other sections, furnish shop drawing information and submittal data on the following items as applicable to the project: 1. Switchgear 2. Panelboards. 3. Separately mounted circuit breakers and nonfused disconnect switches. 4. PVC conduit. 5. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. 6. Wireway. 7: Pull boxes and junction boxes with any dimension over 12 inches. 8. Terminal junction boxes, 9: Precast handholes. 10. 600-volt conductors. 11. Control cable. 12. Lighting fixtures. 13. Emergency lighting units. 14. Light poles. 15. Pushbuttons, Indicating Lights, Selector Switches: devices and stations . 16. Elapsed time meters, separately mounted. 17. Control relays and timers, separately mounted. 18. Dry type small power transformers, 0-600V primay. 19. Surge protective equipment. 20. Automatic transfer switches. 2.1. Lightning protection system. 22. Conductor and Field Test Data 23. Short circuit and protective device coordination study. D. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS Provide operations and maintenance manuals in accordance with provisions of GENERAL REQUIREMENTS,in these Contract Documents. Provide the number of copies specified therein containing: 1416-03 IC010 Graeral hvvvions 16010-4 l ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 1. Information required by GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. Information listed under individual specification items. 3. Provide reproducible time-current coordination study. ' 1.13 GUARANTY A. Materials, equipment,and workmanship shall be guaranteed in accordance with provisions of General Conditions in these Contract Documents. ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT,COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. GENERAL ' I, Unless otherwise indicated,provide all first-quality,new materials and equipment, free from any defects,in first-class condition, and suitable for the space provided. Provide materials and equipment listed by UL wherever standards have been established by that agency. 2. Where two or more units of the same class of material or equipment are required, provide products of a single manufacturer. Component parts of materials or ' equipment need not be products of the same manufacturer. B. STANDARD PRODUCTS 1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide materials and equipment which are the standard products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such materials and equipment. Provide the manufacturers'latest standard design that conforms to these Specifications. ' C. CLASSIFICATION OF AREAS 1. The following areas are classified nonhazardous and shall use watertight, ' dusttight, and corrosion resistant NEMA 4X materials and methods unless otherwise specified under specific equipment section or noted otherwise on drawings: ' Outdoor Areas 2. The following areas are classified nonhazardous and shall use raintight NEMA 3R materials and methods,unless otherwise noted. ' Piping Gallery 3. The following areas are not classified and shall use dusttight NEMA 1A or NEMA 12 materials and methods: ' All areas not covered above. D. EQUIPMENT FINISH ' 1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide materials and equipment with manufacturers' standard finish system. Provide manufacturers'standard finish color,except 1 1416-03 16010 Gocal Provivons 16010-5 -ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16010 ' ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS where specific color is indicated. If manufacturer has no standard color,finish ' equipment with ANSI No. 61,light gray color. E. EQUIPMENT RATINGS ' 1. Equipment shall be applied only within its rating. Equipment ratings shown are minimums. Voltage and current ratings shall be as required to adequately power the connected equipment. Fault current ratings shall be as shown for the particular item or for the next upstream device that has a fault current rating shown. F, ALTITUDE 1. Provide materials and equipment suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at the elevations given on the plans in feet above mean sea level, G. OUTDOOR EQUIPMENT 1. Provide equipment and devices to be installed outdoors or in unheated enclosures capable for continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 10 degrees F to 110 degrees F. If the equipment being provided will not work within these ambient temperatures,then additional heating or cooling must be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.2 MOUNTING HARDWARE FOR ALL ITEMS A. Provide all fasteners and mounting hardware of Type 316 stainless steel. This shall include screws, anchors,bolts,nuts, fasteners,rivets, or any other fastening or mounting hardware. B. Unistrut: Provide all unistrut mounting channel made of Aluminum or Stainless Steel 111 and all track and mounting hardware for unistrut out of Stainless Steel. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install materials and equipment correctly using workers skilled in the Particular trade. Provide work which has a neat and finished appearance. Carry out work in accordance with NEMA Standard of Installation,unless otherwise specified. B. Coordinate electrical work with Engineer and work of other trades to avoid conflicts, ' errors, delays, and unnecessary interference with operation of the plant during construction. C. Check the approximate locations of light fixtures, electrical outlets, equipment, and other electrical system components shown on Drawings for conflicts with openings, structural members, and components of other systems and equipment having furred locations. In the event of conflicts,notify the Engineer in writing. The Engineer's decision shall govern. Make modifications and changes required to correct conflicts. 1416-03 16010 Gera]Provmons - 16010-6 —ENGINEERS— 1 1 SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS ' 3.2 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Throughout this Contract,provide protection for materials and equipment against loss or damage in accordance with provisions elsewhere in these Contract Documents. Throughout this Contract,follow manufacturers'recommendations for storage. Protect everything from the effects of weather. Prior to installation, store items in clean,dry, ' indoor locations. Store in clean,dry,indoor,heated locations items subject to corrosion under damp conditions, and items containing electrical insulation, such as transformers, conductors,motors, and controls. Energize all space heaters furnished with equipment. Provide temporary heating,sufficient to prevent condensation, in transformers, switchboards,motors, and motor control centers which do not have space heaters. ' B, Following installation,protect materials and equipment from corrosion,physical damage, and the effects of moisture on insulation. When equipment intended for indoor installation is installed at the Contractor's-convenience in areas where itis subject to ' dampness,moisture, dirt, or other adverse atmosphere until completion of construction, ensure that adequate protection from these atmospheres is provided that is acceptable to the Engineer. Cap conduit runs during construction with manufactured seals. Keep ' openings in boxes or equipment closed during construction. Energize all space heaters furnished with equipment. 3.3 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Follow manufacturers'installation instructions explicitly,unless otherwise indicated. ' Wherever any conflict arises between the manufacturers'instructions,codes and regulations, and these Contract Documents,follow Engineer's decision. Keep copy of manufacturers'installation instructions on the jobsite available for review at all times. ' B. Use appropriate conduit and conductor entry fittings with enclosures which maintain the specified enclosure environmental capability after proper installation. ' 3.4 REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF MATERIALS-AND EQUIPMENT A. Where existing materials and equipment are removed or relocated,remove all materials ' no longer used such as studs, straps,conduits, and wires. Remove or cut off concealed or embedded conduit,boxes, or other materials and equipment to a point at least 3/4-inch below the final finished surface . ' B. Repair affected surfaces to conform to the type, quality, and finish of the surrounding surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Follow specific instructions given by the tequipment manufacturer. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING ' A. Lay out work carefully in advance. Do not cut or notch any structural member or building surface without specific approval of Engineer. Carefully carry out any cutting, ' ;416-03 16010 Grazra7 Provision, 16010-7 ZEL I ENGINEERS- SECTION 16010 1 ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS channeling, chasing,or drilling of floors,walls,partitions, ceilings,paving,or other ' surfaces required for the installation, support,or anchorage of conduit,raceways,or other electrical materials and equipment. Following such work,restore surfaces neatly to original condition. Use skilled craftsmen of the trades involved. 3.6 LOAD BALANCE A. The Drawings and Specifications indicate circuiting to electrical loads and distribution equipment. Balance electrical load between phases as nearly as possible on switchboards, panelboards,motor control centers,etc. 3.7 MOTOR ROTATION A. After final service connections are made, check and correct the rotation of all motors. B. Coordinate rotation checks with the Engineer and the Contractor responsible for the driven equipment. Submit a written report to the Engineer for each motor verifying that rotation has been checked and corrected. 3.8 CLEANING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A. Keep the premises free from accumulation of waste material or rubbish. Upon completion of work,remove all materials, scraps, and debris from premises and from ' interior and exterior of all devices and equipment. Touch up scratches,scrapes,:or chips in interior and exterior surfaces of devices and equipment with finishes matching as nearly as possible the type,color, consistency,and type of surface of the original finish. ' if extensive damage is done to equipment paint surfaces,refinish the entire equipment in a manner that provides a finish equal to or better than the factory finish,that meets the requirements of the Specifications, and that is acceptable to the Engineer. ' 3.9 INSPECTION A. Allow materials, equipment,and workmanship to be inspected at any time by the ' Engineer,or their representatives. Correct work,materials, or equipment not in accordance with these Contract Documents or found to be deficient or defective in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3.10 SHORT CIRCUIT AND PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION A. The ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER shall provide short circuit and phase and ground fault coordination such that the following conditions are met: 1, Each item will withstand the maximum fault to which it is exposed. 2. Utilizationequipment and conductor systems are protected from thermal damage. 3. An overload or short circuit will cause operation of the next upstream device and no others. 4, Device operation will not occur on steady state or inrush conditions. 1416-03 14010 Galen!provisions 16010-8 ZELt —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL- GENERAL PROVISIONS B. The Drawings and Specifications indicate the general requirements for the electrical equipment being provided. Changes and additions to equipment characteristics may be required as a result of the investigation of short circuit and protective device coordination. ' Submit any such proposed changes and additions as a part of the SUBMITTAL DRAWINGS. Necessary field settings of devices, and adjustments and minor modifications to equipment to accomplish conformance with the manufacturers short ' circuit and protective device coordination shall be carried out by the particular manufacturer or by the Contractor. ' 3.11 CHECKOUT AND STARTUP A. During checkout and,startup of the various plant systems,provide a crew of skilled craftsmen to be available for checkout and troubleshooting activities as required by the Engineer: Since coordination with other crafts and contractors will often be required,the craftsmen assigned to checkout must be available outside normal working hours when necessary. 3.12 TESTS ' A. Carry out tests specified hereinafter and as indicated under individual items of materials and equipment specified in other sections. B. OPERATIONS:After the electrical system installation is completed and at such time as the Engineer rnay indicate, conduct an operating test for approval. Demonstrate that the ' equipment operates in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications and Drawings. Demonstrate that protective.functions are operating properly and are properly incorporated in control system, circuit breaker,and motor control center circuitry. Perform the test in the presence Of the Engineer: Furnish all instruments and personnel required for the tests. The Owner will furnish the necessary electric power. C. VOLTAGE:When the installation is essentially complete and the plant is in operation, ' check the voltage at the point of termination of the power company supply system to the project. Check voltage amplitude and balance between;phases for loaded and unloaded conditions. ' D. Record the supply voltage(all three phases simultaneous on the samegaph) for 24 hours during a normal working day. Submit the recording with a letter of transmittal to the ' Owner and his authorized representative within 5 days of the date the test was taken. E. If an unbalance(as defined by NEMA) exceeds 1 percent, or if the voltage varies ' throughout the day and from loaded to unloaded conditions more than plus or minus 4 percent of nominal,make a written request to the power company, with a copy to the Owner and his authorized representative, that the condition be corrected. If corrections ' are not made,obtain from a responsible power company official a written statement that the voltage variations and/or unbalance are within their normal standards. Send a copy of this statement with a transmittal letter to the Owner and his authorized representative. 1416-03 16010 Gmenil Previsions 16010-9 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16010 , ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS F, EQUIPMENT LINE CURRENT AND VOLTAGE: Check the line current and voltage in each phase for each piece of equipment. If the power company makes adjustments to the supply voltage magnitude or balance,make the line current check after the adjustments are made. If any phase current in any piece of equipment is above the rated nameplate current, determine the cause of the problem and submit it in writing to the Engineer. G. CONDUCTOR AND EQUIPMENT FIELD TESTS: , 1. The.Contractor shall furnish the necessary test equipment and labor to test the insulation of the electrical equipment and circuits before they are energized. A 500-volt megger shall be used to test the insulation resistance of equipment and circuits insulated for 600 volts. 2. The insulation to ground of each conductor shall be tested and must be at least 5 megohms. The insulation resistance of motors shall be at least 80 percent of the ' factory test value. The insulation resistance of motors for which factory test: values are not available must be at least equal to the:values required for low voltage transformers. 3. The insulation resistance of low voltage transformers must be at least as great as the following values: Case Temperature Test Value 0 12.0 10 7.0 20 4.2 30 2.5 40 1.5 50 1.0 4. Any equipment which does not pass test shall be replaced or repaired to bring the insulation resistance up to the value of comparable new equipment. Any piece of equipment which passes the above test but is significantly below values obtained for comparable new equipment or which the Contractor or the Engineer believe to be faulty on the basis of insulation resistance testsshall be replaced or repaired as above. 5. A written record of all insulation resistance tests shall be kept. The test records shall show the Contractor,tester,witness(if any),date, air temperature at test site, test instrument manufacturer,model and serial number. For each tested circuit or apparatus,the records shall show the test voltage and test results in megohms. These records shall be turned over to the Engineer on request or at the end of the work. 1 1416.03 16010 a 1 Pravisi,ns 16010-10 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL- GENERAL PROVISIONS ' H. METER TESTING:After installation,each meter in an electrical assembly shall be calibrated by NEC traceable standards: Where metering circuits include instrumentation transformers, the circuits shall be calibrated using primary injection A record of the 1 calibration, certifying the calibration and fitness of the standards, shall be submitted to the Engineer. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1416-03 16010 Genasl Provisions 16010-11 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1 PART 1 GENERAL ' L1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete,the materials ' specified hereinafter. 1.2. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010-Electrical—General Provisions ' 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. ' B. NEMA ICS 1 General Standards for Industrial Control Systems. C. NEMA ICS 2 - Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. D. NEMA ICS 3 -Industrial Systems. E. NEMA ICS 6-Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. F. IEEE-All applicable standards G. UL All applicable standards 1.4 SUBMITTALS ' A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product.Data and Samples ' B. Provide complete manufacturers'descriptive information and shop drawings for equipment,material, and devices furnished under Division 16, ELECTRICAL, interconnection and connection diagrams,in accordance with provisions elsewhere in ' these Contract Documents. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SERVICE ENTRANCE A. When service entrance work is required provide materials and work, as required by the electric utility which will provide service to the facility, for installation of service conductors, and mounting of utility company equipment. All such materials and work shall meet the requirements of the utility company. ' 1416-03 16050 fluicMae-;� 16050-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16050 ' BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 2.2 WIRING DEVICES A. Switches: 1. General Use Switches: Provide specification grade, totally-enclosed,ac type,quiet tumbler switches meeting NEMA WD 1 performance standards and Federal Specification W-S-896E, and capable of control of 100 percent tungsten filament and fluorescent lamp loads. Use switches rated at 20 amps, 120/277 volts. Provide operating handles colored ivory. Switches shall have screw terminals. 2. Weatherproof Switches:Use switches as specified mounted in a cast metal box with Basketed,weatherproof device plateasspecified. 3. Switches with Pilot Lights Provide switches as specified with 125 volt,neon light with red jewel, or lighted toggle which is lighted when the switch is ON. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers:Bryant, General Electric,Hubbell,Pass and Seymour,or equal. B. Receptacles: ' 1; Single and Duplex:Provide specification grade receptacles meeting NEMA WD 1 performance standards and Federal Specification W-C 596,and,having a contact arrangement such that contact is made on two sides of each inserted'blade without I detent. Use two-pole,three wire grounding type receptacles rated 20 amps, 125 volts,NEMA Configuration 5-20R,and with screw type wire terminals suitable for No. 10 AWG. Provide high strength thermoplastic bases colored ivory. Acceptable manufacturers: Bryant, General Electric,Hubbell,Pass and Seymour, Sierra,or equal. 2. Weatherproof Receptacles:Receptacles shall be specified above mounted in a cast metal box with gasketed,weatherproof device plate as specified below. 3. Ground Fault interrupter(GFI)Receptacles: Provide duplex specification grade GFCI receptacles tripping at 5 milliamps;rated 20 amps, 120 volts,NEMA Configuration 5-20R. Use units meeting NEMA WD 1., fitting standard sized outlet boxes,having provision for testing, and ivory in color. Use standard model where ground fault protection is needed. Do not use feed-thru model. Acceptable manufacturers:Pass and Seymour,Arrow Hart,Hubbel,or equal. 4. Corrosion-Resistant Receptacles Receptacles shall meet the requirements for single and duplex Receptacles, above. Receptacle bodies shall be made from polycarbonate or other corrosion-resistant material. Metal parts shall be stainless steel or nickel plated brass or bronze. Receptacles shall be mounted in a nonmetallic box with a gasketed corrosion-resistant device plate as specified below. 5. Special Purpose Receptacles: Provide receptacles of the type,rating, and number of poles indicated or required for the anticipated purpose. Furnish a matching plug with cord-grip features for each special purpose receptacle. ' C. Device Plates: 1. Provide plates fitting closely and tightly to the box on which they are to be installed. On surface mounted boxes,provide plates which do not extend beyond the sides of 1416-03 16050-2 AtG- Z E -ENGINEERS- SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS ' the box unless the plates do not have sharp corners or edges. Flush mount plates shall be oversize style plates. 2. Use plate material compatible with the box material such that galvanic corrosion of ' the plate and/or box does not occur. 3. Metal (M)Plates: Provide specification grade,one-piece,0.040-inch nominal minimal thickness,No. 430 satin finish stainless steel device plates with oval-head, ' matching mounting screws. 4. Engraved Plates: Where device titles are indicated,provide device plates engraved with the designated titles. Provide engraved letters,numbers,or characters 3/16-inch ' high with filler of red color. 5. Acceptable Manufacturers: Cooper,Arrow Hart,Leviton, or equal. ' D. Weatherproof(WP) Plates: 1. Where weatherproof receptacles are designated,the receptacle shall be installed in the specified box with a gasketed, weatherproof, cast metal or stainless steel cover plate with individual cap over each receptacle opening and stainless steel mounting screws. Utilize plates with caps held tightly closed with stainless steel springs when receptacle is not in use. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric,Bryant, Hubbell,Sierra,Pass and.Seymour, Crouse-Hinds,Bell, or equal. 2. Where weatherproof switches are designated,the switch shall be installed in the specified box with a gasketed,weatherproof,cast metal cover plate incorporating an external operator for the internal switch and with stainless steel mounting screws. Acceptable manufacturers and types: Crouse-Hinds DS-181 or DS-185,Appleton FSK-1VTS or FSK-1VS, or equal. ' 3. Raised Sheet Metal (SM)Plates: Provide 1/2-inch high zinc-or cadmium-plated steel device plates designed for one-piece drawn type sheet steel boxes.. 4. Corrosion-Resistant(CR)Plates:Where corrosion-resistant receptacles are ' designated, the receptacle shall be installed in the specified box with a gasketed, weatherproof,corrosion-resistant,nonmetallic cover plate individual cap over each receptacle opening and stainless steel mounting screws. Use plates with caps held ' tightly closed with stainless steel springs when receptacle is not in use. Acceptable manufacturers: General Electric,Hubbell,or equal. ' 2.3 FUSES, 0 TO 600 VOLTS A. Provide a complete set of current-Iimiting fuses whenever fuses are indicated. Supply a ' set of six spare fuses of each type and each current rating installed. Utilize fuses that fit mountings specified with switches and which provide features rejecting Class H fuses. Provide the following types : 1. For 0-to 600-volt motor and transformer circuits, 0 to 600 amps,UL Class RK-1 with time delay, Bussmann Type LPS-RK, Shawmut Type A6D-R, or equal. 2. For 0-to 250-volt motor and transformer circuits, 0 to 600 amps, UL Class RK-1 ' with time delay, Bussmann Type LPN-RK, Shawmut Type A2D-R, or equal. 1416.03 15050 Beau Mitten16050-3 L —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 3. For 0-to 600-volt feeder and service circuits, 0 to 600 amps,UL Class RK-1, ' Bussmann Type KTS-R, Shawmut Type A6K-R, or equal. 4. For 0-to 250-volt feeder and service circuits, 0 to 600 amps, UL Class RK-1, Bussmann Type KTN-R, Shawmut Type A2K-R, or equal. 2.4 PUSHBUTTONS,INDICATING LIGHTS,AND SELECTOR SWITCHES A. For nonhazardous,indoor,dry locations, including motor control centers, control panels, ' and individual stations,provide heavy-duty, oiltight type pushbuttons, indicating lights, selector switches, and stations for these devices. Utilize Square D Type K,Alien Bradley,Cutler-Hammer Type T, or other acceptable manufacturer. B. For nonhazardous,outdoor,or normally wet locations, or where otherwise indicated, provide heavy-duty corrosion-resistant,watertight type pushbuttons, or_indicating lights, or selector switches mounted in NEMA 4X watertight enclosures. Provide special gasketrng required to make complete station watertight. Utilize Square D Type SK,or equivalent by Alien Bradley; Cutler-Hammer, or other manufacturers. C. Provide devices meeting the requirements of NEMA ICS 2,and having individual, extra large nameplates indicating'their specific function. Provide pushbutton stations with laminated plastic nameplates indicating the drive they control. Provide contacts with NEMA designation rating A600. Install provisions for locking pushbuttons and selector switches in the OFF position wherever lockout provisions are indicated. ' D. Utilize selector switches havingstandard operating levers, Make all indicating lights transformer push-to-test type, Provide ON or START pushbuttons colored black. , Provide OFF or STOP pushbuttons colored red. 2.5 TERMINAL BLOCKS 0 TO 600 VOLTS A. Provide terminal blocks for termination of control circuits at enclosures and for termination of power and control conductors where shown. Terminal blocks shall be solderless box lug type,rated for the highest phase-to-phase voltage used in the enclosure. Provide terminal blocks manufactured by Square D, General Electric, or equal. 2.6 CHANNEL FRAMING A. Provide Unistrut channel framing, fittings, and hardware of stainless steel in corrosive areas and aluminum in other areas. Contractor may propose, for review by the Engineer, a welded framework as a substitution provided there is no additional cost to the Owner. 2.7 SWITCHBOARD MATTING ' A. Provide 36-inch wide switchboard matting having a breakdown of 20 kV,minimum. Manufacturers: U.S. Mat and Rubber Company; or equal ' 1416-9316050Basic Materials 16050-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16050 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 WIRING DEVICES ' A. Switches: Mount switches for switch operation in the vertical position. ' B. Receptacles;Mount receptacles with grounding slot up except where horizontal mol g is indicated,in which case mount with neutral slot Lip. Ground receptacles to boxes with grounding wire, not by yoke or screw contact.. Mount weatherproof receptacles with the hinge for the protective cover above(not at side,or below)the receptacle opening. ' C. MountingHeights: 1. Install wall switch 48 inches above finished floor. ' 2. Install wall convenience receptacle 18 inches above finished floor 3. Install counter convenience receptacle 6 inches above backsplash of counter 4. Install dimmer 48 inches above finished floor ' 5. Install telephone jack 18 inches above finished floor 6. Special Purpose Receptacles: Locate special purpose receptacles where shown. Install and mount the receptacles in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions ' and the applicable codes. D. Device Plates: Securely fasten device plates to switch or receptacle boxes or the wiring ' device contained therein. Install device plates used with flush mounted boxes with all four edges in continuous contact with the finished,wall surfaces without the use of mats or similar materials. Plaster fillings will not be acceptable. Install device plates vertically ' or horizontally with an alignment tolerance of 1116-inch. Do not use sectional type device plates. ' 3.2 SWITCHBOARD MATTING A. Install switchboard matting at switchboards,motor control centers,and panelboards. Matting;shall run the full length of all sides of equipment which have operator controls or ' provide access to devices. ' END OF SECTION 1 1 1 ' 1416-03 16050 Basic Materials 16050-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 i i i 1 111 SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section includes electrical identification materials ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16050-Basic Materials and Methods ' B. Section 16130—Boxes C. Section 16271 —Medium-Voltage Transformers D. Section 16341 —Medium-Voltage Load Interrupter Switchgear ' E. Section 16430—Low-Voltage Switchgear F. Section 16441 - Safety Switches G. Section 16461 —Dry-Type Transformers H. Section 16470 Panelboards I. Section 16482—Motor Control Centers—Low Voltage ' J. Section 16483—Variable Frequency Drive ' 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. ' 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples B. Product data: Provide catalog data for nameplates and wire markers ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplates: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic,white letters on black background. Edges shall be chamfered. Minimum size shall be 1 inch high by 2.5 inches wide. 1 ' 14;6-03:6075'Sal :alldmliGeadov 16075-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION B. Locations: Major items of electrical equipment including switchboards,motor control 1 centers,panelboards,individual starters, safety switches,transformers and individual components of switchboards and motor control centers shall be marked with a nameplate to identify the equipment. 1 C. Letter Size: 1. Use 14 inch letters for identifying individual loads. 2. Use /z inch letters for identifying equipment and grouped loads. 2.2 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE ' A. Manufacturers: 1. Terra-Tape 2. or equal B. Description: Provide heavy-gauge,red plastic tape of 6-inch minimum width for use in trenches containing electric circuits. Utilize tape made of material resistant to corrosive soil. Use tape with printed warning that an electric circuit is located below the tape. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates and labels. ' 3.2 APPLICATION ' A. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. B. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets. ' C. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on panelboard that is recessed in finished locations. ' D. Warning Tapes:Burr warning tapes approximately 12 inches above all underground conduit runs or duct banks. Align parallel to and within 12 inches of the centerline of runs. END OF SECTION , 1 14 6-03 16075 P16-vital Identification 16075-2 ZEL ' _ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, electrical raceway systems. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16010-Electrical-General Provisions ' B. Section 03000-Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Produt Data and Samples ' B. Multiple Channel Prewired Raceway submittals shall show the complete layout of all products that make up the complete system prior to installation with raceway lengths, device type,locations and circuit identification. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT(GRC) A. Use Galvanized rigid steel conduit,including couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings,hot-dip galvanized and meeting the requirements of UL and the NEC. Do ' not use setscrew type couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings,unless approved by the Engineer. Galvanized rigid steel conduit shall be threaded on both ends and threads shall be hot-dip galvanized after cutting. Shall be produced in accordance with UL safety standard#6 and ANSI C80.1. 2.2 INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT(IMC) ' A. Use intermediate metal conduit, including couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings, hot-dip galvanized and meeting the requirements of UL and the NEC. Do not use setscrew type couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings,unless approved by ' the Engineer. Intermediate metal conduit shall be threaded on both ends and threads shall be hot-dip galvanized after cutting. Shall be produced in accordance with UL safety standard#1242 and ANSI C80.6. 1416.03 16l l0 Receways 16110-1 Z —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16110 , RACEWAYS 2.3 ELECTRIC METALLIC TUBING(EMT) ' A. Use electric metallic tubing, couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings meeting the requirements of ANSI C80.3, ANSI C80.4,UL, and the NEC. Use only compression type couplings,bushings, elbows,nipples, and other fittings,unless approved by the Engineer. 2.4 PVC SCHEDULE 40 CONDUIT A. Use rigid PVC Schedule 40 conduit,UL listed for concrete-encased,underground direct burial, concealed and direct sunlight exposed use,and UL listed and marked for use with conductors having 90 degrees C insulation. Use conduits,couplings,bushings,elbows, nipples,and other fittings meeting the requirements of NEMA TC 2 and TC 3,Federal Specification.W-C-1094,UL,NEC, and ASTM specified tests for the intended use. Use only conduit with a factory formed bell on one end. Conduit that requires the use of couplings for straight runs will not be acceptable. 2.5 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT, LIQUID-TIGHT A. Use UL listed liquid-tight flexible metal conduit consisting of galvanized steel flexible ' conduit covered with an extruded PVC jacket and terminated with nylon bushings or bushings with steel or malleable iron body and insulated throat and sealing 0-ring. 2.6 PVC COATED GALVANIZED RIGID CONDUIT A. NEMA RN-1 and UL-6 rigid steel conduit with factory applied external 40 mil PVC ' coating and urethane interior coating. Must carry the ETL PVC-001 verified label. Prior to coating,treat conduit with a heat polymerizing adhesive so the bond between metal and coating is greater than the tensile strength of the coating. All couplings,fittings,conduit ' bodies,pipe straps, U bolts,beam clamps, flex connections and other accessories shall have factory applied PVC coating. Use PVC coated hubs for connection of coated conduits—locknuts are not acceptable.Manufacturers: Plast-Bond,KorKap,Penna-Cote. 2.7 WIREWAYS A. Provide screw-cover,indoor,outdoor,rain tight,steel-enclosed wireway and auxiliary ' gutter where indicated. Utilize wireways and fittings that are UL listed,have a cover that can easily be removed, and have a gray,baked enamel finish. Manufacturers and types: Square D Square-Duct; General Electric Type HS;or equal. 2.8 RACEWAY FITTINGS A. Use insulated throat bushings of metal with integral plastic bushings rated for 105 degrees C. For insulated throat bushings for rigid steel conduit,use Thomas &Betts Nylon Insulated Metallic Bushings,or O.Z. Gedney Type B. B. Use Myers Scru-Tite hubs. 1416-c;lauoxacevms ...16110-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS C. Use conduit bodies for rigid steel conduit of metal and sized as required by the NEC (NFPA 70-1984). Use Appleton Form 35 threaded Unilets; Crouse-Hinds Mark 9 or ' Form 7 threaded condulets;Killark Series 0 Electrolets; or equal,for normal conduit bodies for rigid steel conduit. Where conduit bodies for rigid steel conduit are required to be approved for hazardous(classified)locations,use conduit bodies manufactured by ' Appleton,or Crouse-Hinds. D. Use Appleton Type EYF,EYM,or ESU; or Crouse-Hinds Type EYS or EZS;sealing fittings for rigid steel conduit. Where condensate may collect on top of a seal,provide a drain by using Appleton Type SF or Crouse-Hinds Type EYD or EZD Drain Seal. E. Use Appleton Type ECDB or Crouse-Hinds ECD drain fittings for rigid steel conduit. F. Fittings for Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit Use insulated throat connectors for liquid-tight flexible metal conduit of metal with an integral plastic bushing rated for ' 105°C, and of the long design type extending outside of the box or other device at least 2- inches. Use Thomas&Betts Super-Tite Nylon Insulated Connectors,or equal. ' G. Use cable sealing fittings forming a watertight nonslip connection to pass cords and cables into conduit. Size cable sealing fitting for the conductor OD. For conductors with OD's of 1/2 inch or less,provide a neoprene bushing where the conductor enters the ' connector. Use Crouse-Hinds CGBS,Appleton CG Series,or equal, cable sealing fittings. 2.9 CABLE TRAY ' A. A cable traysystemshall be furnished to support interlocked armor cable as shown on the drawings. The cable tray system shall be aluminum ladder type, 6"flange out, and 9" ' rung spacing. Tray shall be of widths shown on the drawings, and shall include all components to make a complete system. ' B. Cable tray shall be manufactured and installed in accordance with NEMA Standard VE1, and shall be Class 12B. Tray supports shall be furnished and installed on 10' centers. Tray deflection shall be no more than 0.43"when loaded to 100 lbs/linear ft, with 10' span length. C Expansion connectors shall be used on all straight runs to prevent forces from expansion ' on support members. Grounding conductors shall be installed as shown on the Drawings, and clamps installed at each section of tray. Wall sleeves shall be furnished and installed where trays enter building, and shall be sealed after cables are installed to prevent entryof moisture. D. Tray shall be Type A9PB Electray aluminum ladder as manufactured by MPHusky,or equal by P-W Industries, Inc. ' .1416-03)6110Ram ays 16110-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 2.10 MULTIPLE CHANNEL PREWIRED RACEWAY A. The multioutlet assembly specified herein shall be the Isoduct Prewired System Series AL4320, as manufactured by Wiremold. Manufacturers requesting consideration as an alternative to the Isoduct Prewired Systems shall submit documentation establishing their product equality at least 10 days prior to bid date. Request shall include documentation of UL listings as both a Multioutlet Assembly and a Surface Metal Raceway and include a sample of the prewired components. A list of similar installations in service for two years or longer must be provided. Systems of other manufacturers may be considered equal, if in the opinion, and the written approval of the engineer,thay meet all the performance standards specified herein. B. Materials: 1. Raceway shall have two(2)wiring compartments with field removable covers. Raceway shall have a nominal wall thickness of 0.078". Multiple compartment raceway shall have an integral deviding barrier isolating wiring compartments and , provided with fittings that maintain the separation of compartments. Raceway covers shall be 12"in length to facilitate future modification. Covers must be removable with a standard straight blade screwdriver without marring. Raceway to ' have two covers and must allow each cover to be removed separately without allowing access into the compartment enclosed by the other cover. 2. Raceway shall be manufactured of extruded#6063-T5 aluminum and have an Ivory Power Coat finish. Dimensions of the raceway shall be 5-1/4"W x 1-3/4 H and each length of raceway shall be cut to specified job requirements. Field cutting of raceway will not be permitted. 3. Each receptacle shall be identified noting the panel number and circuit number from which it is fed.Receptacles rated higher than a NEMA 5-20R configuration shall also be provided with voltage,phase and amperage identified in the same manner. Raceway sections shall be provided with 12" [304.8mm]pigtails at feed locations for ease of installation. Grounding shall be maintained by means of factory installed NEC sized grounding conductor(s)and utilize insulation displacement connectors as required. 4. Raceway covers shall have either holecut provision for communications outlets,if Wiremold Interlink Cabling System data connectors are used,or the voice and data/LAN outlets shall be factory mounted to the cover plates.The raceway must be capable of containing,but not limited to, snap-in modular jacks (3-pair,4-pair, 4-pair keyed and MAO),coaxial and F-connectors and communication grommets.Wiring connections of these devices shall be completed at the jobsite by the appointed contractor. 5. The multioutlet assembly is to consist of factory assembled product with a full complement of fittings including,but not limited to,elbows(90°, internal and external), slide couplings for joining raceway sections,blank end caps for closing open ends of the raceway, and flat tees. ' 147603 16IIORecavays 16110-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS 6. The raceway manufacturer will provide a complete line of connectivity outlets and modular inserts for UTP (including Category 5), STP (150 ohm)Fiber Optic, ' Coaxial and other cabling types with face plates and bezels to facilitate mounting. A complete line of preprinted station and port identification labels, snap-in icon buttons as well as write-on station identification labels shall be available. ' 2.11 RACEWAY TAGS A. Provide permanent,nonferrous metal markers with raceway designations pressure stamped,embossed,or engraved onto the tag. Tags relying onadhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. Attach tags to raceways with noncorrosive wire. 2.12 WARNING TAPE A. Provide heavy-gauge, red plastic tape of 6-inch minimum width for use in trenches ' containing electric circuits. Utilize tape made of material resistant to corrosive soil. Use tape with printed warning that an electric circuit is located below the tape. Manufacturers and types: ITT Blackburn Type RT; Griffolyn Co. Terra-Tape; or equal. ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL ' A. Provide raceway systems meeting or exceeding the e requirements-of the.NEC. 3.2 PROTECTION DURING CONSTRUCTION A. In addition to the requirements of the General Conditions,Division 1, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, and Section ELECTRICAL-GENERAL PROVISIONS,prior to installation, store allproducts specified in this section in a dry location. Following installation,protect products from the effects of moisture, corrosion,and physical damage , during construction. Keep openings in conduit and tubing capped with manufactured. seals during construction. ' 3.3 MINIMUM RACEWAY SIZE A. Conduit runs smaller than 3/4" trade size shall not be used except 1/2" conduit may be used for making attachments to equipment which,because of its construction,will not ' accept a larger size conduit. Lengths of 1/2" conduits shall be as short as possible. ' 3.4 REQUIRED RACEWAY TYPE FOR LOCATION AND INSTALLATION METHOD A. Exterior, Exposed: GRC. B. Interior, Exposed: IMC. C. Interior, Concealed(Not Embedded in Concrete): IMC. ' 1416-03 16110 Raceways 16110-5 -- ' ENGINEERS- SECTION 16110 ' RACEWAYS D. Interior, Concealed above ceiling(Not Embedded in Concrete): EMT , E. Aboveground,Embedded in Concrete Walls or Floors:PVC. F. Underground,Direct Earth Burial: PVC Schedule 40 conduit, G. Aboveground, 5KV conductors: PVC coated GRC H. Concrete Encased Raceways: 1. 1. GRC for analog circuits. 2. 2. PVC Schedule 40 conduit for all other circuits. I. Under Concrete Floor Slabs:PVC. J. Analog: GRC,IMC or PVC coated GRC(dependant on location). 3.5 FINAL CONNECTION TO CERTAIN EQUIPMENT , A. Make final connection to motors, wall or ceiling mounted fans and unit heaters;dry type transformers,valves,local instrumentation, and other equipment where flexible connection,is required to minimize vibration or where required to facilitate removal or adjustment of equipment,with 18-inch minimum,60-inch maximum lengths of liquid- tight,PVC jacketed,flexible steel conduit where the required conduit size is 4 inches or less. For larger sizes,use nonflexible conduit as specified. B. The flexible conduit shall be long enough to allow the item to which is connected to be withdrawn or moved off its base. Use liquid-tight flexible metal conduit in all areas. C.Special Locations:Use GRC: 1. Where conduit changes from underground and/or concrete embedded to exposed. 2. Under equipment mounting pads. 3. In exterior light pole foundations. D. Contractor shall use conduit types as specified in section 3.4 unless noted otherwise on drawings. I 3.6 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR RACEWAYS A. Location,Routing, and Grouping: t 1. Conceal or expose raceways as indicated. Group raceways in same area together. Locate raceways at least 12 inches away from parallel runs of heated piping for other utility systems. 2. Run exposed raceways parallel or perpendicular to walls, structural members,or intersections of vertical planes to provide a neat appearance. Follow surface contours as much as possible. 1416-03 16110 Raceways 16110-6 I —ENGINEERS— ISECTION 16110 RACEWAYS I3. Avoid obstruction of passageways. Run concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering the building construction and I 4. other systems. In block walls, do not run raceways in the same horizontal course with reinforcing steel. I 5. Do not route conduits in concrete wall or slabs unless specifically stated on drawings or approved by engineer. 6. In outdoor,underground,or wet locations,use watertight couplings and connections I in raceways. Install and equip boxes and fittings so as to prevent water from entering the raceway. 7, Paint all threads of galvanized conduits that are installed in exposed or damp locations with zinc-rich paint or liquid galvanizing compound before assembling. I Touch up after assembly to cover nicks or scars. 8 Do not notch or penetrate structural members for passage of raceways except with I prior approval of the Engineer. 9. Do not run raceways in equipment foundation pads. 10. Locate aboveground raceways concealed in poured concrete so that the minimum I concrete covering is not less than 1-1/2 inches. 11. Avoid trapped runs,where possible. Aboveground trapped runs shall have a drain fitting installed at the low point. 12. Except at raceway crossings, separate raceways in slabs not less than six times the I raceway outside diameter. 13. Raceways installed under slab floors shall lie completely under the slab with no part of the horizontal run of the raceway embedded within the slab. I 14. Install concealed,embedded, and buried raceways so that they emerge at right angles to the surface and have none of the curved portion of the bend exposed. Provide support during pouring of concrete to ensure that raceways remain in position. I 15. Support raceways at intervals not exceeding NEC requirements unless otherwise indicated. Support multiple raceways adjacent to each other by ceiling trapeze. Support individual raceways by wall brackets, strap hangers, or ceiling trapeze, Ifastened by wood screws on wood,toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, expansion shields on concrete or brick, and machine screws or welded thread studs on steelwork. I16. Threaded studs driven in by a powder charge andprovided with lock washers and nuts may be used in lieu of expansion shields. 17. Support all raceways from structural members only. Do not support from pipe I hangers or rods, cable tray, or other conduit. 18. Do not use nails anywhere or wooden plugs inserted in concrete or masonry as a base for raceway or box fastenings. Do not weld raceways or pipe straps to steel Istructures. Do not use wire in lieu of straps or hangers. 19. Appropriate pulleys and supports shal be used during cable installation to prevent damage to cable jackets. I ,476-0376110 Raceways 16110-7 l —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16110 , RACEWAYS B. Bends: 1. Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or east metal fittings. Make bends and offsets of the longest practical radius. Avoid field-made bends and offsets where possible. Do not heat metal raceways to facilitate bending. 2. Factory elbows may be used in parallel or banked raceways. 3. For PVC conduits,use factory-made elbows for all bends. 4. Make no bends in flexible conduit that are smaller than allowable bending radius of the cable to be installed or that significantly restricts the conduit's flexibility. C. Bushing and Insulating Sleeves: ' I Where metallic conduit enters metal equipment enclosures through conduit openings, install a bonding bushing on the end of each conduit. Install a bonding jumper from the bushing to any equipment ground bus or ground pad. 2. If neither exists,connect the jumper to a lag-bolt connection to the metallic enclosure. 3. Use manufacturer's standard insulating sleeves in all metallic conduits terminating at ' an enclosure. 4. All metal conduits terminating at NEMA 3R and NEMA 4X enclosures shal use Myers SRU-TITE hubs. 5. Expansion Joints: Provide suitable expansion fittings for raceways crossing expansion joints in structures or concrete slabs,or provide other suitable means to compensate for expansion and contraction. Provide for the high rate of thermal expansion and contraction of PVC conduit by providing PVC expansion joints as recommended by the manufacturer and as required. D. PVC Conduit: Chamfer the end of all PVC conduit. Solvent weld PVC conduit joints with solvent recommended by the conduit manufacturer. Follow manufacturer's solvent welding instructions and provide watertight joints. Use acceptable PVC terminal adapters , when joining PVC conduit to metallic fittings. Use acceptable PVC female adapters when joining PVC conduit to rigid metal conduit or IMC. E. PVC Coated Galvanized.Rigid Conduit:Installers of PVC coated Galvanized Rigid conduit shall be certified by the manufacturer and be able to present a valid,unexpired installer card upon inspection. I 3.7 PENETRATIONS A. Seal the interior of all raceways entering structures at the first box or outlet with oakum ' or suitable plastic expandable compound to prevent the entrance into the structure of gases,liquids,or rodents. B. Dry pack with nonshrink grout around raceways that ppenetrate concrete walls, floors, or ceilings aboveground, or use one of the methods specified for underground penetrations. 1416.03 16110 RAceunra 16110-8ZEL -ENGINEERS- ' ' SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS ' C. Where an underground conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof or a membrane waterproofed wall or floor,provide an acceptable,malleable iron,watertight, entrance ' sealing device. When there is no raceway concrete encasement specified or indicated, provide such a device having a gland type sealing assembly at each end with pressure bushings,which may be tightened at any time. When there is raceway concrete encasement specified or indicated,provide such a device with a gland type sealing assembly on the accessible side. Securely anchor all such devices into the masonry constructionwith one or more integral flanges. Secure membrane waterproofing to such ' devices in a permanently watertight manner. D. Where an underground raceway without concrete encasement enters a structure through a ' nonwaterproofed wall or floor,install a sleeve made of Schedule 40 galvanized pipe. Fill the space between the conduit and sleeve with a suitable plastic expandable compound, or an oakum and lead joint,on each side of the wall or floor in such a manner as to prevent ' entrance of moisture. A watertight entrance sealing device as specified may be used in lieu of the sleeve E. Where raceways penetrate fire-rated walls, floors,or ceilings,fire stop openings around electrical penetrations to maintain the fire resistance rating. 3.8 MULTIPLE CHANNEL PREWIRED RACEWAY A. Raceway shall be installed with all appropriate fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and in compliance with all appropriate codes. ' Raceway is to be plumb, square,level and in alignment with casework or furniture as required. 3.9 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGROUND DIRECT BURIAL CONCRETE-ENCASED RACEWAYS A. Coordinate installation of underground raceways with other outside and building construction work, Maintain existing outside utilities in operation unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. ' B. Remove entirely and properly reinstall all raceway installations not in compliance with these requirements. ' C. Do not use union type fittings underground. D. Provide a minimum cover of 2 feet over all underground raceways unless otherwise ' indicated. E. Where a concrete-encased duct bank is installed over an extensive area of disturbed earth ' such as that within the periphery of a building,provide a separate concrete base under the duct bank to ensure stability of raceways during installation. Allow this base to set before the duct bank is installed. 1416-0316110Raceu•e}•a 16110-9 Z E L. I —ENGINEERS- 111 SECTION 16110 ' RACEWAYS F. Do not backfill underground direct burial and concrete-encased raceways until they have I been inspected by the Engineer. G. Warning Tapes: Bury warning tapes approximately 12.inches above all underground ' conduit runs or duct banks. Align parallel to and within 12 inches of the centerline of runs. 3.10 SEPARATION AND SUPPORT A. Separate parallel runsof two or more raceways in a single trench with preformed, nonmetallic spacers designed for the purpose. Install spacers at intervals not greater than that specified in the NEC for support of the type raceways used,and in no case greater than 10 feet. B. Support raceways installed in fill areas to prevent accidental bending until backfilling is complete. Tie raceways to supports,and raceways and supports to the ground, so that , raceways will not be displaced when concrete encasement,or earth backfill is placed. 3.11 ARRANGEMENT AND ROUTING ' A. Arrange multiple conduit runs substantially in accordance with any details shown on the Drawings. Locate underground conduits where indicated on the Drawings. B. Make minor changes in location or cross-section as necessary to avoid obstructions or conflicts. Where raceway runs cannot be installed substantially as shown because of conditions not discoverable prior to digging of trenches,refer the condition to the Engineer for instructions before further work is done. C. Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed along a raceway ' route,maintain a 12-inch minimum vertical separation between raceways and other systems at crossings. Maintain a 12-inch minimum separation between raceways and other systems in parallel runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other I piping systems: Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Engineer for instructions before further work is done. D. Provide insulated grounding bushings on all metallic raceways entering handholes. Provide bell-ends flush with handhole walls on all nonmetallic raceways entering handholes. ' E. Provide markers at grade to indicate the direction of underground conduits provided under this Contract. Provide markers consisting of double-ended arrows, straight for straight runs and bent at locations where runs change direction. Provide markers at all bends and at intervals not exceeding 100 feet in straight runs. Use markers made of sheet bronze not less than 1/4-inch thick embedded in and secured to the top of concrete posts. Use markers not less than 10 inches long and 3/4-inch wide and marked ELECTRIC CABLES in letters 1/4 inch high incised into the bronze to a depth of 3/32 inch. 1416-03 16110 Raceways 16110-10 —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS F. All conduits shall enter handholes and structures at right angles. ' G. Raceway Coating: Coat all metallic conduit embedded in the slab or buried under the slab and a minimum 6-inch coating length where metallic conduit exits concrete or ground. Coating shall be a bitumastic coating with a final coat thickness a minimum of 10mils. ' 3.12 DIRECT EARTH BURIAL CONDUIT ZONE BACKFILL INSTALLATION A. Backfill material for the conduit zone of direct burial conduit trenches may be selected from the excavated material if it is free from roots,foreign material, and oversized particles. Use material with 3/4-inch maximum particle size and suitable gradation for satisfactory compaction. Remove material if necessary to meet these requirements. B. Imported 3/4-inch minus gravel or sand may be used in lieu of material from the excavation. ' C. After conduits have been properly installed.,backfill the trench with specified material placed around the conduits and carefully tamped around and over them with hand tampers. Final,tamped conduit cover shall be 4 inches minimum. 3.13 CONCRETE ENCASEMENT ' A. Concrete for electrical conduit encasement shall be standard mix with pea gravel aggregate,with admixture to produce red color. Admixture shall be 3%by weight of pure synthetic red iron oxide uniformly mixed into the concrete. Use 3,000 psi concrete ' as specified in Section 03000,Concrete. B. Maintain a grade of at least 4 inches per 100 feet,either from one handhole or pull box to the next, or from a high point between them, depending on the surface contour. C. Hold conduits for concrete-encased raceways securely in place by acceptable window type spacer supports. Where, in the opinion of the Engineer, ground conditions are such ' as to require concrete forms,install forms constructed of materials and in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. No variations greater than 1/2 inch in 50 feet will be permitted from a straight line. ' a Envelopes may be poured directly against the sides of trenches if the cut is clean, even, and free of loose material. Remove loose material from trenches before and during pouring of concrete to ensure sound envelopes. Carefully spade concrete during pouring to eliminate all voids under and between raceways and honeycombing of the exterior surface. ' E. Do not use power-driven tampers or agitators unless they are specifically designed for the application,in order to ensure that the watertight integrity of the raceways is maintained. F. Generally,pour an entire concrete envelope in one continuous pour. Where more than ' one pour is necessary, terminate each pour in a sloped plane, and insert 3/4-inch reinforcing rod dowels extending into the concrete 18 inches minimum on each side of the joint. Obtain Engineer's approval for the number and location of dowels. 1 ._ 1416-03 16110 Raceways 16110-11 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS- SECTION 16110 ' RACEWAYS O. Provide reinforcement where envelopes connect to handholes or building structures to prevent shearing of joints. 3.14 BACKFILL INSTALLATION ' A. Above Conduit Zone of Direct Burial Conduit or Above Concrete Envelope of Concrete Encased Conduit:Backfill material above the conduit zone of direct burial conduit or above concrete envelope of concrete-encased conduit may be selected from the excavated material,if it contains no particles larger than 3 inches in diameter and is free from roots or debris. Imported material meeting these same requirements may be used in lieu of material from the excavation. Compact backfill in maximum 12-inch layers to at least 95 percent of the maximum density at optimum moisture content as determined by AASHTO T 180. 3.15 WIREWAYS Mount wireways securely in accordance with the NEC and manufacturer's instructions. 1 Locate removable cover or hinged cover on accessible vertical face of wireway unless otherwise indicated. 3.16 PREPARATION FOR PULLING IN CONDUCTORS A. Do not install crushed or deformed raceways. Take care to prevent the lodging of plaster, concrete,dirt, or trash in raceways,boxes,fittings, and equipment during the course of construction. Make raceways entirely free of obstructions or replace them. Ream all raceways,remove burrs,and clean raceway interior before introducing conductors or pull wires. B. Immediately after installation,plug or cap all raceway ends with watertight and dust-tight seals until the time for pulling in conductors. C. For concrete-encased raceways,after the concrete envelope has set,pull a mandrel of a diameter approximately 1/4 inch less than the raceway inside diameter,through each raceway. Then pull a bristle brush through each raceway to remove debris. 3.17 EMPTY RACEWAYS A. Certain raceways may have no conductors pulled in as part of this Contract. Identify with tags at each end and at any intermediate pull point the origin and destinationof each such empty raceway. Where a raceway has been identified with a name(number)in a Raceway Schedule,use that name on the tag in lieu of origin and destination. Provide a removable permanent cap over each end of each empty raceway. Provide a nylon pull cord in each empty raceway. END OF SECTION 141603 16110 Raceways 16110-12 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, electrical ' conductor systems. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16010-Electrical—General Provisions ' B. Section 16075-Electrical Identification 1.3 REFERENCES ' A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples ' B. Provide complete manufacturers'descriptive information and shop drawings for equipment,material, and devices furnished. 1.5 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM ' A. Provide completepower and control conductor identification system P y em so that after installation,circuits can be easily traced from origin to final destination. ' B. Identify power and control conductors with preselected circuit name at each termination and in all accessible locations such as handholes,panels, switchboards,pullboxes, terminal boxes, etc. For identification,use type of tags specified herein. C. Tag circuits by using the circuit name in the Circuit Schedule if given. ' D. For circuits that do not appear in the Circuit Schedules or if a circuit schedule is not given, assign a circuit name based on the device or equipment at the load end of the ' circuit.Where this would result in the same name being assigned to more than one circuit, add a number or letter to each otherwise identical circuit name to make it unique. ' E. Before tagging the circuits, submit a list of circuit names to the Engineer for approval prior to any use of that list. Include in this list circuit names not appearing in the Circuit Schedules, along with the same circuit information as is given for circuits in the Schedules if a schedule is given. F. Change anycircuit name that the Engineer finds unacceptable. � ' 1416-03 16120 conductors 16120-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS 1.6 CONDUCTOR COLOR CODING ' A. Color coding of multiconductor control and instrumentation cable is specified in the. individual cable type specification. ' B. For power conductors,provide all single conductors and individual conductors of multiconductor power cables with integral insulation pigmentation of the designated colors,except conductors larger than No. 6 AWG may be provided with color coding by wrapping the conductor at each end and at all accessible locations with vinyltape.Where this method of color coding is used,wrap at least six full overlapping turns of tape around the conductor covering an area 1-1/2 to 2 inches wide at a visible location. C. Phase A,B,C implies the direction of positive phase rotation. D. Use the following colors: System Conductor . Color All systems Equipment.Grounding Green 208Y1120 volts Grounded neutral White 3-phase,4-wire, and Phase A Black .' circuits derived Phase B Red therefrom without Phase C Blue transformation 480Y/277 volts Grounded neutral White,Black Tracer 3-phase,4-wire, and circuits Phase A Brown derived therefrom without Phase B Orange transformation Phase C Yellow PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL ' A. The use of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration desired only. Products of other manufacturers will be considered in accordance with the General Conditions. 2.2 CONDUCTORS A. Conductors 600 Volts and Below: 1416-03 16720 Conductors 16120-2 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS 1. Unless otherwise indicated,provide stranded conductors, except provide solid conductors where No. 10 AWG and No. 12 AWG are designated for branch circuit power wiring in lighting and receptacle circuits. 2. Utilize only conductors meeting applicable requirements of NEMA WC 3,WC 5, WC 7, and ICEA S-19-81, S-61-402,and S-66-524. 3. Provide conductors with Type THHN/THWN insulation, except for sizes No. 6 and larger,provide conductors with XHHW insulation. 4. Provide copper conductors. Unless noted otherwise, conductor sizes indicated are based on copper conductors.Do not provide conductors smaller than those indicated. ' 5. For direct burial conductors and cables,provide conductors with UL labeling "TYPE USE" and RHW insulation with heavy-duty,black,neoprene sheath meeting the physical requirements and minimum thickness requirements of ICEA S-19-81 and ' NEMA WC.3. 6. Where flexible cords and cables are specified,provide Type SO,600 volt,with the number and size of copper conductors as required. ' 2.3 CONDUCTORS ACCESSORIES (LOW VOLTAGE) A. Splices for No. 10 and smaller wire shall be self-insulated crimp connectors,Thomas& Betts Sta-Kon,Burndy Insulink,:or equal.Splices and terminations for No. 8 and larger wire shall be wide range compression type, designed for installation with a dieless tool and shall be Square D VERSAtile connectors, or equal.Terminations for No. 10 and ' smaller wire shall be self-insulating crimp connectors,which lock to a screw head and shall be Thomas&Betts Sta-Kon Locking Spade,Burndy Vinylug Flanged-Fork-Tongue Terminal, or equal.Tools for installing the above connectors shall be designed for a ' complete, controlled crimp and shall not release until the connection is completed. Such tools shall be Thomas &Betts Shure-Stake,Burndy Hytool MR8, Square D VERSA- CRIMP tool, or equal. B. Wire ties shall be Thomas&Betts Ty-Rap Cable Ties, or equal. Where wire or cord is exposed,Thomas&Betts Ty-Rap Lashing Ties, or equal, shall be used. Cords shall ' terminate in Thomas &Betts Liquid Tight.Strain Relief Connectors, or equal. Where hubs would be required for cord connections Thomas and Betts Chase Liquid Tight Cord Connectors, or equal, shall be used. ' 2.4 MULTI-CONDUCTOR CABLE A. Provide cable that is UL listed Type TC and conforms to the requirements of UL 1277 ' and NEC Article 340, or UL listed Power Limited Circuit Cable that conforms to the requirements of Article 725 of the National Electrical Code. Provide cables permanently and legibly marked with the manufacturer's name, the maximum working voltage for ' which the cable was tested, the type of cable, and labeled UL(or submit evidence of UL listing). B. Provide cables as specified under the type number in this section(Type 1, Type 2, etc.). ' Conduits shown on the Drawings and in the Circuit/Raceway Schedule have been sized to accommodate the outside diameter for each type. For this reason,use cable diameters equal to or less than the diameters specified. 1416.03 16120 Conductor 16120-3ZEL —ENGINEERS-- I ENGINEERS—I SECTION 16120 ' CONDUCTORS 1. Type 1 (600-Volt Multi-Conductor Control Cable,Type TC): ' a. General:Multi-conductor control circuit interconnection cable with ground. Suitable for installation in open air,in cable trays,conduit,or other approved raceways. Minimum cable temperature rating 90 degrees C dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations.Passes vertical tray flame test. b. Individual Conductors:No. 14 AWG, 7-strand copper. c. Insulation and Jackets:Provide conductors having 15-mil PVC insulation with 4-mil nylon jacket,and.UL listed as Type THHN/THWN. Color code the conductor group in accordance with ICEA S-61-402, Appendix K, Method 1,Table K-2. Include one full size green equipment grounding conductor.Bind conductor group with a spiral wrap of barrier tape. Provide cable with overall outer PVC jacket,which is flame-retardant, sunlight-and oil resistant,and has a nominal thickness as shown in the table below. d. Use only 7-, 12-, 19-and 25-conductor cables.The green grounding conductor is included in the number of conductors shown in the table below. No.of Conductors Max.Outside Diameter(inches) Jacket Thiciciess(mils) 7 0:48 45 1 12 0.65 60 19 0.76 60 25 0.93 60 e. Manufacturers:The Okonite Company,Pome Cable, or approved equal. 2. Type 3 (600-Volt No. 16 AWG Twisted, Shielded Pair Instrumentation Cable,Type TC): a. General: Single pair instrumentation cable designed for noise:-ejection for process control,computer, or data log applications. Suitable for installation in cable trays, conduit, or other approved raceways. Minimum ' cable temperature rating shall be 90 degrees C dry locations, 75 degrees C wet locations. b. Individual Conductors:Bare soft annealed copper,Class B, 7-strand concentric per ASTM B 8;20 AWG, 7-strand titled copper drain wire. c. Insulation and Jacket: Each conductor 15-mil nominal PVC at 4-mil nylon insulation. Pair conductors pigmented black and red. Jacket flame- retardant and sunlight- and oil-resistant PVC with 45 mils nominal thickness. Shield 1.35-mil aluminum/mylar overlapped to provide 100 percent coverage. d. Dimension: 0.31 inch nominal OD. e. Manufacturers: The Okonite Company,Alpha Wire Corporation, or approved equal ' 1416-0316120 Conductors 161.20-4 ZEL —ENG INEERS— ' SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS ' 2.5 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE TAGS A. Tags relying on adhesives or taped-on markers are not acceptable. B. Provide conductor tags for conductors No. 12 AWG and below with legible permanent a sleeve of yellow or white PVC with machine printed black marking. C. Provide tags for cables,and for conductors No. 10 AWG and larger, consisting of permanent nylon marker plates with legible designations hot stamped on the plate. Attach ' these marker plates to conductors and cables with nylon tie cord. 2.6 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A. Provide stranded copper conductors, as indicated or as required by NEC, for equipment grounding. ' B. Provide conductors bare or with green covering. 2.7 DIRECT BURIED GROUNDING CONDUCTORS. ' A. Provide bare stranded copper conductors, size as indicated,for theound system at �' Y transformers, switchgear, and where indicated. ' B. Copper-clad steel conductor of equivalent caaci and surface area maybe substituted�' if accepted by the Engineer. 2.8 MOTOR CONDUCTORS FROM VFD A. 600 V, 90°C XHHW2/RHW-2 Anixter B209500-B209507,Belden 29501-29507, or ' equal. 1. Four copper conductors with XLP insulation. 2. Copper Braid/aluminum foil combination shield and tinned copper drain wire. ' 3. PVC Jacket. 2.9 INTERLOCKED ARMOR CABLE ' A. Where multiconductor interlocked armor cable is indicated on the s drawin cable shall hall consist of three conductors of stranded copper with XLP (Crosslinked polyethylene) ' insulation, surface printed phase identification. The three conductors shall be twisted together with one uncoated copper grounding conductor, suitable fillers,binder tape, an aluminum interlocked armor,and a black sunlight resistant PVC Jacket overall. Cable ' shall be listed by UL as Type MC cable per Standard 1569. Individual conductors shall be listed by UL as Type XHHWA-2 per UL Standard 44. ' B. Cable shall be Spec 7455 as manufactured by Rome or CLX Aluminum Sheath cable as manufactured by Okonite. 1416-03 16120 Canaucturs 16120-5 Z EL —`ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16120 ' CONDUCTORS PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Do not exceed cable manufacturer's recommendations for maximum pulling tensions and minimum bending radii.Where pulling compound is used,use only UL listed compound compatible with the cable outer jacket and with the raceway involved. B. Wires shall be gripped either directly or by basket weave pulling grips.Pulling force shall not exceed 0.008 pounds per circular mill cross section. Pull around bends shall not exceed 300 pounds per foot of bend radius. C. Conductors shall not be bent tighter than a bending radius of eight(8)cable diameters. D. Tighten all screws and terminal bolts using torque type wrenches and/or drivers to tighten to the inch-pound requirements of the NEC and UL. E. Where single conductors and cables in handholes,junction boxes,and similar locations. are not wrapped together by some other means such as are and fireproofing tapes,bundle throughout their exposed length all conductors entering from each conduit with nylon, self-locking,releasable,cable ties placed at intervals not exceeding 12 inches on centers. F. Run conductors as indicated on the Drawings,with no splices except as indicated or accepted by the Engineer. 3.2 CONDUCTOR 600 VOLTS AND BELOW A. Provide conductor sizes indicated on Drawings. B. Wire nuts may be used on solid conductors of 120-volt lighting and receptacle circuits , only.Place no more than one conductor in any single barrel pressure connector.Use crimp connectors with tools by same manufacturer and/or UL listed for connectors of all stranded conductors. C. Vinyl plastic insulating tape for wire and cable splices and terminations shall be flame retardant, 7-mil thick minimum,rated for 90°C minimum meeting the requirements of UL 510. D. Where conductors pass through holes or over edges in sheet metal,remove all burrs, t chamfer all edges, and install bushings and protective strips of insulating material to protect the conductors. E. Arrange wiring in cabinets,panels, and motor control centers neatly cut to proper length, remove surplus wire, and bridle and secure in an acceptable manner.Identify all circuits entering motor control centers or other control cabinets in accordance with the conductor identification system specified herein. 1416-03 16120 Concucmcs 16120-6 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS F. Where interlocked armor cables enter enclosures or splice boxes,they shall be terminated with properly sized Adalet PLM Type JAG armored cable fittings. 3.3 JOINTS AND TERMINATIONS (LOW VOLTAGE) A. All joints,splices,terminations, or other conductor connections shall be compression type, installed with an approved tool. Connections to motor terminals through 15 horsepower may be by rubber wrap cap. Connections to motor terminals above 15 horsepower shall be by tape insulated split bolt connectors. Wire up through No. 1/0 may ' be terminated directly in tubular clamps and set screw connectors,where provided by the manufacturer. Wire up through Size 14 may also be terminated in saddle clamps,where provided by the manufacturer.All other terminations shall be in a specified connector. B. Soldered mechanical joints will not be acceptable. ' C. Terminate control and instrumentation wiring with methods consistent with terminals provided, and in accordance with terminal manufacturer's instructions. Where terminals provided will accept such lugs,terminate all control and instrumentation wiring(except ' solid thermocouple leads)with insulated,locking-fork compression lugs,Thomas &Betts Sta-Kon, or equal. D. For terminals designed to accept only bare wire compression terminations,use only ' stranded wire, and terminate only one wire per terminal. Tighten all terminal screws with torque screwdriver to recommended torque values. ' E. Attach compression lugs with a tool specifically designed for that purpose which provides a complete, controlled crimp where the tool will not release until the crimp is complete. Use of plier type crimpers is not acceptable. F. For conductors that will be connected by others,provide at least 6 feet spare conductor in freestanding panels and at least 2 feet spare in other assemblies.Provide spare conductors ' in any particular assembly,where it is obvious that more conductors will be needed to reach the termination point. 3.4 CABLES A. Do not splice without permission of the Engineer. Locate splices,when permitted,only in readily accessible cabinets or junction boxes using terminal strips. B. Where connections of cables installed under this section are to be made under Section 13400, Instrumentation, leave pigtails of adequate length for neat bundled type ' connections. C. Maintaining the integrity of shielding of instrumentation cables is essential to the ' operation of the control systems. Take special care in cable installation to ensure that grounds do not occur because of damage to the jacket over the shield. ' 1416-03 16120 Conductors 16120-7 ZEL -ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16120 I CONDUCTORS D. Where conductors carrying both discrete and analog signals are run in the same item, I such as a box or handhole,route analog and discrete conductors on the opposite side of the item,maintaining as much separation as possible. 3.5 CONDUCTOR ARC AND FIREPROOFING TAPES I A. Use arc and fireproofing tapes on all 600-volt single conductors and cables except those rated Type TC at splices in all manholes,handholes,vaults, cable trays, and other indicated locations. B. Wrap together as a single cable all conductors entering from each conduit. I C. Follow tape manufacturer's installation instructions.Secure the arc and fireproofing tape I at frequent intervals with bands of the specified glass cloth electrical tape. Make each band of at least two wraps of tape directly over each other. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL I A. Medium Voltage Cable Testing: I 1. Perform a high voltage do leakage test on all new 5 kV and 15 kV cable immediately after installation 2. Tests shall be performed by an electrical engineer specializing in electrical cable testing I 3. Complete all terminations,connections, and splices prior to testing 4. Isolate cables from all equipment prior to testing 5, Utilize the test voltages and durations recommended by IPCEA for the particular 1 cable construction 6. Record results on forms similar to the sample included in this specification 7. Replace conductors which do not meet IPCEA or manufacturer's specifications B. Low Voltage Cable Testing: 1. Test 600 V power cables for continuity and freedom from short circuits and I ground,except where grounding is intentional immediately after installation 2. Test all circuits with a 500 V megger or its equivalent 3. Replace conductors which read less than 1.5 Megohms between conductors and ground C. Instrumentation Cable:After instrumentation cable installation and conductor termination I per the recommendations of the instrumentation and control supplier,perform tests witnessed by the Engineer to ensure that instrumentation cable shields are isolated from ground, except at the grounding point.Remove all improper grounds. I END OF SECTION I I4]6-0316120C,,duccors 16120-8 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16124 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. This Section includes cables,splices,terminations, and accessories for medium-voltage electrical distribution systems. ' 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cable, splice and termination. ' B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction;and marked for intended use. ' B. Comply l with IEEE C2 and NFPA 70. ' C. Cable shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest editions of UL 1072(Medium- Voltage Power Cables)and ICEA S-93-639/NEMA WC 74(Standard for Shielded Power Cables Rated 5-46kV),where applicable. Cable shall also meet or exceed the latest editions of the following industry specifications. In the event testing requirements differ, the specification with the most stringent requirements shall serve as the governing specification. ' 1. ASTM B3 —Soft or Annealed Copper 2. ASTM B8—Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors 3. UL 1685—UL Flame Exposure Test(Applicable to Sizes AWG 1/0 and Larger) ' 4, ASIC CS8—Specification for Extruded Dielectric, Shielded Power Cables Rated 5- 46kV ' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: ' B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: II. Cables: a. American Insulated Wire Corp.; a Leviton Company. b. BICC Brand-Rex Company. 1416.03 14124 Medium-Voltage Cables 16124-1 ' _ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16124 ' MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES c. General Cable Corporation. 1 d. Kerite Co. (The);Hubbell Incorporated. e. Okonite Company(The). I f. Pirelli Cables&Systems NA. g. Rome Cable Corporation. h. Southwire.:Company. 2. Cable Splicing and Terminating Products and Accessories: a. Engineered Products Co. b. G&W Electric Co. I c. MPHusky: d. Raychem Corp.;Telephone Energy and Industrial Division: e. RTE Components;Cooper Power Systems,Inc. I f. Scott Fetzer Co.(The);Adalet,Inc. g. Thomas&Betts Corporation. h. Thomas &Betts/Elastimold. i. 3M Company;Electrical Products Division. 2.2 CABLES I A. Cable Type: MV 105,with tinned copper conductor and compact round, concentric lay, class B stranding. Single.conductor,shielded type. B. Comply with UL-1072,AEIC CS8,ICEA S-93-639. I C. Strand Filling: Conductor interstices are filled with impermeable compound. D. Conductor Insulation: Ethylene-propylene rubber. 1. Voltage Rating: 5 kV. I 2. Insulation Thickness: 133 percent insulation level. E. Shielding: Copper tape,helically applied over semiconducting insulation shield. F. Shielding and Jacket: Corrugated copper drain wires embedded in extruded,chlorinated, I polyethylene jacket. G. Cable Jacket: Sunlight-resistant PVC. H. Suitability: Suitable for installation in wet areas;in underground duct banks and conduits; I in above grade conduits;in cable trays;messenger supported. 2.3 SPLICE KITS I A. Spline Kits: Comply with MEE 404;type as recommended by cable or splicing kit manufacturer for the application. 1. Combination tape and cold-shrink-rubber sleeve kit with rejacketing by cast-epoxy- ' resin encasement or other waterproof,abrasion-resistant material. 2. Heat-shrink splicing kit,polymeric construction with outer heat-shrink jacket. 1416.03 16124 Malivm-Vohege Cables 16124-2 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I I SECTION 16124 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES I 3. Premolded, cold-shrink-rubber;in-line splicing kit: 4. Premolded EPDM splicing body kit with cable joint sealed by interference fit of Imating parts and cable. 2.4 SOLID TERMINATIONS IA. Shielded-Cable Terminations: Comply with the following classes of IEEE 48. Insulation class is equivalent to that of cable. Include shield ground strap for shielded cable terminations. I 1; Class 1 Terminations: Modular type,furnished as a kit,with stress-relief tube; multiple,molded-silicone rubber,insulator modules;shield ground strap; and compression-type connector. I 2. Class 1 Terminations: Heat-shrink type with heat-shrink inner stress control and outer nontracking tubes;.multiple,molded,nontracking skirt modules;and compression-type connector. I3. Class 1 Terminations: Modular type,furnished as a kit,with stress-relief shield. terminator;multiple-wet-process,porcelain,insulator modules; shield ground strap; and compression-type connector. I4. Class 1 Terminations,Indoors: Kit with stress-relief tube,nontracking insulator tube,shield ground strap,compression-type connector,and end seal, 5. Class 2 Terminations,Indoors: Kit with stress-relief tube,nontracking insulator I tube,shield ground strap,and compression-type connector. Include silicone-rubber tape,cold-shrink-rubber sleeve,or heat-shrink plastic-sleeve moisture seal for end of insulation whether or not supplied with kits. I6. Class 3 Terminations: Kit with stress cone and compression-type connector. PART 3 EXECUTION I3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cables according to IEEE 576. lB. Pull Conductors: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximumullin tensions p g and sidewall pressure values. IC. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible. ID. Support cables according to Division 16 Section"Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." I E. In manholes,handholes,pull boxes,junction boxes, and cable vaults, train cables around walls by the longest route from entry to exit. Install cable splices at pull points and elsewhere as indicated;use standard kits. IF. G. Seal around cables passing through fire-rated elements according to Division 16 requirements. I7436-03 16124 Mdn N-vouae cabiw 16124-3 I ENGINEERS— SECTION 16124 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE CABLES H. Ground shields and metal bodies of shielded cable at terminations,splices,and separable insulated connectors. L Identify cables according to Section 16075,Electrical Identification. 1 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing: 1, Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. Certify compliance with test parameters. ' END OF SECTION , 1 1 I I 1 1416-03 16124 My:bum-Voltage Cablm 16124-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS-- 1 SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. B. Floor boxes. C. Pull and junction boxes. ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS. A. Section 16050-Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16110-Raceways C. Section 16120-Conductors 1.3 REFERENCES A. NECA- Standard of Installation. B. NEMA FB 1 Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies. C. NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes,Covers, and Box Supports. D. NEMA OS 2 -Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes,Device Boxes, Covers and Box Supports. E. NEMA 250-Enclosures for Electrical Equipment(1000 Volts Maximum). F. NFPA 70- National Electrical Code. 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples B. Record actual locations and mounting heights of outlet,pull, and junction boxes on project record documents. 1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS IA. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. B. Provide Products listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 4l6-O3 6l3OB 16130-1 Z E L -ENGINEERS.- SECTION 16130 BOXES PART 2 PRODUCTS , 2.1 GENERAL A. Boxes shall be the type,size and configuration required for its specific use,location, ' device or, fixture to be mounted in or on the box, and number, size and arrangement of raceways connecting thereto. ' 2:2 OUTLET BOXES A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel,unless otherwise specified ' herein. B. Where install exposed to a corrosive atmosphere,rain or spray,boxes shall be corrosion- , resistant cast metal with threaded entrances,removable covers, gaskets, and corrosion- resistant screws. C. Recessed boxes in plaster or gypsum board walls or columns shall be 4"or 4.688"square, 2.125"deep with plaster rings. D. Surface-mounted boxes on walls or columns shall be 4"square,2.125"deep,with no plaster rings or knock-outs. E. Switch boxes with only one conduit entrance shall be single gang. F. Boxes for devices recessed in metal door jambs shall be sheet metal partition boxes sized for the application. G. Recessed boxes in masonry walls shall be square cornered masonry boxes or standard 4" square boxes fitted with square cornered tile covers of proper depth for block. Both type boxes shall be 2.125"minimum depth, H. Recessed boxes in ceilings shall be 4"octagonal or square, 2.125"depth. I. Recessed boxes in concrete shall be UL approved for the application. J. Through-wall type boxes are not acceptable. K. Recessed wall telephone and data boxes shall be 4"deep with single-gang device plaster covers and coverpiates. L. Provide specially designed boxes where required for special devices. M. Boxes containing low voltage and line voltage devices or multiple 277V switches, supplied from different phases, shall have metal barriers. N. Boxes for surface-mounted luminairs shall have fixture studs. 141.6-03 16 3013mm 16130-2 Z EL -ENGINEERS- I ' SECTION 16130. BOXES ' O. Manufacturers: Appleton, Crouse-Hinds,Efeor,Midland Ross, O-Z/Gedney,Raco, or Steel City. 2.3 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor boxes for slabs on grade shall be zinc-coated cast iron with integral threaded ' conduit openings. 1. Boxes shall be watertight,fully adjustable, and constructed to prevent the free entrance of water when the box is embedded in concrete. 2. Boxes shall be provided with a minimum of 2 integral leveling screws for rough leveling. Adjusting rings shall provide a minimum 0.75"vertical or angular adjustment of the top after concrete pour and installation of wiring devices. ' B. A cap shall be provided over the top of each box to protect adjusting ring during concrete pour.. C. Floor plates shall be of aluminum construction,configuration as indicated on the Drawings. ' D. Carpet flanges shall be of aluminum construction. E. Manufacturer: Crouse-Hinds,Hubbell,Pyle National,Steel City, or Thomas&Betts. 2.4 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES ' A. Non-Corrosive Areas 1. Boxes shall be constructed of type 5052 H-32 Aluminum unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Boxes shall be of dimensions as required by ' 2. number and size of connection raceways and wire, and as required by NFPA 70. Boxes shall be provided with continuous hinge door with stainless steel door clamp assemblies. 3. Boxes shall be NEMA 4X with Oil-resistant gasket. 4. Manufacturers: Hoffman or approved equal. ' B. Corrosive Areas(Chemical Building&Tank Farm) 1. Boxes shall be constructed of type 304 Stainless Steel unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or specified herein. Boxes shall be of dimensions as required by number and size of connection raceways and wire, and as required by NFPA 70. ' 2. Boxes shall beprovidedwith continuous hinge door with stainless steel door clamp assemblies. 3. Boxes shall be NEMA 4X with Oil-resistant gasket. 4. Manufacturers: Hoffinan or approved equal. 1 1416.03 16130 Boars 16130-3 —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16130 ' BOXES PART 3 EXECUTION , 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify locations of floor boxes and outlets in offices prior to rough-in. Coordinate with architect/engineer so boxes match with furniture layout. 3.2 INSTALLATION , A. Install boxes in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation." B. Install in locations as shown on Drawings,and as required for splices,taps,wire pulling, equipment connections and compliance with regulatory requirements. C. Set wall mounted boxes at elevations to accommodate mounting heights as indicated. D. Electrical boxes are shown on Drawings in approximate locations unless dimensioned. ' E. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring devices oriented as specified or shown on drawings. F. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. , G. Install pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceilings and in unfinished areas only. H. Inaccessible Ceiling Areas: Install outlet and junction boxes no more than 6 inches (150 mm)from ceiling access panel or from removable recessed luminaire. I. Install boxes to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements. J. Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above counters,benches, and backsplashes. K. Locate outlet boxes to allow luminaires positioned as shown on reflected ceiling plan. ' L. Align adjacent wall mounted.outlet boxes for switches,thermostats, and similar devices. M. Use flush mounting outlet box in finished areas. N. Locate flush mounting box in masonry wall to require cutting of masonry unit corner , only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat opening. O. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in walls;provide minimum 6 inches (150 mm) separation. Provide minimum 24 inches(600 mm) separation in acoustic rated walls. P. Secure flush mounting box to interior wall and partition studs. Accurately position to allow for surface finish thickness. 1416-03 16130 Boxes 16130-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16130 BOXES ' Q. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush mounting outlet box between studs. R. Install flush mounting box without damaging wall insulation or reducing its effectiveness. S. Use adjustable steel channel fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. 1 T. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. U. Support boxes independently of conduit. V. Use gang box where more than one device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. ' W. Use gang box with plaster ring for single device outlets.. X. Use cast outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and wet locations. Y. Use cast floor boxes for installations in slab on,grade; formed steel boxes are acceptable for other installations. Z. Set floor boxes level. ' AA. Large Pull Boxes: Use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, surface-mounted cast metal box in other locations. 3.3 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS ' A. Coordinate installation of outlet box with wire/cable and racewayinstallation. on. ' B. Coordinate box installation with other trades so that boxes will remain accessible. 3.4 CLEANING ' A. Clean interior of boxes to remove dust, debris,and other material. B. Clean exposed surfaces and restore finish. END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1416.03 16130 Boxes 16130-5 Z EL —ENGINEERS— ' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 16271 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 1 PART 1 GENERAL ' L1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of transformers with medium-voltage primaries: ' 1. Liquid-filled secondary unit substation transformers. 1.2 REFERENCES A. IEEE C2 B. NEPA 70 C. ANSI C57 1 D. IEEE C37 E. IEEE C57 F. ASTM D92 ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of transformer indicated. ' B. Shop Drawings: Diagrams including power signal and control wiring. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification.Certification: Submit certification that transformers, ' accessories,and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." ' D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use. ' B. Comply with IEEE C2 and NFPA 70. ' C. Comply with ANSI C57.12.28, IEEE C57.12.10,IEEE C57.12.70, and IEEE C57.12.80. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Service Conditions: IEEE C37.121,usual service conditions except for the following: 1. High level of Hydrogen Sulfide in air. ' 1416.0316271 Med'nue-VoRege Tiensfermcrs 16271-1 ZEI. —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16271 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: ' 1'. Cooper Industries. 2. Eaton Cutler-Hammer. 3. GE Electrical Distribution&Control. 4. Siemens. 5. Square D. 6. Virginia Transformer Corp. 1 2.2 LIQUID-FILLED SECONDARY UNIT SUBSTATION TRANSFORMERS A. Description: Comply with IEEE C57.12.00 and UL 1062 for liquid-filled,2-winding ' transformers, B. Insulating Liquid: Less flammable,dielectric,and listed by a NRTL acceptable to , authority having jurisdiction as complying with NFPA 70 requirements for fire point of not less than 300 deg C when tested according to ASTM D 92. Liquid shall be biodegradable and nontoxic. C. Insulation Temperature Rise: 149/131 deg F,based on an average ambient temperature of 86 deg F over 24 hours with a maximum ambient temperature of 104 deg F. 1 D. Basic.Impulse Level: Comply with UL 1062. E. Full-Capacity Voltage Taps: Four,2.5.percent taps,2 above and 2 below rated primary I voltage;with externally operable,de-energized tap changer;position indicator; and padlock hasp. F. Cooling System: Class ONAN/ONAF,self-cooled. G. Sound level may not exceed sound levels listed in NEMA TR 1. H. Impedance: Not to exceed 5.75 percent. I. Accessories: , 1. Grounding pads,lifting lugs,and provisions for jacking under base. 2. Insulated,low-voltage,neutral bushing with removable ground strap. 3. Liquid-level gage with alarm contacts. 4. Pressure-vacuum gage with alarm contacts. 1416.03 16271 Medium-VoltegeT�sfonnea 16271-2 ZEL ' • -ENGINEERS— SECTION 16271 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 5. Liquid temperature indicator with alarm contacts:. 6. Drain and filter valves. U 7. Pressure relief device. 8. Sudden pressure relay with alarm contacts. 9. Not Used. ' 10. Control cabinet. 2.3 IDENTIFICATIONDEVICES A. Nameplates: Engraved,laminated-plastic or metal nameplate for each transformer, mounted with corrosion-resistant screws. 1 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION ' A. Install and anchor transformers on concrete bases according to manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes applicable to Project. ' 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated,but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit and 4 inches high, 2. Use 3000-psi, 7-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Section 03000, Concrete. ' 3. Install dowel rods to connect concrete bases to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated,install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around full perimeter of base. 4. Anchor equipment with epoxy-embedded anchor bolts that extend through concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. B. Maintain minimum clearances according to manufacturer's written instructions and NFPA 70, 3.2 IDENTIFICATION ' A. Identify components and provide warning signs as specified in Section 16075,Electrical Identification. ' 33 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, ' Section 7:2. Certify compliance with test parameters. B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. ' 3.4 FOLLOW-UP SERVICE ' A. Voltage.Monitoring and Adjusting: Perform the following voltage monitoring after Substantial Completion but not more than six months after Final Acceptance: ' 1416-03162271 Medium-VoltageTcansformas 16271-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16271 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 1. During a period of normal load cycles,perform seven days of continuous three- ' phase voltage recording at secondary terminals of each transformer. Voltage unbalance greater than 1 percent between phases,or deviation of any phase voltage from nominal value by more than plus or minus 5 percent during test period,is unacceptable. 2. Corrective Actions: If test results are unacceptable,perform the following corrective-actions,as appropriate: , a. Adjust transformer taps. b. Prepare written request for voltage adjustment by electric utility. 3< Retests: After corrective actions have been performed,repeat monitoring until satisfactory results are obtained. 4. Report: Prepare written report covering monitoring and corrective actions performed. END OF SECTION 1 1476-0316271 Medivm-Vetlage Transformers 16271-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Medium voltage compact compartmentalized metal-enclosed switchgear with load interrupter switches. 1.2 REFERENCES ' A. ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3 -Standard for Metal-Enclosed Interrupter Switchgear. ' B. ANSI/IEEE C37,20.4-Standard for Indoor AC Medium-Voltage Switches used in Metal- Enclosed Switchgear. C. ANSI/IEEE 24-Standard Performance Characteristics and Dimensions for Outdoor Apparatus Bushings. ' D. ANSI/TF.EE 48 -Standard Test Procedures and Requirements for High-Voltage Alternating-Current Cable Termination. E. ANSI Z55.1 -Gray Finishes for Industrial Apparatus and Equipment. F. NEMA ' G. IEC 420-High-Voltage Alternating Current Switch-Fuse Combinations(Applicable sections to ensure-proper coordination of the switch-fuse combination when fuses are utilized for opening the switch automatically)Test Duties 4 and 5. H. CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 31 Switchgear Assemblies. I. CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 193 High Voltage Full-Load Interrupter Switches. ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. The metal-enclosed switchgear assembly shall be in accordance with the contract documents, applicable codes and whichever is the most stringent. ' B. The manufacturer shall furnish a detailed Bill of Material and complete set of drawings including: 1. Detailed front elevation. 2. Single Line ' 3. Floor Plan 4. Schematics 5. Wiring Diagrams ' C. The manufacturer shall furnish comprehensive instruction manuals covering the installation of the switchgear and the operation of its various components. 1416-0316342 Med-Voltage Mewl Enc Load lnterepterSw0tcbgeer 15342-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In accordance with(customer to specify section) 1 13. Manufacturer: Company specializing in medium voltage metal-enclosed switchgear with at least five years documented experience. The manufacturer of the switchgear must be the same as the manufacturer of the load interrupter switch. C. Equipment shall be UL listed and labeled for metal-enclosed type switchgear assemblies. 1.5 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Accept equipment on site and inspect for shipping damage. ' B. Protect equipment from weather and moisture by covering with heavy plastic or canvas and by maintaining,heat within enclosure in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. I PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 MANUFACTURERS , A. Switchgear: The metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear shall be Square D type HVL/CC or approved equal. Submit shop drawings under the provisions of Section 01330. ' B. Current limiting fuses shall be Square D din style type or equal for 5.5 kV(note: fuse size on one-line diagram).Fuses shall have a 65,000 amperes symmetrical interrupting capability at 5 kV C. The switchgear shall be equipped with an optional FUSELOGIC system to provide the following features: 1. Provide a system to prevent potential single phase conditions by blocking the closing of a manually operated load interrupter switch when a fuse is blown or not installed. 2. Fuses shall be Square D din style(or equal)non-disconnect mounted fuses with provisions for removal and replacement from the front of the switchgear. 2.2 LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR ASSEMBLY A. The metal-enclosed switchgear assembly shall be compartmentalized into the following distinct compartments: 1. Main bus compartment 2. Switch Compartment 3. Cable connection i fuse compartment 4. Mechanism compartment 5. Low voltage/control compartment. 1416-03 16342 Mod-Voltage Motal Eno Load Interrupter Swchgeto 163 42-2 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR B. The metal-enclosed switchgear withload interrupter switches shall consist of a single section close coupled connection with the transformer,be of outdoor non-walk-in ' construction. The sections shall contain the load interrupter switches and the necessary accessory components. The equipment shall be factory-assembled(except for necessary shipping splits)and operationally checked. The assembly shall be a self-supporting, floor ' mounted bay and shall be securely bolted to the transformer to form an integrated structure. Each incoming bay shall be 29.5"and each feeder bay shall be 29.5". ' C. The equipment shall be designed for rear access. D. Cable entry shall be top. ' E. The complete assembly shall be constructed in accordance with applicable provisions of ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3-1987 and the minimum construction standards of the manufacturers of the major components such as power fuses or potential transformers. Provide adequate ' space for fuse handling when applicable. For automatic fuse opening the switch-fuse combination shall meet the applicable sections of IEC 420 to ensure proper coordination of the proposed switch-fuse combination. To comply with these requirements,a time delay ' relay may be used for fuse ratings that do not coordinate with the switch to ensure that any fault currents have decayed to values that the load interrupter switch can safely interrupt. ' F. In establishing the requirements for the enclosure design, consideration shall be given to such relevant factors as controlled access,tamper resistance,protection from ingress of rodents and insects. ' G. Switchgear rated 600 amps continuous shall not require ventilation openings to aid in cooling of the associated components. ' H, The integrated fused switchgear assembly shall withstand the effects of closing, carrying and interrupting currents up to the assigned maximum short circuit rating. ' I. The switchgear shall be low maintenance designed to reduce the requirement for annual/ periodic maintenance of the equipment. Equipment with scheduled maintenance intervals of 5 or more years is preferred. J. Two viewing ports shall be installed in the switch enclosure to enable visible verification of the switch blade position. ' K. An animated mimic bus attached to the end of the operating shaft shall be provided to give visual indication of the position of the switch on each bay. ' L. System Voltage:4160V,three phase, solidly grounded. M. Operating Frequency: 60 Hz. ' N. Maximum Short Circuit Current:25 kA RMS Symmetrical. ' 1416-03 16342 Med-Voltage Meta]Enc Load Imo-rupter Switchgear 16342.3 _.. ZE _ -ENGINEEPS SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR O. Maximum Design Voltage: 5.5. ' P. Basic Impulse LEVEL(BIL): 60 kv. Q. Power Frequency Withstand: 19 kv. R. Short-Time Current(two second): ' 1. Interrupter switch 25 kA. 2. Grounding switch 25 kA S. Main Bus Ampacity: 600 amperes,continuous. T. Integrated Short Circuit Rating: 25 kARMS symmetrical. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. The load interrupter switch,rated 600 amperes continuous and interrupting, shall be fixed mounted,manually operated, and shall be quick-make,quick-break with the speed of operation independent of the operator: The grounding switch,on closing,shall be quick make with the speed of operation independent of the operator. B. To provide for dependable operation,the device shall not rely on chains or cables to drive the blade assemblies open and closed. C. The operating mechanism shall be isolated from high voltageby a steel barrier and coupled through a direct drive shaft. Access to mechanism parts shall not require de-energizing of the equipment. D. The switch shall have three positions,open,closed and grounded, four-time fault close capability. E. The swrtch shall have a F. The switch shall be capable of 100 operations at 600 Amperes. I G. The switch shall be capable of 1000 mechanical no load operations. H. The switch blades shall be contained in a single sealed for life enclosure. The interrupting medium pressure within the enclosure shall not exceed 6 PSI(0.4 Bars)at 5 or 15kV class equipment or 22 PSI(1,5 Bars)at 25.8 or 38kV class equipment. Refilling of the switch shall not be required. Maintenance of the interrupter module shall not be required over its life. I. The switch operating handle shall be removable. The handle must be suitable to operate ' the load interrupter mechanism as well as the ground switch mechanism. J. Voltage and Short Circuit Ratings:Match ratings specified for integrated assembly. ' K. Momentary Rating: 40kA RMS Asymmetrical. 1416-03 16342 Med-Voltage Metal Enc Load Interrupter Sxltengear 16342-4 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR ' L. Fault Closing:40 kA,RMS Asymmetrical . U M. Load side live line indicators shall be provided as standard on the mechanism compartment. The live line indicator assembly shall be mounted in the mechanism compartment and shall be an easily removable module containing three neon indicators powered from voltage dividers within the 3 standoff insulators. 2:4 ACCESSORIES 1 A. Provide a grounding switch on the load side of the fuses to discharge any capacitive voltage in the feeder cable prior to gaining access to the fuse compartment. Switch shall be mechanically interlocked with the main grounding switch of the load interrupter switch. ' B. Surge Arresters metal-oxide type: Distribution class,rated 6KV, 5.1 MCOV; one per phase. iC. Incoming Cable Termination:An anti-rotational mounting pad shall have provision for 2 single hole cable lugs. D. Provide compression lugs for terminating cables onto the switchgear terminal pads. E. Anti-condensation space heaters:For 120 VAC supplied by Manufacturer (AJACENTequipment), sized by the manufacturer,with thermostats. F. Pad lock provisions for mechanism covers on the load interrupter switch and grounding ' switch mechanisms shall be supplied as standard to prevent unauthorized access to the operating mechanism. G. Mechanical Interlocks: 1. An interlock shall be provided on the grounding switch mechanism to prevent insertion of the operating handle and operation of the grounding switch when the load interrupter switch is in the closed position. {Include whengroundswitch is specified} 2. An interlock shall be provided on the load interrupter switch mechanism to prevent insertion of the operating handle and operation of the load interrupter switch when the grounding switch is in the closed position. 3. An interlock shall be provided to prevent the removal of the high voltage access panel with the load interrupter switch closed. To access the high voltage ' compartment,the load interrupter switch must be opened and the grounding switch must be in the closed position. The interlock must be directly attached to the operating mechanism and should not rely on long cables and linkages. 4. To facilitate cable testing in the high voltage compartment,the grounding switch can be returned to the open position. In this position interlocks are to be provided. to prevent replacement of the high voltage access panel and prevent closure of the ' load interrupter switch.Include when ground switch is specified. H. Key Interlocks: Schneider Locks or equal. 1416-0316342 Mad-Voltage Metal Enc Load Interrupter Switchgear 16342-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS I SECTION 16342 ' MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR 2.5 FABRICATION A. Construction: Outdoor,non-walk-in. Each equipment bay shall be a separately constructed cubicle assembledto form a rigid free standing unit,Minimum sheet metal thickness shall be 11 gauge steel on all exterior surfaces.Adjacent bays shall be securely bolted together to form an integrated rigid structure. Each individual unit shall be braced to prevent distortion. B. All bus joints shall use Belleville washers. Torque bolts that are used for bus joints or for insulators and direct support of any current carrying parts shall be marked with a bead of highly visible bright orange"torque seal",that will readily show when a bolt has loosened,. C. The high voltage non-disconnect type fuses(when required),shall be accessible only througha separatepanel mechanically interlocked with the switch. Screened or penetrable � Y bathers which may allow intentional or inadvertent contact with energized parts shall not be permitted. D. The duplex switch configuration shall be equipped with a mechanical interlock between the two switches preventing paralleling of the two incoming lines, A single access panel shall be provided to the load side of the duplex configuration requiring that both switches shall be opened[and grounded]prior to accessing the fuses and load cable terminations. E. Height: [] inches,maximum including auxiliary support members on top and bottom. i Maximum Indoor Outdoor Voltage Single/Multiple Single/Multiple 4.76& 15,0 Kv 90" 99.75" Maximum Indoor Outdoor Voltage Single/Multiple Single/Multiple 25.8 &38:0 kV 108" 118.45 F. Main bus shall be tin-plated copper,non-insulated rated 600 amps,and shall be supported directly by the switch. G. For single bays,include a ground pad with lug. H. Main bus and ground bus connections shall be designed for easy for future extensions. Cutout areas with removable bolted on covers shall allow for future extension of the main bus.A knock-out shall be removable for the extension of the ground bus. I. Outdoor units shall be designed with a sloped,drip-proof roof. The cubicles must have a door-in-door construction.The front outer door shall be a bulkhead type door with three point latching and vault type handle with provisions for padlocking. Cubicles are to be designed to allow front and rear access and shall not require the routing of line side or load side connections in front of the switch/fuse compartment. The roof design shall minimize the number of roof seams by covering several bays with one closure to reduce installation time and potential for leakage. 5416-6316342 Med-Voltage tvfeta1Enc Load lnterruptel Switchgear .16342-6 ZEL , —ENGINEERS— i ' SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR J. Anti-condensation space heaters:For 120 VAC from control power transformer,sized by the manufacturer,with thermostats. ' K. The metal-enclosed switchgear shall be fully assembled, inspected and tested at the factory prior to shipment. Large line-ups shall be split to permit 1101.1nal shipping and handling as ' well as for ease of rejoining at the job site. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING ' A. All non-painted steel parts shall be zinc plated. B. All painted steel parts shall be cleaned and a zinc-phosphate(outdoor equipment)or iron phosphate(indoor equipment)pre-treatment applied prior to paint application C. Paint Color shall be ANSI-61 (light gray)TGIC polyester powder,applied electrostatically through air.Following paint application,parts shall be baked to produce a hard durable finish. The average thickness of the paint film shall be 2.0 mils. Paint film shall be uniform in color and free from blisters, sags,flaking and peeling. D. Adequacy of paint finish to inhibit the buildup of rust on ferrous metal materials shall be tested and evaluated per paragraphs 5.2.8.1-7 of ANSI C37.20.3-1987. Salt spray withstand tests in accordance with paragraph 5.2.8.4 shall be performed on a periodic basis ' to provide conformance to this corrosion resistance standard of at least 2500 hours minimum(outdoor equipment) or 600 hours minimum(indoor equipment). ' PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Visually inspect switchgear for evidence of damage and verify that surfaces are ready to receive work. tB. Visually inspect to confirm that all items and accessories are in accordance with specifications and drawings. C. Verify field measurements are as shown on Drawings. D, Verify that required utilities(e.g.,control voltage for heater circuits on outdoor switchgear) ' tire available,in proper location,and ready for use. E. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing surface conditions. 3.2 INSTALLATION ' A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions,applicable requirements of the NEC and in accordance with recognized industry practices. ' 1416-03 16343 Med-Vollngc Meta!Enc Load lntarupta Switchgra: 16342-7 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 16342 MEDIUM-VOLTAGE METAL ENCLOSED LOAD INTERRUPTER SWITCHGEAR B. Bending of high-voltage cables should be avoided or minimized. All necessary bends should meet at least the minimum radii specified by the cable manufacturer. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field inspection and testing will be performed by the installing contractor under provisions of Section 01400, Quality Control. B. Visually inspect switchgear for physicaldamage upon receipt. C. Perform mechanical operator tests in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Check torque of all bolted connections,including cable terminations, either by observing the bead of indicating compound to confirm that it is still intact,or with a torque wrench to confirm the joint is tightened to the manufacturer's specifications. E. Touch-up all chips and scratches with manufacturer-supplied paint and leave remaining ' paint with Owner. F. Verify key interlock operation if applicable. ' G. Perform insulation resistance test on each phase to ground and phase to phase.Record results for future reference. t H. Perform low-frequency withstand tests according to ANSI/IEEE C37.20.3,paragraph 5.5. I. Perform contact resistance test across each switch blade;report any contact resistance in ' excess of 50 micro-ohms. END OF SECTION 1416-03 16342 Mee-Visage Mewl Enc Load Interrupter Switchgear 16342-8 ZE —ENGINEERS— ' ' SECTION 16419 WAVEFORM CORRECTOR PART 1 GENERAL ' This section describes materials and installation requirements for low voltage waveform correctors for the protection of all AC electrical circuits.Devices to be installed at designated service entrance equipment,distribution panels,electronic equipment,and receptacle devices. ' 1.1 SUBMITTALS t A. Submit product data on each waveform corrector indicating the following: 1. Type of construction and components 2. Model number and conductor sizes ' 3. Dimensional drawings for each model showing mounting and connection arrangements 4. Clamping voltage for each model number ' 5. 6. Attenuation roll of curve and noise attenuation in dB per decade Operating temperature and frequency 7. Listing, safety-standards and compliances B. Submit manufacturer's NRTL certified test data and nameplate data for each model of Waveform corrector. C. Submit electrical single-line diagram showing location and model of each Waveform corrector. ' 1.2 TESTING,WARRANTY AND DURABILITY A. Manufacturer must provide independent testing on repetitive capability and maximum surge current rating of all waveform corrector units. This shall be performed at a nationally recognized lab not affiliated with the manufacturer. B, Testing ' 1. Single pulse surge current capacity: single pulse surge current tested in a mode at rated surge currents. 2. Single pulse surge current capacity test: an initial UL 1449 defined 1.2 x 50us, 6000V open circuit voltage waveform and an 8 x 20us, 500A and 3kA short circuit ' current waveformis applied to benchmark the unit's voltage protection rating (VPR). 3. IEEE C62.41 category Al .5uS*100 kHz,2kV,70 amp ring wave should be tested ' on Waveform corrector. Testing should be performed with the initial pulse in the positive direction. Testing should be performed at 90,180 and 270 electrical degrees to help establish Waveform corrector performance at the positive peak, the ' zero crossing and the negative peak of the waveform. 4. IEEE C62.41 category B3 .5uS*100 kHz, 6kV, 500 amp ring wave should be tested on Waveform corrector. Testing should be performed with the initial ' pulse in the positive direction. Testing should be performed at 90,180 and 270 electrical degrees to help establish Waveform corrector performance at the positive peak, the zero crossing and the negative peak of the waveform. ' 1416-0316419 Waveform Corrector 16419-1 Z E —ENGINEERS— , SECTION 16419 WAVEFORM CORRECTOR 5. IEEE C62.4], Category B1 1.5/50uS &8/20uS,2kV, lkA amp combination wave U (pulse in positive direction)should be tested on Waveform corrector. Testing should be performed with the pulse in the positive direction. 6. IEEE C62.41,Category B3 1.5/50uS &8/20uS,6kV 3kA amp combination wave (pulse in positive direction)should be tested on Waveform corrector.Testing should be performed with the pulse in the positive direction. 7. Random noise testing should be tested on Waveform corrector.Random noise should be from l kHz to 100 kHz,analogous to noise generated by VFD's (Variable Frequency Dives). Waveform corrector should suppress the noise levels to at least 20dB from 1 kHz to 100 kHz. C. Durability 1. IEEE C62.41, Category B3 1.5/50uS &8/20uS,6kV,3kA amp combination wave ' should be imposed on the Waveform corrector. Waveform corrector attenuation levels should be monitored and recorded to at least 1900 repetitive consecutive surges. 2. Performance(energy absorption)of the Waveform corrector after 1900 surges should not deviate more than 5%from the waveform corrector's response of the initial surge test. ' D. Warranty 1. Five years on non-modular units 2. Ten years on Modular units. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Labeling: 1. Provide units that are listed and labeled by NRTL. B. The specified unit shall be designed, manufactured,tested and installed in compliance 1 with the above references. The unit shall be"Listed by Underwriters Laboratories"to UL 1449 3rd Edition. ' C. ANSI Compliance: Use waveform corrector devices in compliance with the recommendations of IEEE C62.41.1,IEEE C62.41.2,and IEEE C62.45. D. All the units should comply with NEMA LS-1, Low Voltage Surge Protective Devices. E. Each roduct should be tested individually for qualitycontrol P Y F. Each product should have unique serial number so that it can be easily trackable. ' 1416-03 16419 Waveform Corrector 16419-2ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16419 WAVEFORM CORRECTOR PART 2 PRODUCTS ' A. GENERAL 1. All waveform correctors for power circuits,provided under this section, shall be the product of a single manufacturer. ' 2. All waveform correctors for power circuits, provided under this section shall be designed to meet the following housing and mounting criteria: a. For waveform corrector devices used in Outside Plant applications where ' the device is internal to a cabinet or common equipment vault(CEV)the waveform corrector shall be capable of wall mounting with its housing rated to atleast.NEMA 4. ' b. For waveform corrector devices used in MSO, CO,or other occupied premises the waveform corrector shall be capable of wall mounting and have a housing rated to at least NEMA 4. 3. Waveform correctors can be either modular or non-modular in design. ' 4. Waveform corrector devices shall be capable of performance at ambient temperatures between-40°F to 149°F at relative humidity ranging from 0 percent to 95 percent, and at altitudes ranging from sea level to 12,000 feet. ' 5. Waveform corrector devices shall be fused such that they disconnect the waveform corrector from the electrical source should the waveform corrector fail The product's fusing shall be certified to survive the full rated surge handling ' capacity of the unit and to afford safety protection from thermal overloads and short circuits.Waveform corrector shall meet UL 1449 3l Edition 6. Waveform corrector devices shall have beentested and certified (Listed) by ' an NRTL to have a short circuit current rating(SCCR) equal to or greater than the available fault current in accordance with NEC Section 285. Series ratings expressly prohibited. 7. Waveform corrector devices shall be labeled such that they show the short circuit current rating(SCCR)in compliance with the requirements of the most current revision of UL 1449 in force upon the date of installation. ' 8. Waveform corrector devices that absorb, dissipate, correct the waveform, and do not utilize the ground conductor as a path for power surge energy,supersede SPD devices that meet UL 1449 minimum requirements in force upon the date of installation. 9, Design waveform corrector devices for the specific type and voltage of the electrical service. Single-phase, split phase, and three-phase wye-configured systems shall have L-N. Grounded delta-configured systems shall have L-L. As recommended by the IEEE Emerald Book,waveform correctors shall not shunt energy to ground or contribute frequency energy leakage to the ground conductor. 10. Waveform corrector's active waveform tracking components shall have a maximum continuous operating voltage(MCOV)of not less than 125%of the nominal phase-to-neutral operating voltage for 120 volt power systems and not ' less than 115% of the nominal phase-to-neutral voltage for 230 volt and higher power systems. And,not less than 115%of the nominal phase to phase voltage for delta systems. 7476-03 16417 Waveform Corrector 16419-3 ZEL -ENGINEERS- SECTION 16419 ' WAVEFORM CORRECTOR 11. All waveform corrector devices will provide filtering across an extended range , from 1.5 kHz to 2.5 MHz with greater than -30 db filtering across the total frequency spectrum. 12. SPD filter options that meet minimum standards only at peak resonance shall not meet specification and are expressly prohibited regardless of US minimum compliance. 13. Waveform Correctors performance shall be 3rd party tested to IEEE C62.41 standards for Category Al (low system exposure, 2kV, 70 amp ring wave),B1 (low system exposure, 2kV, 1kA combination wave), B3 (high system exposure, 6kV, 500 amp ring wave), and B3 (high system exposure,6kV, 3kA combination wave).Third party data shall be submitted for review.. 14. Waveform correctors performance for the frequency noise between lkHz to 90kHz should be third party tested and data should be submitted for review. ' 2.2 MANUFACTURER. A. Manufacturer list is inalphabetical order and not in order of preference. 1. Environmental Potentials EP2884F4 or approved equal. 2.3 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS MCC),AC FILTER-PROTECTOR ' A. Provide waveform corrector meeting IEEE C62.41.1 and IEEE C62.41.2 Location in accordance with Category B or C. B. Type of construction shall be of RLC based circuit Construction must have absorption, dissipation and filtering circuits. SPD devices incorporating MOV,SAD,gas tube,and/or Selenium technology solely are expressly prohibited as to maintain safety ground integrity. C. Due to sensitivity of electronic based devices and negative effects of high frequency noise on an electrical system, waveform corrector must be installed and it must filter noise from 1.5 kHz to 2.5 MHz with greater than -30 dB filtering across the total frequency spectrum. Filters/SPD that only meet requirements at peak resonance or simply shunt to ground shall be expressly prohibited D. Waveform Corrector should not only provide low impedance between phase and neutral,but physically convert the electrical energy(noise)and voltage surges to heat, preventing the noise/surge from staying inside the facility,and preventing noise/surge from being shunted to ground. Third party test and certifications data shall be submitted for review. E. Waveform corrector housing shall be in an enclosure that has the same NEMA rating, or higher,as the equipment it protects.. ' F. Waveform correctors shall be installed EXTERNAL to MCC G. UL 1449 maximum suppression voltage shall not be more than: 1. 1200 Volt for 277/480Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire. 1416-031641)Wave'orm Carrcaor 1641.9-4 _.... _. ZEL —ENGINEERS— 111 SECTION 16419 WAVEFORM CORRECTOR 2. 2000 Volt for 480 Volt, 3 phase, 3 wire. 3. 700 Volt for 120/208 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire. 4. 1200 Volt for 208 Volt, 3 phase, 3 wire. 5. 700 Volt for 120/240 Volt, 3 phase, 4 wire. 6. 1200 Volt for 240 Volt,3 phase, 3 wire. ' H. For safety, the waveform correctors shall be installed EXTERNAL to any MCC, switchboards:and/or panel boards,unless installed in an explosion and vapor proof enclosure inside the gear:Waveform corrector enclosure does not count as an explosion and vapor proof enclosure. I. Surge current capacity shall be not less than the following 1. L-L Capacity;320.kA/inode 2. L-N Capacity: 320 kA/mode J. Waveform corrector housing shall be in an enclosure that has- the same NEMA rating, or higher,as the equipment it protects. 2.4 ANNUNCIATIONAC CIRCUITS ' A. Provide unit or separately mounted LED-type indication lights to show the normal and failed status of each module. B. Provide one set of normally open and one normally closed remote alarm contacts which operate when the unit fails. ' 2.5 SURGE COUNTER AC CIRCUITS A. Provide each waveform corrector rated above 80 kA with dual surge counters ' displaying the number of voltage transients that have occurred on the unit input. The counter shall retain the count through system power outages. One counter shall be reset-table while the other registers aggregate lifecycle surge counts. ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Inspect the facility for voltage configurations and panel boards ' 3.2 APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install Waveform Correctors as indicated on manufacturer installation instructions and drawings. B. For Electronic Equipment Paired Cable Conductors: Install waveform correctors at the ' input and output interface for each cabinet,CEV,or Shelter. 1. Use secondary waveform correctors on lines that do not exit the structure. 1415-03 16419 Waveform Comxtor 16419-5 Z E L —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16419 WAVEFORM CORRECTOR 2. Use primary waveform correctors on lines that exit and enter the structure. I 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS I A. Install Waveform Correctors according to manufacturer's recommendations. B. Install waveform correctors directly to the cabinet which houses the circuit to be I protected so that the waveform corrector leads are straight and short,with all conductors laced,running directly to the point of connection within the panel,without loops or bends. If bends are unavoidable, no bend may exceed 90 degrees and bending radius may not be I less than 6 inches. C. Connecting wires shall be as short as possible. Connecting wires shall not exceed 24 I inches on main service equipment and 12 inches in length at any other point. D. For field installed leadless filter-protectors, AC conductors shall be the same as I specified for building wire,not smaller than No. 8 AWG and not larger than No.4 AWG. Device leads shall not be longer than the length recommended by the manufacturer, unless specifically reviewed and approved by the manufacturer. E. Provide dedicated disconnecting means for AC waveform corrector devices installed at I panel boards.Provide dedicated 15-30 ampere circuit breakers(size dependent upon cable size used)with number of poles as required, as disconnecting means for waveform I corrector devices installed for panel boards,and outside plant applications. The interrupting capacity of the circuit breakers shall be that specified for the other breakers at that location. I F. Main service entrance, switchgear,MCC and distribution panel rated 800A do not require dedicated circuit breaker. I END OF SECTION I I I I I 1416-03 16419 Waveform Corrector 16419-6 ZEL I —ENGINEERS— I I - SECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR 1 PART 1 GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes metal-enclosed, low-voltage power circuit-breaker switchgear rated 1 1000 V and less for use in ac systems. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03000—Concrete ' B. Section 16075—Electrical Identification C. Section 16110 Raceways ' D. Section 16120—Conductors E. Section 16450-Grounding L3 REFERENCES ' A. IEEE C37.13 B. IEE C37.20.1 ' C. WEE C37.90 D. IEEE C57.13 ' E. IEEE 62.11 ' F. NECA 400 G. NFPA 70 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of switchgear, circuit breaker,accessory,and component indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each type of switchgear and related equipment 1, Dimensioned plans,elevations,sections,and details,including required clearances and service space around equipment. Show tabulations of installed devices, equipment features, and ratings. 2. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. ' 1416-03)6430 Low-Voltage Switchgear 16430-1 Z E —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that switchgear, overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined for this project region including the following: 1. Basis of Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a, The term "withstand"means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event. 2. Dimensioned Drawings of Equipment Unit Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3, Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based. D. Fielduali. y -control test reports. q tY E. Operation and maintenance data. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components,Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in ' NFPA 70,Article 100,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS 111 A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: 1. Square D or approved equal 1.7 RATINGS A. Nominal System Voltage: 480 V, 3-wire,60 Hz. B. Main-Bus Continuous: 2000A. C. Short-Time and Short-Circuit Current: Match rating of highest-rated circuit breaker in switchgear assembly. 1.8 FABRICATION A. Factory assembled and tested and complying with IEEE C37.20.1, 1416-03 16430 Low-Voltage switchgear 16430-2 ZEL t —ENGINEERS I I ISECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR IB. Indoor Enclosure: Steel with removable,hinged,rear cover panels to allow access to rear interior of switchgear. I 1, Section barriers between main and circuit-breaker compartments shall be extended to rear of section. 2. Bus isolation bathers shall be arranged to isolate line bus from load bus at each I 3. main circuit breaker. Circuit-breaker compartments shall be equipped to house drawout-type circuit breakers and shall be fitted with hinged outer doors. 4. Finish: IEEE C37.20.1,manufacturer's standard gray finish over a rust-inhibiting I primer on phosphatizing-treated metal surfaces: 5. Auxiliary Compartments: Match and align with basic switchgear assembly. Include the following: Ia. Power monitor and metering compartment. b. Bus transition sections. c. Incoming-line pull sections. Id. Hinged front panels for access to metering, accessory, and blank compartments. I C. Bus bars connect between vertical sections and between compartments. Cable connections are not permitted. 1. Phase-Bus Material: Tin-plated copper. I 2. Circuit-Breaker Line Connections to Phase Bus: Use copper for connecting to copper bus. 3. Feeder Circuit-Breaker Load Terminals: Silver-plated copper bus extensions I 4. equipped with pressure connectors for outgoing circuit conductors: Ground Bus: Hard-drawn tined copper of 98 percent minimum conductivity,with pressure connector for feeder and branch-circuit ground conductors,minimum size I1/4 by 2 inches. 1.9 COMPONENTS IA. Instrument Transformers: Comply with IEEE C57.13. 1. Potential Transformers: Secondary-voltage rating of 120 V and NEMA accuracy I class 0.3 with burdens as required. 2. Currentof Transformers: Ratios as required;burden and accuracy class suitable for connected relays,meters, and instruments. I B, Multifunction Digital-Metering Monitor UL-listed or-recognized,microprocessor-based unit suitable for three wire systems and with the following features: 1, Switch-selectable digital display of the following: I a. Phase Currents,Each Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. b. Phase-to-Phase Voltages,Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. c. Phase-to-Neutral Voltages,Three Phase: Plus or minus 1 percent. Id. e. Three-Phase Real Power: Plus or minus 2 percent. Three-Phase Reactive Power: Plus or minus 2 percent. f. Power Factor: Plus or minus 2 percent. I1416-03 16430 Low-Voltegc Swi(ebgea 16430-3 —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16430 ' LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR g. Frequency: Plus or minus 0.5 percent h. Integrated Demand,with Demand Interval Selectable from 5 to 60 Minutes: Plus or minus 2 percent. i. Accumulated energy,in megawatt hours(joules),plus or minus 2 percent; stored values unaffected by power outages for up to 72 hours. 2. Mounting: Display and control unit flush or semiflush mounted in instrument compartment door. C. Relays: Comply with IEEE C37.90,types and settings as indicated;with test blocks and plugs. D. Surge Arresters: Distribution class,metal-oxide-varistor type. Comply with IEEE C62.11 and NEMA LA L 1. Install in cable termination compartments and connect in each phase of circuit. E. Provision for Future Devices: Equipcompartments with rails,mounting brackets,supports, necessary appurtenances,and bus connections. F. Control Power Supply: Control power transformer supplying 120-V control circuits through secondary disconnect devices. Include the following features: 1. Dry-type transformers,in separate compartments for units larger than 3 kVA, including primary and secondary fuses. 2. Control Power Fuses: Primary and secondary fuses with current-limiting and overload protection. G. Control Wiring: Factory installed,complete with bundling,lacing,and protection; and complying with the following: 1. Flexible conductors for No.8 AWG and smaller,for conductors across hinges and for conductors for interconnections between shipping units. 2. Conductors sized according to NFPA 70 for duty required. 1.10 CIRCUIT BREAKERS ' A. Description: Comply with IEEE C37.13, B. Ratings: As indicated for,continuous,interrupting, and short:time current ratings for each ' circuit breaker;voltage and frequency ratings same as switchgear.. All breakers shall be 100%rated. C. eratin Mechanism: Mechanically and electrically trip-free,stored-energy operating � g mechanism with the following features: 1. Normal Closing Speed: Independent of both control and operator. 2. Slow Closing Speed: Optional with operator for inspection and adjustment. 3. Stored-Energy Mechanism: Manually charged. 4. Operation counter. ' 141b-03 76430 Low-Voltage Swtidigeur 16430-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ISECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR ID. Trip Devices: Solid-state,overcurrent trip-device system consisting of one or two current transformers or sensors per phase,a release mechanism,and the following features: I 1. Functions: Long-time-delay,short-time-delay, ground-time-delay,and instantaneous-trip functions,independent of each other in both action and adjustment. I 2. Temperature Compensation: Ensures accuracy and calibration stability from minus 5toplus 104degf. 3. Field-adjustable,time-current characteristics. I 4. Current Adjustability: Dial settings and rating plugs on trip units or sensors on circuit breakers,or a combination of these methods. 5. Three bands,minimum,for long-time-and short-time-delay functions;marked "minimum," "intermediate,"and"maximum." I6. Pickup Points: Five minimum,for long-time-and short-time-trip functions. Equip short-time-trip function for switchable I2t operation. 7. Pickup Points: Five minimum,for instantaneous-trip functions. I8. Ground-fault protection with at least three short-time-delay settings and three trip- time-delay bands; adjustable current pickup. Arrange to provide protection for the following: Ia. Three-wire,double-ended substation. 9. Trip Indication: Labeled,battery-powered lights or mechanical targets on trip device to indicate type of fault. IE. Auxiliary Contacts: Two Type"a" and two Type "b"contacts wired through secondary disconnect devices to a terminal block in stationary housing. IF. Drawout Features: Circuit-breaker mounting assembly equipped with a racking mechanism to position circuit breaker and hold it rigidly in connected,test,and disconnected positions. Include the following features: I I. Interlocks: Prevent movement of circuit breaker to or from connected position when it is closed, and prevent closure of circuit breaker unless it is in connected, test,or disconnected position. I2. Circuit-Breaker Positioning An open circuit breaker may be racked to or from connected,test,and disconnected positions only with the associated compartment door closed unless live parts are covered by a full dead-front shield. An open Icircuit breaker may be manually withdrawn to a position for removal from the structure with the door open. Status for connection devices for different positions includes the following: Ia. Test Position: Primary disconnect devices disengaged,and secondary disconnect devices and ground contact engaged. b. Disconnected Position: Primary and secondary devices and ground contact Idisengaged. G. Arc Chutes: Readily removable from associated circuit breaker when it is in disconnected I position, and arranged to permit inspection of contacts without removing circuit breaker from switchgear. I1416-0316430 Low-Voltage Switchgear 16430-5 ZEL. —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR H. Padlocking Provisions: For installing at least three padlocks on each circuit breaker to secure its enclosure and prevent movement of drawout mechanism. I. Operating Handle: One for each circuit breaker capable of manual operation. ' J. Electric Close Button: Not required. K. Key Interlocks: Arrangedso keys are attached at devices indicated on contract drawings. Mountings and hardware are included where future installation of key-interlock devices is indicated. ' L. Undervoltage Trip Devices:Where indicated on contract drawings. M. Undervoltage Trip Devices: Whereindicated on contract drawings. ' N. Shunt-Trip Devices: Where indicated on contract drawings. 1.11 ACCESSORIES A. Accessory Set: Furnish tools and miscellaneous items required for circuit-breaker and ' switchgear test,inspection,maintenance, and operation. 1. Racking handle to manually move circuit breaker between connected and disconnected positions. 2. Portable test set for testing all functions of circuit-breaker,solid-state trip devices without removal from switchgear. 3. Relay and meter test plugs suitable for testing switchgear meters and switchgear class relays. B. Circuit-Breaker Removal Apparatus: Portable,floor-supported,roller-base,elevating carriage arranged for moving circuit breakers in and out of compartments. C. Circuit-Breaker Removal Apparatus: Overhead-circuit-breaker lifting device,track mounted at top front of switchgear and complete with hoist and lifting yokes matching each size of drawout circuit breaker installed. D. Spare-Fuse Cabinet: Identified and compartmented steel box or cabinet with lockable door. I E. Storage for Manual: Include a rack or holder,near the operating instructions,for a copy of maintenance manual. 1.12 SURGE PROTECTION A. All low voltage switchgear shall be furnished with factory installed,integral Transient I Voltage Surge Suppressor, TVSS. 1416,03 16430 In.v-Voltage Switchgear 16430-6 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— r I SECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR IPART 2 EXECUTION I2.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with applicable portions of NECA 400, I B. Anchor switchgear assembly to 4-inch, channel-iron floor sill embedded in concrete base and attach by bolting. 1. Sills: Select to suit switchgear;level and grout flush into concrete base. I 2. Design each fastener and support to carry load as required. 3. Concrete Bases: 4 inches high,reinforced,with chamfered edges. Extend base no more than 3 inches in all directions beyond the maximum dimensions of switchgear' I unless otherwise indicated.Construct concrete bases according to Section 3000, Concrete. I2.2 IDENTIFICATION . A. Identify field-installed conductors,interconnecting wiring, and components provide warning signs as specified in.Section 16075,Electrical Identification. IB. Diagram and Instructions: 1. Frame and mount under clear acrylic plastic label on the front of switchgear. ' a. Operating Instructions: Printed basic instructions for switchgear,including control and key-interlock sequences and emergency procedures. 2. Storage for Maintenance: Include a rack or holder,near the operating,instructions, Ifor a copy of maintenance manual. 2.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL IA. Prepare for acceptance tests as follows: L Test insulation resistance for each switchgear bus, component,connecting supply, feeder,and control circuit. I2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to Iperform the following: 1. Inspect switchgear installation,including wiring, components,connections, and equipment. Test and adjust components and equipment. I 2. Verify that electrical control wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal by means of point-to-point continuity testing. Verify that wiring installation complies with requirements in Division 16 Sections. I 3. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Assist in field testing of equipment including pretesting and adjusting of equipment I and components. 5. Report results in writing. I7416-03 76430 Low-VoltageSwftchgear 16430-7 Z E ENGINEERS— SECTION 16430 LOW-VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR C. " Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: I 1. Perforin each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA ATS. Certify compliance with test parameters. Perform NETA tests and inspections for each of the following NETA categories: I a. Switchgear. b. Circuit breakers. c. Protective relays. I d. Instrument transformers. e. Power monitor/metering and instrumentation. I f. Ground-fault systems. g. Surge arresters. 2. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 1 END OF SECTION I I I 1 I I I I I 1416-03 76430 low-Voltage Swuchgear 16430-8 ZEL I -ENGINEERS- I ' SECTION 16441 SAFETY SWITCHES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install,complete,the low-voltage fused and non-fused switches as specified herein and as shown on the contract drawings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16050-Basic Materials and Methods ' B. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification C. Section 16450 Grounding ' 1.3 REFERENCES A. NEMA KS-1 -Heavy Duty Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches (600 Volts Maximum) ' B. UL-98 -Enclosed and Dead-Front Switches ' 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. B. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Dimensioned outline drawing 2. Conduit entry/exit locations 3. Switch ratings including: a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage tc. Continuous current 4. Fuse ratings and type 5. Cable terminal sizes ' 6. Product data sheets 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS ' For the equipment specified herein,the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. ' 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS The safety switches shall bear a UL label. 1 ' ]476-0315541 SnfeySw+tches _. 16441-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16441 SAFETY SWITCHES 1.7 DELIVERY ' A. Storage and Handling: Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One(1) copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety.Products in compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre-approved by the Engineer ten(10)days prior to bid date. 2.2 HEAVY-DUTY SAFETY SWITCHES A. Provide switches as shown on drawings,with the following rating: 1. 30 to 1200 amperes 2. 250 volts AC DC,.600 volts AC(30A to 200A 600 volts DC) 3. 2,3,4, and6poles 4. Fusible and non-fusible 5. Mechanical lugs suitable for aluminum or copper conductors. ' B. Construction: 1. Switch blades and jaws shall be visible and plated,copper, 2. Switches shall have a red handle that is easily padlockable:with three 3/8-inch shank locks in the OFF position. 3. Switches shall have defeatable door interlocks that prevent the door from opening when the handle is in the ON position.Defeater mechanism shall be front accessible. 4. Switch assembly and operating handle shall be an integral part of the enclosure base 5. Switches rated 30A to 600A shall have reinforced fuse clips. 6. Switch blades shall be readily visible in the ON and OFF position. C. Switch operating mechanism shall be non-teasable,positive quick-make/quick-break type. Bail type mechanisms are not acceptable. D. Fusible switches shall be suitable for service entrance equipment. E. Switches shall have line terminal shields. Fo Suitable for systems capable of 200 kA at 480V with Class J,L,R,or T fusing as applicable. iajc-o3 ieaaSercswtcbcs 16441-2 —ENGINEERS SECTION 16441 SAFETY SWITCHES ' G. Embossed or engraved ON-OFF indication shall be provided. H. Double-make,double-break switch blade feature shall be provided. I. Fuse pullers shall be provided on all NEMA 4X and 12 switches through 200A. ' J. Renewal parts data shall be shown on the inside of the door. K. All switches shall be manufactured in the USA. ' L. Enclosures: 1. All enclosures shall be NEMA 1 general purpose unless otherwise noted. 2. Other types,where noted, shall be: ' a. NEMA 3R rainproof b. NEMA 4 watertight(800A max.) c. 30A to 200A—304 stainless steel ' d. 400A to 800A—304 stainless steel e. NEMA 12 dust-tight and oil-tight special industry(800A max.). ' M. Paint color shall be ANSI 61 gray. N. 30A to 100A NEMA 4,4X,and 12 enclosures shall be provided with draw-pull latches. ' O. All Safety Switches shall be of the heavy-duty type unless noted otherwise on drawings. ' 2.3 NAMEPLATES A. Nameplate shall be front cover mounted, containing a permanent record of switch type, ampere rating, and maximum voltage rating. ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install switches in locations as follows. ' 1. Where shown on the Contract Drawings. 2. Where required by the NEC or other governing Code. 3. Where required by local authority having jurisdiction. ' 4. Where required by manufacturer of equipment. B. Install such that clear working space per NEC Art 110 provided at the disconnect switch. ' C. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases, where required. Verify structural requirements with structural engineer. ' D. Mount individual wall-mounting switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height,unless otherwise indicated. Anchor floor-mounting switches to concrete base. 1416-03 16441 Safeiyswitca 1 6441-3 Z E -ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16441 ' SAFETY SWITCHES E. Retain first paragraph below if seismic controls are required for Project. Coordinate with ' Drawings. 1. Comply with mounting and anchoring requirements specified in Division 16 Sections. F. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. ' 3.2 FACTORY TESTING A. Standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All test shall be in accordance with the latest version of UL and NEMA standards. 1 END OF SECTION ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 7476-03.1644]SafaysWncte 16441-4 ZEL 1 —ENGINEERS- 1 I ' SECTION 16450 GROUNDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install, complete, the electrical ' grounding system. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16010-Electrical—General Provisions B. Section 16120 -Conductors 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. ' B. IEEE-All applicable standards C. UL-All applicable standards 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Provide under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. ' B. Provide complete manufacturers'descriptive information and shop drawings for equipment,material, and devices furnished under this section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUND RODS ' A. Provide copper-clad steel ground rods not less than 3/4 inch in diameter, 10 feet long driven full length into the earth. ' 2.2 GROUND CONDUCTORS A. Provide grounding conductors of the size shown and the type specified in Section 16120, Conductors. ' 2.3 GROUND CONNECTIONS A. For below grade connections,provide exothermic-welded type of connectors as manufactured by Cadweld,Thermoweld, or equal. ' B. For aboveade connections,provide exothermic-welded, or compression type P connectors. 1416-0316450Grouodiog 16450-1 Z E —ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16450 ' GROUNDING PART 3EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. A green or bare equipment grounding conductor shall be run in each raceway. Such ' conductors shall be based on the most current edition of the NEC and sized for the highest overcurrent device protecting any conductor in that raceway.The equipment grounding conductors shall be electrically continuous from each piece of equipment to the service ground. B. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, ground all exposed noncurrent-carrying ' metallic parts of electrical equipment,raceway systems, and the neutral of all wiring systems in strict accordance with the NEC, state,and other applicable laws and regulations. C. Where grounding conductors are shown,bond the wires to metallic enclosures at each end and to all intermediate metallic enclosures. Connect grounding conductors to all grounding bushings on raceways.Where any equipment contains a ground bus,extend and connect grounding conductors to that bus. Connect the enclosure of the equipment containing the ground bus to that bus. Run ground conductors inside conduits enclosing the power conductors. D. Where an equipment grounding means is not provided,make connections of any grounding conductors to motors 10 hp and above or circuits 20 amps or above by a solderless terminal and a 5/16-inch minimum bolt tapped to the motor frame or equipment housing. Ground connections to smaller motors or equipment may be made by fastening the terminal to a connection box. Connect junction boxes to the equipment grounding system with grounding clips mounted directly on the box or with 3/8-inch machine screws. Completely remove all paint, dirt,or other surface coverings at grounding conductor connection points sothat good metal-to-metal contact is made. E. Install sufficient ground rods in addition to code required grounding so that resistance to ground as tested by standard methods does not exceed 5 ohm unless otherwise accepted. Where more than one rod is required,install rods at least 6 feet apart. F. Ground shields of any shielded power cable at each splice or termination in accordance ' with recommendations of the splice or termination manufacturer. Ground shields of any control cables in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. G. Ground metal sheathing and any exposed metal vertical structural elements of buildings. Ground metal fences enclosing electrical equipment.Bond any metal equipment platforms,which support electrical equipment to that equipment. Provide good electrical contact between metal frames and railings supporting pushbutton stations,receptacles, instrument cabinets, etc.,and raceways carrying circuits to these devices. H. Bond neutrals of transformers within buildings to the system ground network, and to any additional indicated grounding electrodes. 1415-03 16-056 Grovndmg 16450-2 ZEL -ENGINEERS- t ' SECTION 16450 GROUNDING ' 3.2 GROUNDING CONNECTIONS A. Unless shown otherwise,make connections of grounding conductors to ground rods at the upper end of the rod with the end of the rod and the connection point below finished grade. Provide a capped well,farmed of 4-inch PVC conduit, from grade to 2 inches below connection to ground rod,to allow for inspection. ' B. Make connections of grounding conductors accessible. C. In handholes,install ground rods with ends 4 to 6 inches above the floor with connections ' of grounding conductors fully visible and accessible.When making thermite welds,wire brush or file the point of contact to a bare metal surface.Use thermite welding cartridges and molds in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. After welds have ' been made and cooled,brush slag from the weld area and thoroughly clean the joint.For compression connectors,use homogeneous copper,anti corrosion, surface treatment compound at connectors in accordance with connector manufacturer's recommendations. ' Use connectors of proper size for conductors and ground rods specified.Use connector manufacturer's compression tool. Notify Engineer prior to backfilling any ground connections. ' 3.3 FIELD TESTS ' A. The Contractor shall test the resistance of the grounding electrode system by the fall-of- potential method. The Contractor shall supply a Biddle No. 6322 Earth Tester, or equal, and make the test in the presence of the Engineer with grounding conductors ' disconnected. If the grounding electrode test resistance exceeds 5 ohm,the Contractor shall add ground rods or other grounding electrodes to the grounding electrode system until the grounding electrode test resistance is 5 ohms or less. Methods, which change soil ' resistivity, are not acceptable as means of lowering the grounding electrode test resistance. This test shall not be made within 24 hours after rainfall. B. Test all ground fault interrupter(OFI)receptacles and circuit breakers for proper I connection and operation with methods and instruments prescribed by the manufacturer. ' C. Provide copies of reports of all grounding system tests for inclusion in Operation and Maintenance Manuals and for review by the Engineer. END OF SECTION I I 1416•03 16450 Grounding 16450-3 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 1 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall furnish and install single-phase and three-phase general purpose individually mounted dry-type transformers of the two-windings type,self-cooled as specified herein,and as shown on the contract drawings. Where indicated on the drawings provide K-factor transformers for nonsinusoidal loads ' 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 16010—General Provisions B. Section 16050—Basic Materials and Methods ' C. Section 16075 -Electrical Identification D. Section 16110 Raceways ' E. Section 16120-Conductors F. Section 16450 Grounding G. Section 16470 Panelboards 1.3 REFERENCES A. NFPA 70-National Electrical Code. B. NEMA ICS 1 -General Standards for Industrial Control Systems. C. NEMA ICS 2- Standards for Industrial Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. D. NEMA ICS 3 -Industrial Systems. E. NEMA ICS 6-Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems. ' F. IEEE-All applicable standards G. UL-All applicable standards 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples iB. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Outline dimensions and weights ' 1416-03 16461 Dry-lypernmformers 16461-1 ZEL -ENGINEERS- SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS 2. Technical certification sheet ' 3. Transformer ratings including: a. kVA b. Primary and secondary voltage c. Taps. d. Basic impulse level(BIL)for equipment over 600 volts e. Design impedance f Insulation class and temperature rise g. Sound level. 4. Product data sheets. C. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 1. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals shall be provided with each assembly shipped,and shall include instruction leaflets and instruction bulletins for the complete assembly and each major component. D. SUBMITTALS—FOR CONSTRUCTION 1. The following information shall be submitted for record purposes,. 2. Final as-built drawings and information for items listed. ' 3. Connection diagrams 4. Installation information 5. Seismic certification and equipment anchorage details. ' 6. The final (as-built)drawings shall include the same drawings as the construction drawings and shall incorporate all changes made during the manufacturing process. ` ' 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. For the equipment specified herein,the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. I B. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five(5)years. When requested by the Engineer,an acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with this requirement. C. The equipment and major components onents shall be suitable for and certified to meet all P applicable seismic requirements of the BOCA National Building Code,paragraph 1612.6. This shall include both vertical and lateral required response spectra as specified. Alternatively,the manufacturer's certification may be based on a detailed computer analysis of the entire assembly structure and its components. Guidelines for the installation consistent with these requirements shall be provided by the switchgear manufacturer and be based upon testing of representative equipment. The equipment manufacturer shall document the requirements necessary for.proper seismic mounting of the equipment. 1416-03 16461 in3.iypd'I rorm16461-2 Z E L I —ENGINEERS— 1 1 SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS ' D. The test response spectra shall meet or exceed the required response spectra peak acceleration of 1.6g's(3.2-11 Hz)and a ZPA of 1.Og as specified in the BOCA National Building Code, for all equipment natural frequencies up to at least 35 Hz. 1.6 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ' A. The Contractor shall provide equipment anchorage details, coordinated with the equipment mounting provision,prepared and stamped by a licensed civil engineer in the state.Mounting recommendations shall be provided by the manufacturer based upon 111 approved shake table tests used to verify the seismic design of the equipment. B. The equipment manufacturer shall certify that the equipment can withstand,that is, ' function following the seismic event,including both vertical and lateral required response spectra as specified in above codes. ' C. The equipment manufacturer shall document the requirements necessary for proper seismic mounting of the equipment. Seismic qualification shall be considered achieved when the capability of the equipment,meets or exceeds the specified response spectra. ' 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. All transformers shall be UL listed and bear the UL label. ' 18 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One(1)copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. PART 2 PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings,features and functions:Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in ' compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre-approved by the Engineer ten(1 O) days prior to bid date. ' 2.2 RATINGS A. kVA and voltage ratings shall be as shown on the drawings. B. Transformers shall be designed for continuous operation at rated kVA, for 24 hours a day, 365 days a year operation, with normal life expectancy as defined in ANSI C57.96. 141G-03 16467 114361>rt7 ro,n� 16461-3 Z E —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16461 I DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS C. Transformer sound levels shall not exceed the following ANSI and NEMA levels for self- cooled ratings: Oto9kV 40 dB 10 to 50 kVA 45 dB 51 to 150 kVA 50 dB 151 to 300 kVA 55 dB 301 to 500 kVA 60 dB 501 to 700 kVA 62 dB 701 to 1000 kVA 64 dB 1001 to 1500 kVA 65 dB D. Where K-factor transformers are indicated on the drawings,the transformers shall be specifically designed to supply circuits with a harmonic profile equal to or less than a K- 1 factor of 13 without exceeding 115 degrees C temperature rise. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION-GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSFORMERS ' A. Insulation Systems-Transformer insulation system shall be as follows: 1. Less than 15 kVA: 185 degrees C insulation system with 115 degree C rise, encapsulated design; 15 kVA and above: 220 degrees C insulation system with 115 degree C rise,ventilated design. 2. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40 degrees C maximum ambient, and a 24 hour average ambient of 30 degrees C. 3. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test.Method D635. B. Core and Coil Assemblies: 1. Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade,nonaging,grain-oriented ' silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point.The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer ' operation at 10% above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical grade aluminum with continuous wound construction. I 2. On three-phase units rated 15 kVA and above the core and coil assembly shall be impregnated with non-hydroscopic,thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture.The assembly shall be installed on vibration- ' absorbing pads. C. Taps: 1. Three-phase transformers rated 15 through 500 kVA shall be provided with six 2- 1/2%taps,two above and four below rated primary voltage. 2. All single-phase transformers, and three-phase transformers rated below 15 kVA and above 500 kVA, shall be provided with the manufacturer's standard tap configuration. 1416-03 76461 Ill,r3 r romps 16461-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS D. Electrostatic Shielding: 1. Where shown on the drawings,provide shielded isolation transformers with an electrostatic shield consisting of a single turn of aluminum placed between the primary and secondary winding and grounded. ' E. NEMA TP-1-1996 Energy Star Labeled: 1, Where shown on the drawings,provide transformers that are low loss type with minimum efficiencies per NEMA TP-1 when operated at 35%of full load capacity.Transformers shall bear the Energy Star label. ' F. Motor Drive Isolation: 1. Where shown on the drawings,provide motor drive isolation transformers. ' 2. Motor drive isolation transformers shall be designed for use with three-phase AC adjustable frequency drives 600 volts and below to provide isolation between the incoming line and drive circuitry.These drives minimizethe line disturbances ' caused by SCR firing within the drive unit. Thermoguards shall be included in all motor drive isolation transformers to provide additional protection for the transformer from increased heating due to the non-sinusoidal characteristics of ' drive currents. The transformer shall provide reduced short-circuit currents and voltage line transients. The transformer shall be specifically sized to the drive kVA requirements dictated by the horsepower of the motor and, as such,will be ' mechanically braced to withstand the stress of current reversals and short-circuit currents associated with the specific drive kVA rating.Transformers shall be low loss type with minimum efficiencies per NEMA TP-1 when operated at 35%of full load capacity. 2.4 CONSTRUCTION-K-FACTOR TRANSFORMERS ' A. Insulation Systems: 1. Transformers shall be insulated with a UL recognized 220 degrees C insulation system. 2. Required performance shall be obtained without exceeding the above indicated temperature rise in a 40 degrees C maximum ambient and a 24-hour average ambient of 30 degrees C. 3. All insulation materials shall be flame-retardant and shall not support combustion as defined in ASTM Standard Test Method D635. B. Core and Coil Assemblies: 1. Transformer core shall be constructed with high-grade,nonaging,grain-oriented silicon steel with high magnetic permeability, and low hysteresis and eddy current ' losses. Maximum magnetic flux densities shall be substantially below the saturation point. The transformer core volume shall allow efficient transformer operation at 10%above the nominal tap voltage. The core laminations shall be tightly clamped and compressed. Coils shall be wound of electrical grade aluminum with continuous wound construction. The core shall provide reduced ' 14164816461 Dry-Typehansformers 16461-5 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 111 SECTION 16461 ' DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS induced currents in the steel caused by the high ratios of peak-to-rms currents and voltages found in harmonic loads. 2. The neutral bus shall be configured to accommodate 200%of the rated current. 3. The core and coil assembly shall be impregnated with non-hydroscopic, thermosetting varnish and cured to reduce hot spots and seal out moisture.The assembly shall be installed on vibration-absorbing pads. ' C. Taps: 1. Three-phase K-factor rated transformers through 300 kVA shall be provided with six, 2-1/2%taps,two above and four below ratedprimary voltage. 2.. Single-phase K-factor rated transformers shall be provided with manufacturer's standard tap configuration. D. Electrostatic Shielding: 1. Provide K rated transformers with electrostatic shielding consisting of a single turn of aluminum placed between the primary and secondary winding and grounded. 2.5 WIRING/TERMINATIONS A. Recommended external cable shall be rated 90 degrees C(sized at 75 degrees C ampacity) for encapsulated and 75 degrees C for ventilated designs. Connectors should be selected on the basis of the type and cable size used to wire the specific transformer. 2.6 ENCLOSURE- GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSFORMERS ' A. The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel.All transformers shall be equipped with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature of the enclosure shall not exceed 90 degrees C. The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure. B. On three-phase units rated 15'kVA and above and single-phase units rated 15 kVA and P abovethe enclosure construction shall be ventilated,NEMA 12,drip-proof,with lifting holes. All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. I 2.7 ENCLOSURE-K-FACTOR TRANSFORMER A. The enclosure shall be made of heavy-gauge steel. All transformers shall be equipped ' with a wiring compartment suitable for conduit entry and large enough to allow convenient wiring. The maximum temperature of the enclosure shall not exceed 50 degrees C rise above a 40 degree C maximum ambient(90 degrees C.)The core of the transformer shall be grounded to the enclosure. 1976•03 76461 Thv.-1'y,r:Crawformers 16461-6 ZEL 1 —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16461 DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS B. The enclosure construction shall be ventilated,NEMA 2 drip-proof, with lifting holes.All ventilation openings shall be protected against falling dirt. On outdoor:units,provide weathershields over ventilated openings. C. FINISH 1. Enclosures shall be finished with ANSI 61 color,weather-resistant enamel. 2.8 ACCESSORIES ' A. On ventilated outdoor units provide suitable weather shields over ventilation openings PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION ' A. Install all equipment per the manufacturer's recommendations and the contract drawings. 3.2 FACTORY TESTING ' A. The following standard factory tests shall be performed on the equipment provided under this section. All tests shall be in accordance with the latest version of ANSI and NEMA standards. ' 1. Ratio tests at the rated voltage connection and at all tap connections 2. Polarity and phase relation tests on the rated voltage connection 3. Applied potential tests ' 4. Induced potential test 5. No-load and excitationcurrent at ratedvoltage on the rated voltage connection. ' 3.3 FIELD ADJUSTMENTS A. Adjust taps to deliver appropriate secondary voltage. ' 3.4 FIELD TESTING A. Measure primary and secondary voltages for proper tap settings. END OF SECTION 1 1416-03 164611k141:wel;romformers 16461-7 ZE L —ENGINEERS— I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS ' PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. The Contractor shall furnish and install panelboards as specified herein, and as shown on ' the contract drawings. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16050-Basic Materials and Methods B. Section 16450 Grounding ' 1.3 REFERENCES: ' A. UL 67-Panelboards B. UL 50- Cabinets and boxes ' C. NEMA PB1 -Panelboards D. Fed. Spec.W-P-115C 1. Circuit Breaker—Type I class I 2. Fusible Switch—Type II class I E. NECA Standard of Installation(published by the National Electrical Contractors Association). F. NEMA AB1 -Molded Case Circuit Breakers:; G. NEMA ICS 2-Industrial.Control Devices, Controllers and Assemblies. ' H. NEMA KS1 -Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches(600 Volts Maximum). I. NETA ATS -Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution Equipment(published by the International Electrical Testing Association). ' J. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples. ' B. The following information shall be submitted to the Engineer: 1. Breaker layout drawing and dimensions indicated and nameplate designation 2. component list ' I416-03 16470 Panelboards 16470-1 ZEL —ENGINEERS- 1 r SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS 3. Conduit entry/exit locations 4. Assembly ratings including a. Short-circuit rating b. Voltage c. Continous current 5. Cable terminal sizes 6. Product data sheets ' C. SUBMITTALS FOR CLOSEOUT 1. Record actual locations of panelboards and record actual circuiting arrangements in project record documents. 2. Maintenance Data: Include spare parts listing; source and current prices of replacement parts and supplies;and recommended maintenance procedures and intervals. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. The manufacturer of the panelboard shall be the manufacturer of the major components within the assembly,including circuit breakers and fusible switches. , B. For the equipment specified herein,the manufacturer shall be ISO 9001 or 9002 certified. C. The manufacturer of this equipment shall have produced similar electrical equipment for a minimum period of five(5)years. When requested by the engineer,and acceptable list of installations with similar equipment shall be provided demonstrating compliance with ' this requirement, 1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70. , B. Products: Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING ' A. Equipment shall be handled and stored in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. One(1)copy of these instructions shall be included with the equipment at time of shipment. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Furnish two of each panelboard key. i 1416-03 16470 Yancfioards 16470-2 ZEL ' -ENGINEERS- 1 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ' A. SQUARE D ' B. The listing of specific manufacturers above does not imply acceptance of their products that do not meet the specified ratings, features and functions. Manufacturers listed above are not relieved from meeting these specifications in their entirety. Products in ' compliance with the specification and manufactured by others not named will be considered only if pre-approved by the engineer prior to bid date. To be considered for pre approval, submittals must be received by Engineer a minimum of 10 days prior to bid date. 2.2 PANELBOARDS A. Ratings: 1. Panelboards rated 240V AC or less shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on the drawings or as herein scheduled,but not less than 10,000 amperes RMS ' symmetrical. 2. Panelboards rated 480V AC shall have short-circuit ratings as shown on the drawings or as herin scheduled,but not less than 14,000 amperes RMS symmetrical. 3. Panelboards shall be labeled with a UL short-circuit ratings. When series ratings are applied with integral or remote upstream devices, a label or manual shall be ' provided. It shall state the conditions of the UL series ratings including: a. Size and type of upstream device b. Branch devices that can be used ' c. UL series short-circuit rating B. Construction: ' 1. Interiors shall be completely factory assembled devices. They shall be designed such that switching and protective devices can be replaced without disturbing adjacent units and without removing the main bus connectors. Panelboards shall be continuous hinged dor-in-door trim. Door in panelboard trims shall not uncover any live parts. Doors shall have a semi flush cylinder lock and chatch assembly. Doors over 48 inches in height shall have auxiliary ' fasteners. Removing trim screws will allow the trim to swing away from the panelboard interior. 3. Distrubition panelboard trims shall cover all live parts. Switching devices handles shall be accessible. 4. Surface trims shall be same height and width as box. Flush trims shall overlap the box by 3/of an inch on all sides. ' 5. A director card with a clear plastic cover shall be supplied and mounted on the side of each door. 6. All locks shall be keyed alike. 1476-03164761'andboartis 16470-3 Z E L —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16470 ' PANELBOARDS C. Bus: 1. Main bus bars shall be copper sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 65°C above an ambient of 40°C maximum. 2. A system ground bus shall be included in all panels. 3. Full-size(100%-rated)insulated neutral bars shall be included for panelboards shown with neutral. Bus bar taps for panels with single-pole branches shall be arranged for sequence phasing of the branch circuit devices. Neutral busing shall have a suitable lug for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection. 200%-rated neutrals shall be supplied for panels designated on drawings with oversized neutral conductors. D. Branch Circuit Panelboards: ' 1. The minimum short-circuit rating for branch circuit panelboards shall be as specified herein or as indicated on the drawings. 2. Bolt-on type,heavy-duty,quick-make, quick-break,single-and multi-pole circuit breakers of the types specified herein,shall be provided for each circuit with toggle handles that indicate when unit has tripped. 3. Circuit breakers shall be thermal-magnetic type with common type handle for all multiple pole circuit breakers. Circuit breakers shall be minimum 100-ampere frame and through 100-ampere trip sizes shall take up the same pole spacing. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed as type SWD for lighting circuits. Circuit breakers shall be UL listed as type HACR for air conditioning equipment circuits. Class A ground fault interrupter circuit breakers where scheduled. Do not use tandem circuit breakers. a. Circuit breaker handle locks shall be provided for all circuits that supply exit signs,emergency lights,energy management,and control system (EMCS)panels and fire alarm panels. 4. Circuit breakers shall have a minimum interrupting rating of 10,000 amperes symmetrical at 240 volts, and 14,000 amperes symmetrical at 480 volts,unless otherwise noted on the drawings. ' E. Distribution Panelboards: 1. Distribution panelboards with bolt-on devices contained therein shall have interrupting ratings as specified herein or indicated on the drawings. Panelboards shall have molded case circuit breakers as indicated below. 2. Distribution panelboards with plug-on devices contained therein shall have interrupting ratings as indicated on drawings. Panelboards shall have molded case circuit breakers permanently affixed to plug-on breaker adapter, as indicated below. 3. Where indicated,provide circuit breakers UL listed for application at 100%of their continuous ampere rating in their intended enclosure. 4. Provide shunt trips, bell alarms, and auxiliary switches as shown on the contract drawings. 1418-03 164;0 Panernnnrds 16470-4 ZEL —ENGINEERS— 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS F. Enclosure: 1. Enclosures shall be at least 20 inches wide made from galvanized steel. Provide minimum gutter space in accordance with the National Electrical Code. Where feeder cables supplying the mains of a panel are carried through its box to supply other electrical equipment,the box shall be sized to include the additional required wiring space. At least four interior mounting studs with adjustable nuts ' shall be provided. 2. Enclosures shall be provided with blank ends. 3. Where indicated on the drawings,branch circuit panelboards shall be column width type. G. Nameplates: 1 Provide an.engraved nameplate for each panel section. H. Finish: ' 1. Surfaces of the trim assembly shall be properly cleaned,primed,and a finish coat of gray.ANSI 61 paint applied. ' 2.3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS,INDIVIDUAL, 0 TO 600 VOLTS A. General:Provide circuit breakers of the indicating type showing ON/OFF and TRIPPED positions of the operating handle. Do not use single-pole circuit breakers with handle ties ' where multipole circuit breakers are indicated. Utilize multipole circuit breakers designed so that an overload on one pole automatically causes all poles to open. Provide circuit breakers meeting the requirements of NEMA AB 1. Circuit breakers shall have a ' minimum interrupting rating equal to the maximum fault current available at the point of application or they shall be part of an assembly with an integrated equipment short circuit rating at least as great as the fault current available at the point of application. Where ' circuit breakers are used as service entrance equipment,provide units UL labeled for that use. Provide circuit breakers suitable for use with 75 degrees C wire at full NEC 75 degrees C ampacity. ' B. Inverse Time Type: 1. Provide thermal-magnetic circuit breaker,unless otherwise shown, for one- and two-pole breakers,breakers operating at 240V or less,and three-pole branch circuit breakers operating at 480V. 2. Provide solid state trip circuit breakers with an adjustable short-term function, ' unless another type breaker is required for coordination, for three-pole,480V feeder circuit breakers with not more than one downstream, 480V,overcurrent protective device, excluding protective devices provided as part of a process ' equipment package. Such breakers shall be Westinghouse Seltronie Circuit Breakers, Square D, Type ME or PE Circuit Breakers, or equal. 3. Provide solid state trip circuit breakers with at least the following adjustment: ' long time pickup, long time delay, short time pickup, short time delay,I-squared t for circuit breakers not covered by either of the above cases. ' 1916-03 16470 Penelboar& 16470-5 ZEL ENGINEERS— I 1 SECTION 16470 PANELBOARDS C. Instantaneous Only Type: Instantaneous only circuit breakers shall have only an instantaneous trip element. The breakers shall be used only as part of a listed combination motor starter. Instantaneous only breakers shall be sized with a continuous rating of at least 115 percent of the full-load,current of the motor served The trip setting shall be continuously adjustable from a lowest setting of not more than 700 percent to a highest setting of not less than 1,300 percent of the motor full-load current. D. All breakers shall be manufactured by the supplier of the panelboards. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1 and the NECA "Standard of , Installation." B. Install panelboards plumb. Install recessed panelboards flush with wall finishes. C. Height: 6 feet to top of panelboard;install panelboards taller than 6'feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above floor. D. Provide filler plates for unused spaces in panelboards. E. Provide typed circuit directory for each branch circuit panelboard, Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes required to balance phase loads. F. Provide engraved plastic nameplates. ' G. Ground and bond panelboard enclosure according to Section 16450 -GROUNDING. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4.Perform inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.4 for switches,Section 7.5 for circuit breakers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelboard feeder;rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to within 15 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi-wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION 1 1416-03 16470 Panelboanis 16470-6 ZEL1 —ENGINEERS- 1 I - ISECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY ' A. This section includes requirements for a motor control center(MCC) and all required control devices as shown on the drawing and specified to be part of the MCC equipment. The MCC shall be 480 V,3-Phase, 3-Wire,60 Hz unless otherwise indicated. ' 1.2 STANDARDS A. Equipment shall be manufactured in a certified ISO 9001 facility and shall be designed and ' tested to the following standards: 1. UL 845,UL Listed 2. National Electrical Manufacturers.Association(NEMA)ICS 18-2001 ' 3. NEMA ICS 2.3—Instruction for Handling,Operation and Maintenance of Motor Control Centers 4. Canadian Standards Association—(CSA)C22.2 No.254-05 ' 5. Electrical Equipment Manufacturers Association of Canada(EEMAC) 6. National Electrical Code-NFPA 70 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS ' A. Section 16050—Basic Materials ' B. Section 16075—Electrical Identification C. Section 16450-Grounding ' PART 2 PRODUCT 2.1 MANUFACTURERS ' A. Low Voltage Motor Control Center shall be Square D by Schneider Electric®brand Model 6 MCC or approved equal. ' 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel material shall comply with UL 845 and CSA requirements. B. Each MCC shall consist of one or more vertical sections of heavy gauge steel bolted together to form a rigid, free-standing assembly. A removable 7 gauge structural steel lifting angle shall be mounted full width of the MCC shipping block at the top. Removable ' 7 gauge bottom channel sills shall be mounted underneath front and rear of the vertical sections extending the full width of the shipping block. Vertical sections made of welded side-frame assembly formed from a minimum of 12 gauge steel. Internal reinforcement structural parts shall be of 12 and 14 gauge steel to provide a strong,rigid assembly. The entire assembly shall be constructed and packaged to withstand normal stresses included in transit and during installation. 1416.03 164821vMotor Comm:Cintas-Low VoI esctinc 16482-1 ZEL -ENGINEERS- I - I SECTION 16482 I MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 2.3 MCC FINISH A. All steel parts shall be provided with UL and CSA listed acrylic/alkyd baked enamel paint finish or TGIC Powder Coat,except plated parts used for ground connections.All painted parts shall undergo a multi-stage treatment process, followed by the finishing paint coat. B. Pre-treatment shall include: I 1. Hot alkaline cleaner to remove grease and oil.. 2. Iron phosphate treatment to improve adhesion and corrosion resistance. C. The.'paint shall be applied using an electro-deposition process to ensure a uniform paint coat with high adhesion. D. The standard paint finish shall be tested to UL 50 per ASTM B117(5%ASTM Salt.Spray) with no greater than 0.125 inches loss of paint from a scribed line. E. Paint color shall be#19 medium light gray per ANSI standard Z55.1-967(60-70 gloss)on ' all surfaces unless specified otherwise.Control station plates and escutcheon plates shall be painted a contrasting gray. All unit interior saddles shall be painted white for better visibility inside the unit. 2.4 STRUCTURES A. Structures shall be totally enclosed,dead-front,free-standing assemblies. Structures shall be capable of being bolted together to form a single assembly. B. The overall height of the MCC shall not exceed 90 inches(not including base channel, lifting angle,baffle,or plenum). Base channels,of 1.5 inches in height, and lifting angles, of 3 inches in height, shall be removable.The total width of one section shall be 20 inches; (widths of 25 inches,30 inches,and 35 inches can be used for larger devices). C. Structures shall be NEMA/EEMAC type 1 (general purpose). D. Each 20 inches wide standard section shall have all the necessary hardware and bussing for modular plug-on units to be added and moved around.All unused space shall be covered by hinged blank doors or appropriate cover plate and equipped to accept future units.. Vertical bus openings shall be covered by manual bus shutters. E. Each section shall include a top plate(single piece or two-piece). NEMA/EEMAC type 12 ' shall also include a bottom plate. Top and bottom plates shall be removable for ease in cutting conduit entry openings. 2.5 WIREWAYS A. Structures shall contain a minimum 12 inches high horizontal wireway at the top of each section and a minimum 6 inches high horizontal wireway at the bottom of each section. These wireways shall run the full length of MCC to allow room for power and control cable to connect between units in different sections. 1416-03 I6482Mofor Control Ccntas-1.aw Vahage.doc 16402-2 ZEL - I —ENGINEERS— I 1 SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE B. A full-depth vertical wireway shall be provided in each MCC section that accepts modular plug-on units. The vertical wireway shall connect with both the top and bottom horizontal wireway:The vertical wireway shall be 4 inches wide minimum with a separate lunged door. There should be a minimum of 60 inches2 of cabling space available for 15-inch-deep sections.and 80 inches2 of cabling space available for 20-inch-deep sections. Access to the ' wireways shall not require opening control unit doors. Structures that house a single,full section control unit are not required to have vertical wireways. Those control units must open directly into the MCC horizontal wireways. 2.6 BARRIERS , A. All power bussing and splice connections shall be isolated from the unit compartments and ' the wireways. The horizontal bus shall be mounted onto a glass filled polyester support assembly that braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. The horizontal bus shall be isolated from the top horizontal wireway by a two-piece rigid non- conductive barrier.The barrier design shall allow qualified personnel to slide the barriers both left and right,to allow access to the bus and connections for maintenance without having to remove the bather.Bather sliding shall occur via an upper and lower track system. B. The vertical bus shall be housed in,a molded glass-filled polyester support that provides bus ' insulation and braces the bus against the forces generated during a short circuit. These supports shall have openings every 3 inches for.unit stab-on connections. Each opening shall be provided with a manual shutter to close off the stab opening. These shutters shall be attached to the structure so that when they are removed(to allow a stab connection)they are retained in the structure and are readily accessible for use should a plug-in unit be removed from the MCC. ' C. Barriers shall be provided in the vertical structure and unit designs to prevent the contact of any energized bus or terminal by a fishtape inserted through the conduit or wireway areas. ' D. Automatic shutters shall be provided for each plug-on unit which will automatically close to cover the vertical bus opening with a non-conductive shutter when the unit is removed from the MCC and automatically open the vertical bus opening as the unit is inserted in the same location in the MCC. 2.7 BUSSING ' A. All bussing and connectors shall be tin-plated copper. B. The main horizontal bus shall be rated at 2000A continuous and shall extend the full length of the MCC. Bus ratings shall be based on 149 degrees F maximum temperature rise in a 104 degrees F ambient. Provisions shall be provided for splicing additional sections onto either end of the MCC. 1416•03164E2;v1otorComm]Cm:ars—Low Voltage.doc 16482-3 ZE —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE C. The horizontal bus splice bars shall be pre-assembled into a captive bus stack.This bus stack is installed into the end of the MCC power bus to allow the installation of additional sections. The main bus splice shall utilize four bolts,two on each side of the bus split,for each phase. Additional bolts must not be required when splicing higher amperage bus. The splice bolts shall secure to self clenching nuts installed in the bus assembly. It shall be possible to maintain any bus connection with a single tool. ' D. Each section that accepts plug-in units shall be provided with a vertical bus for distributing power from the main bus to the individual plug-in starter units. This bus shall be of the same material and plating as the main bus,and shall be rated at 600 A continuous. The vertical bus shall be connected directly to the horizontal bus stack without the use of risers or other intervening connectors. It shall be possible to maintain the vertical to horizontal bus connection with a single tool. "Nut and bolt"bus connections to the power bus shall not be permitted. When a back-to-back unit arrangement is utilized,separate vertical bus shall be provided for both the front and rear units. E. .A tin-plated copper ground bus shall be provided that runsthe entire lengthof the MCC. The ground bus shall be 0.25 inches x 2.0 in and be rated for 600 A. A mechanical lug shall be provided in the MCC for a#8 -250 kcmil ground cable.The ground bus shall be ' provided with(6)0.38 inches holes for each vertical section to accept customer-supplied ground lugs for any loads requiring a ground conductor. F. Each vertical section shall have a steel vertical ground bus that is connected to the horizontal ground bus. This vertical ground bus shall be installed so that the plug-in units engage the ground bus prior to engagement of the power stabs and shall disengage only after the power stabs are disconnected upon removal of the plug-in unit. G. The system shall be rated for an available short circuit capacity of 100,000 rms amperes. 2.8 TYPICAL UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. Units with circuit breaker disconnects through 400 A frame, and fusible switch disconnects through 400 A,shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring reinforced stab-on connector. Units with larger disconnects shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser bus. I B. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material to prevent accidental contact with those parts. t C. Unit mounting shelves shall include hanger brackets to support the unit weight during installation and removal. All plug-on units shall use a twin-handle caroming lever located at the top of the bucket to rack in and out the plug-on unit. The cam lever shall work in conjunction with the hanger brackets to ensure positive stab alignment. D. A lever handle operator must be provided on each disconnect. With the unit stabs engaged onto the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed,the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control of the unit. All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate 1416-03 16482Motor Conlin(Centers–Law Vatage.doc 16482-4 —ENGINEERS ISECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE ITRIPPED position to clearly indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door.Clear indication of I disconnect status shall be provided,by adhering to the following operator handle positions: 1. Handle"On"position must be up or to the left and within 45 degrees of being parallel to the face of the equipment. I 2. Handle"Off'position must be down or to the right and within 45 degrees of being parallel to the face of the equipment. 3. The minimum separation between the"On" and "Off'positions shall be 90 degrees. I 4. On Circuit Breaker disconnects,the handle"Tripped"position must be perpendicular to the face of the equipment+/-30 degrees.Minimum separation between"On" and "Tripped"shall be 30 degrees.Minimum separation between "Tripped"and"Off' shall be 45 degrees. ' E. A mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator from opening the unit door when the disconnect is in the ON position. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent the operator I from placing the disconnect in the ON position while the unit door is open. It shall be possible for authorized personnel to defeat these interlocks. I F. A non-defeatable interlock shall be provided to prevent installing or removing a plug-on unit unless the disconnect is in the OFF position. I G. The plug-in unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which engages the vertical ground bus prior to,and releases after,the power bus stab-on connectors. I H. Provisions shall be provided for locking all disconnects in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. I I. Handle mechanisms shall be located on the left side to encourage operators to stand to the left of the unit being switched. J. Unit construction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier to provide a tfully compartmentalized design. 2.9 COMPONENTS FOR TYPICAL UNITS IA. Combination Starters 1. All combination starters shall use a unit disconnect as described in specification I 2.08. Magnetic starters shall be furnished in all combination starter units. All starters shall utilize NEMA/EEMAC rated contactors. Starters shall be provided with a three-pole,external manual reset, overload relay for solid state thermal I 2. overload units. When provided, control circuit transformers shall include two primary protection fuses and one secondary fuse(in the non-ground secondary conductor). The I transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor(s)and all connected control circuit loads. The transformer rating shall be fully visible from the front when the unit door is opened. 46-t) 16482-5 Z E -ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16482 , MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 3. When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided,the disconnect shall include an electrical interlock for disconnection of externally powered control circuits. 4. Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where indicated. Auxiliary interlocks shall be field convertible to normally open or normally closed operation. 5. NEMA/EEMAC Size 1-4 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent to the wireway so that power wiring(motor leads)shall connect directly to the starter terminals without the use of interposing terminals. Larger starters shall be arranged so that power wiring may exit through the bottom of the starter cubical without entering the vertical wireway. ' B. Terminal Blocks 1 When Type B wiring isspecified,all starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. 2. Terminal blocks shall be the pull-apart type with a minimum rating of 250 volt and 10 amps. All current carrying parts shall be tin plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. Terminal blocks shall be DIN rail mounted with the stationary portion of the block secured to the unit bottom plate. The stationary portion shall be used for factory connections, and shall remain attached to the unit when removed. The terminals used for field connections shall face forward so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. 3, When Type C wiring is specified, all starter units shall be provided with unit t control terminal blocks as described for Type B wiring along with power terminal blocks for size 1-3 units. An additional set of terminal blocks shall be provided in a terminal.comp&talent located in each section. These terminal blocks shall be pre- wired to the unit terminals so that all field control connections can be made at the terminal compartments. C. Nameplates I 1. Shall be engraved phenolic nameplates for each MCC and unit compartment. Shall be gray background with white letters,measuring a minimum of 1.5 inches H x 6.25 inches W total outside dimensions. D. Pilot Device Panel 1111. Each combination starter unit shall be proved with a hinged/removable control station plate,which can accommodate up to five 22 mm pilot devices or three 30 mm pilot devices. 2.10 SIX INCH UNIT CONSTRUCTION A. AUnits with circuit breaker disconnects through 250 A frame and fusible switch 111 disconnects through 100 A shall connect to the vertical bus through a spring-reinforced, stab-on connector. Stabs on all plug-on units shall be cable connected to the unit disconnect. Six-inch fusible units shall accept Class J fuses only. ' 146-03 16782Motor Control Cent=–Low Voltagedac 16482-6 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE B. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be shrouded by a suitable insulating material. C. Unit mounting shelves shall include hanger brackets to support the unit weight during installation and removal. All six inch plug-on units shall be installable without the ' assistance of a caroming device so as to allow maximum accessibility with the unit installed. D. A lever handle operator must be provided on each disconnect. With the unit stabs engaged ' into the vertical phase bus and the unit door closed,the handle mechanism shall allow complete ON/OFF control of the unit disconnect with clear indication of the disconnects status. All circuit breaker operators shall include a separate TRIPPED position to clearly ' indicate a circuit breaker trip condition. It shall be possible to reset a tripped circuit breaker without opening the control unit door. 1. A mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from opening the unit door when ' the disconnect is in the ON position. Another mechanical interlock shall prevent an operator from placing the disconnect in the ON position while the door is open. It shall be possible far authorized personnel to defeat these interlocks. ' 2. Anon-defeatable interlock shall be provided between the handle operator and the structure to prevent installing or removing a plug-on unit unless the disconnect isin the OFF position. The plug-on unit shall have a grounded stab-on connector which ' engages the vertical ground bus prior to,and releases after,the power bus stab-on connectors. E. Provisions shall be made for locking all disconnects in the OFF position with up to three padlocks. ' F. Handle mechanisms shall be located on the bottom left side of the unit and operate horizontally to encourage operators to stand tothe left of the unit being switched. ' G. Unit construction shall combine with the vertical wireway isolation barrier to provide a fully-compartmentalized design. H. Up to a maximum of twelve six inch units can be installed per vertical section without ' placement restrictions in new or existing applications. 2.11 COMPONENTS FOR SIX INCH UNITS A. Six Inch Combination Starters 1. All six inch combination starters shall use a unit disconnect as described in ' specification 2.10. All starters shall use NEMA/EEMAC-rated contactors, Starter units shall be provided with a 3-pole, external manual reset,overload relay for solid state(NEMA rated units only motor overload protection. 2. When provided, control circuit transformers shall include two primary protection ' fuses and one secondary fuse(in the non-ground secondary conductor.) The transformer shall be sized to accommodate the contactor(s) and all connected ' control circuit loads. 141E-0316482Motor Control Cantos–Low Vollnee doc 16482-7 Z E —ENGINEERS- , SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 3. When a unit control circuit transformer is not provided,the disconnect shall include ' an electrical interlock for disconnection of externally powered control circuits. 4. Auxiliary control circuit interlocks shall be provided where indicated. For NEMA rated starters, auxiliaryinterlocks shall be field convertible to nonnally open or nouually closed operation. 5. NEMA/EEMAC Size.1 starters shall be mounted directly adjacent to the wireway so that power wiring(motor leads)will connect directly to the starter terminals. B. Terminal Blocks for Six Inch Units 1. All starter units shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks. 2. Terminal blocks shall be pull-apart type,250 V, and rated for 10 amperes. All current-carrying parts shall be tin-plated. Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. The stationary portion of the terminal block shall be used for factory connections and will remain attached to the unit when the portion used for field connections is removed. The terminals used for field connections shall be accessible so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. C. Nameplates 1. Engraved phenolic nameplates shall be provided for each MCC and unit compartment. Each nameplate shall have a gray background,white lettering,and measure a minimum of 1.5 inches H x 6.25 inches W total outside dimensions. D. Pilot Device Control Panel 1. Each unit to be provided with a control panel for up to a maximum of four pilot devices. Control panel to be removable by loosening two semi-captive fasteners for customer access. 2.12 ADJUSTABLE FREQUENCY AC DRIVE UNIT CONSTRUCTION ' A. The AC drive controller unit shall be a combination disconnect-drive MCC style unit. The input circuit breaker shall provide NEC required branch circuit protection.The branch , circuit protection shall have an external operator.The adjustable frequency drives shall be variable torque or constant torque AC drives as shown on drawings.Wiring between the AC drive and the disconnect shall not be disturbed when removing or installing the AC ' drive controller unit from the MCC. B. Units should be of modular construction so that it is possible to readily interchange units of the same size without modifications to the MCC structure. C. All conducting parts on the line side of the unit disconnect shall be isolated to prevent accidental contact with those parts. D. AC drive controller units up to 50 hp variable torque shall be plug-on units which connect to the vertical bus through a spring-reinforced,stab-on connector. Units larger than 50 hp variable torque shall be connected directly to the main horizontal bus with appropriately sized cable or riser bus. 1410-03 1 G982M0Ior Comml Cocas–low Vnhagr doc 16482-0 ZEL —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE ' E. All AC drive controller unit interior mounting panels shall be white for better visibility. ' F. A disconnect operator shall be provided per specification 2.08 D. G. .All plug-on AC drive controller units shall have a grounded stab-on connector which ' engages the vertical ground bus prior to, and releases after,the power bus stab-on connectors engage/release. H. All AC drivecontrollerunits shall be provided with unit control terminal blocks for use in ' terminating field wiring.Terminal blocks shall be pull-apart type,250 V, and rated for 10 A.All current-carrying parts shall be tin-plated.Terminals shall be accessible from inside the unit when the unit door is opened. The stationary portion of the terminal block shall be used for factory connections and will remain attached to the unit when the portion used for field connections is removed.The terminals used for field connections shall be accessible so they can be wired without removing the unit or any of its components. I. The AC drive controller unit shall incorporate a self-contained, air-based cooling system. Any air exhaust vents shall be louvered to help direct air flow away from personnel ' operating the AC drive controller unit.Any fans,ductwork,or filters shall be easily accessible for maintenance. ' J. The AC drive controller unit cooling system shall be sized to cool the drive regardless of mounting location within the MCC.The AC drive controller unit shall not be restricted to a specific location in the MCC. ' K. An internal overtemperature trip shall be provided to detect cooling system failure or blockage. Upon occurrence of an overtemperature trip,the cooling system fans shall continue running to provide a rapid cool down. ' L. Power for the cooling system shall be provided internal to the AC drive controller unit by use of a control power transformer that includes two primary fuses and one secondary fuse ' (in the non-ground secondary conductor). M. Electrical Ratings ' 1. The AC drive controller unit shall be designed to operate from an input voltage of 480 Vac,+or-10%. 2. The AC drive controller unit shall operate from an input voltage frequency range of ' 3. 57-63 Hz. The displacement power factor shall not be less than 0.95 lagging under any speed. or load condition. 4. The efficiency of the AC drive at 100%speed and load shall not be less than 96%. ' 5. The variable torque overtorque capacity shall be 130%for 1 minute. The constant torque overtorque capacity shall be 170%for 1 minute. 6. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall be selectable between 1 kHz and ' 16 kHz, depending on inverter rating for low noise operation. The output carrier frequency of the AC drive shall be randomly modulated to avoid resonance. ' 1416-03 l6402Motor Control Cealen-Low Voltnge.dor 16482-9 ZEL —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16482 I MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 7. All AC drive controller unit feeder equipment,including conductors,lugs, I disconnects,contactors, etc.,shall be sized per NEC Article 430 for the AC drive input current rating. An impedance range corresponding to a 22,000 to 100,000 A I fault availability level shall be assumed for the input current rating. N. Protection I 1. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against fault currents up to and including 100,000 A rms symmetrical at 480 Vac and shall be UL 845 listed as verification. 2. Upon power-up,the AC drive shall automatically test for valid operation of memory, option module,loss of analog reference input,loss of communication, dynamic brake failure,DC to DC power supply, control power,and the pre-charge circuit. I 3. The AC drive controller unit shall be protected against short circuits between output phases,between output phases and ground,on the internal power supplies,and on the logic and analog outputs. I 4. The AC drive controller unit shall have a minimum AC undervoltage power loss ride-through of 200 milliseconds(12 cycles).The AC drive shall have the user- defined option of frequency fold-back to increase the duration of the power-loss ' ride-through. 5 The AC drive will have a selectable ride-through function which will allow the logic to maintain control for a minimum of one second(60 cycles)without faulting. I 6. For a fault condition other than a ground fault,short circuit,or internal fault,an auto restart function shall provide restart attempts for a period of 5 minutes and up to an unlimited amount time depending on setting.The restart attempts shall be I separated by increasingly longer waiting periods to allow the condition to be cleared. 7. The deceleration mode of the AC drive shall be programmable.The stop modes I shall include free-wheel stop,ramp stop, fast stop, and DC injection braking. 8. Upon loss of the analog process follower reference signal,the AC drive shall be programmable to fault and freewheel stop,ramp stop, fast stop,stop without trip, automatically restart,run at last speed, or maintain a user-defined low speed setting. 9. The AC drive shall have solid-state Ft protection that is UL Listed,meets UL 508C as a Class 10 overload protection, and meets IEC 60947.The minimum adjustment I range shall be from 25 to 150%of the nominal current rating of the AC drive controller unit 10. The AC drive shall have three skip frequency ranges with hysteresis adjustment that can each be programmed independently,back-to-back, or overlapping. I 11. The AC drive shall be include an adjustable thermal alarm which can be assigned to a relay or logic output to indicate the drive temperature has reached the thermal alarm setting. I O. Adjustment and Configuration 1. The AC drive shall have a user selectable Auto Tune feature. The Auto Tune will I automatically send motor-rated current to the connected motor and store the 14)6-03164E2Motor Control Cental–Low Voltage doc 16482-10 ZE —ENGINEERS— I SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE resulting resistance data into memory.The AC drive will automatically optimize the operating characteristics according to the stored data. ' 2. The AC drive motor and control parameters will be factory preset to operate most common applications.Necessary adjustments for factory supplied unit operator controls and sequencing shall be pre-programmed and tested by the manufacturer. 3, A choice of three types of acceleration and deceleration ramps will be available in the AC drive software—linear;S curve,and U curve—as well as custom. 4. The acceleration and deceleration ramp times shall be adjustable from 0.01 to 6000 ' seconds. 5. The volts per frequency ratios shall be user selectable to meet variable torque loads, normal, and high torque machine applications. 6. The memory shall retain and record run status and fault type of the past eight faults ' for operator review. 7. The software shall have an energy saving function that will optimize the energy consumed. A constant volts/Hz ratio will be maintained during acceleration.The output voltage will then automatically adjust to meet the torque requirement of the load. 8. Slip compensations shall be a software-enabled function. ' 9. The AC drive shall offer programmable DC injection braking that will brake the AC motor by injecting DC current and creating a stationary magnetic pole in the stator. The level of current will be adjustable between 10-110%of rated current and available from 0.1-30 seconds continuously.For continuous operation after 30 seconds,the current shall be automatically reduced to 50%of the nameplate current of the motor. ' 10. Sequencing logic will coordinate the engage and release thresholds and time delays for the sequencing of the AC drive output,mechanical actuation, and DC injection braking in order to accomplish smooth starting and stopping of a mechanical process. P, Graphic Display Terminal Interface 1. The graphic display terminal shall provide 8 lines of 240 by 160 pixels in plain ' English to control, adjust, and configure the AC drive including all electrical values,bar charts, configuration parameters, UO assignment, application and activity function access,faults, local control, adjustment storage, self-test,and ' diagnostics.There will be a standard selection of six additional languages built in to the operating software as standard. 2. The AC drive model number,torque type,software revision number,horsepower, output current,motor frequency, and motor voltage shall all be listed on the drive identification display as viewed on the graphic display terminal. 3. The graphic display shall be able to indicate one,two,or five digital values,or up to ' two values by bar graph. As a minimum, the selectable display values shall consist of speed reference,output frequency, output current,motor torque,output power, output voltage,line voltage,DC voltage,motor thermal state, drive thermal state, ' elapsed time,motor speed,machine speed reference, and machine speed. 1416-03I5462.Motor Control Centers-Low vohage doe 16482-11 ZEL -ENGINEERS- 1 r .. , ✓ ,, a .' ,. ..4 , 1 SECTION 16482 ' MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 4. The graphic display terminal will consist of programmable function keys. The ' • functions will allow both operating commands and programming options to be preset by the operator. 5. The graphic display terminal shall offer levels of settings from simple start-up to advanced user menus consisting of parameter setting,UO map,fault history, and drive configuration.Password protection shall be available to limit unauthorized access to various levels of the menus. 6. The navigation wheel shall provide the ability to scroll through menus and screens, select or activate functions,or increase the value of a selected parameter. 7. An escape key shall allow a parameter to return the existing value if adjustment is not required and the value is displayed.The escape function will also return to a previous menu display. 8. A RUN key and a STOP key shall command normal starting and stopping as programmed when the AC drive is in keypad control mode.The STOP key shall be active in all control modes. 9. A detachable graphic terminal display user interface shall be available. 10. The keypad shall store up to four user configuration programs in nonvolatile memory.An operator shall have the ability to download a stored configuration to multiple AC drives. I 11. The operator interfaceshall be MCC door-mounted on the AC drive controller unit for ease of access and increased visibility. 12. All door-mounted controls shall be NEMAIEEMAC Type 12 rated. , Q. Control 1. Pilot devices shall be industrial rated 30mm type control operators and used ' independently of the keypad display. Software assignments for control inputs and outputs to operate factory-supplied controls shall be pre-configured from the factory. The following basic controls shall be provided: a. HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch-The HAND mode shall allow manual , operation of start,stop, and speed control.The AC drive shall start when the control operation is in the HAND mode.A door-mounted,manual-speed potentiometer shall be used to control speed in the HAND mode.The AC drive shall run at the low speed setting or higher as required by the position of the manual-speed potentiometer.This mode shall function as 2-wire control and automatically restart after a power outage or auto restart after a fault. The OFF position of the control operation shall stop the AC drive and prevent it from restarting. The AUTO(automatic)mode shall receive an auto start contact to control starting and stopping of the AC drive. This contact shall also start and stop bypass(if used)when both the automatic and bypass modes of operation are selected. Speed control shall be from a customer supplied 4-20 mAdc signal. ' b. START-STOP pushbuttons—START/STOP pushbuttons shall provide 3- wire start/stop control. c. POWER On pilot light,red d. FAULT pilot light,yellow,push-to-test e. RUN pilot light,green,push-to-test 741E-03 IE4S2Mator Contra'Centas—Low Voltage.dt,c 16482-12 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— 1 ' SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE ' f. STOPPED pilot light,red,push-to-test 2. 2-wire or 3-wire control strategy shall be defined within the software. ' 3. The control power for the digital inputs and outputs shall be 24 Vdc. 4. The internal power supply incorporates an automatic current fold-back that protects the internal power supply if incorrectly connected or shorted. The transistor logic ' outputs shall be current limited and not be damaged if shorted or if excess current is pulled. 5. All logic connections shall be furnished on pull-apart terminal strips. 6. There will be(2)two software assignable analog inputs with interference filtering. ' The analog inputs will be software selectable and consisting of user defined configurations:x-y mA or x-y V. 7. There will be five software assignable logic inputs that will be selected and ' assigned in the software. The selection of assignments shall consist of forward, reverse,jog,plus/minus speed(2 inputs required),setpoint memory,preset speeds (up to 8 inputs),auto/manual control, controlled stop,terminal or keypad control, ' output contactor(2 inputs required),motor switching,and fault reset.. 8. There will be two software assignableanalog outputs with interference filtering. The analog outputs can be selected and assigned in the software. The analog output assignments shall be proportional to the following motor characteristics:frequency, current,power,torque,voltage, and thermal state.The output signal will be user- defined configurations:x-y mA or x-y V. ' 9. Two voltage-free Form C relay output contacts shall be provided. One of the contacts will indicate AC drive fault status. The other contact will be user assignable. ' 10. Drives shall include network communication interface for data acquisition only over Modbus,Modbus Plus,Ethernet(Modbus TCP),DeviceNet,PROFIBUS DP.. Drive control and speed control via PLC hardwired I/O shall include: ' a. PLC Analog output(4-20 mA)speed reference signal b. PLC Analog input(4-20 mA) speed feedback signal c. PLC digital output drive start control] [PLC digital outputs for drive preset ' speed control d. PLC digital input drive run(Run.=1) e. PLC digital input drive fault(Fault= 1) ' R. Line Reactor 1. A 5%impedance line reactor shall be provided that is completely factory wired and tested with the AC drive controller unit. 2.13 GENERAL COMMUNICATION CABLING ' A. The MCC shall employ a pre-engineered communication cabling system to interconnect units within the MCC. ' B. Network cabling shall be routed through the lower horizontal wireway to isolate the network from the horizontal bussing routed through the top. 1,16-03 164E2Mo,or Control Centers–Low\ollage.doc 16482-13 Z E —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16482 ' MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE C. The full-depth vertical wireway serves to separate communications from power cabling to 1 prevent noise interference on the network cable. D. The communication cabling installation shall meet Class 2 wiring practices under the ' provisions of NEC articles 725 and 800. E. Provisions for appropriate terminators and grounding shall be provided. ' F. Addition,removal,or rearrangement of units shall not interrupt the trunk line and shall not affect the cabling of other units attached to the trunk line. G. Cable assemblies will use 5-pole Micro-style connectors with a single keyway and will comply with SAE-H1738-2 specifications. ' H. Connectors are to be epoxy-coated for a 500-hour salt-spray test per Mil-Std 202F. I. Cable coupler design shall include a vibration-resistant ratchet to prevent loosening. , J. The system will be constructed of molded PVC material. 2.14 MODBUS®COMMUNICATION CABLING A. The Modbus cabling system will be UL 498 Listed. ' B. An extended ground pin shall ensure first make/last break ground connections. C. The cabling system shall consist of individual trunk line segments in each MCC section.A ' trunk/drop topology will be used.Trunk line segments will be routed from the lower wireway into each vertical section. The trunldine for sections containing plug-on vertical bus shall have six taps spaced 12 inches apart. Unused tee connectors will be capped at the factory. D. A 36-inches"pigtail"cable shall connect the communication device in each MCC unit to the trunk cable via a pre-engineered tap. One end of the pigtail cable will terminate in a Micro-style connector and will be attached to the trunk.The other end will terminate at the communication device in the MCC unit. ' 2.15 ETHERNET(MODBUS TCP)COMMUNICATION CABLING A. The Ethernet(Modbus TCP) communications network shall be configured in a star topology. B. The cabling system shall consist of multiple, custom-length Ethernet patch cables that each connect a single network device to a central Ethernet switch unit located in the MCC. C. Ethernet switches located in the MCC shall be Connexium,Hirschmann, or approved , equal. 1416-03 154;,2M,ter control Cen:c, Lev Vo1a{;e.doc 16482-14 ZEL , —ENGINEERS- 1 SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 2.16 DEVICENETTM COMMUNICATION CABLING ' A. The DeviceNet cabling system will be ODVA rated with a trunkline-dropline topology. B. Control power shall be provided through individual unit transformers that are separate from the network to reduce network power demand.This will allow devices to operate independently of the network power supply. C. Sectioned cabinets shall have six pre-molded trunklines with tees.Full length cabinets shall have one trunkline with a tee.A tee at the bottom of each section shall provide the means s of connection to the next section with a pre-molded section of cable. ' D. A 36-inches"pigtail"cable shall connect the tee in the dropline to the DeviceNet device located in the MCC unit. 2.17 CANOPEN COMMUNICATION CABLING ' A. The CANopen cabling system will be configured in a trunki ne-drophne topology. ' B. Control power shall be provided through individual unit transformers that are separate from the network to reduce network power demand. This will allow devices to operate independently of the network power supply. ' C. Sectioned cabinets shall have six pre-molded trunklines with tees.Full length cabinets shall have one trunkline with a tee.A tee at the bottom of each section shall provide the means ' of connection to the next section with a pre-molded section of cable. D. A 36-inches"pigtail"cable shall connect the tee in the dropline to the.CANopen device located in the MCC unit. 2.18 PROFIBUS DP COMMUNICATION CABLING ' A. The PROFIBUS DP cabling system shall consist of individual trunk line segments in each MCC section.A trunkline-dropline topology will be used. Trunk line segments will be routed from the lower wireway into each vertical section. The trunkline for sections containing plug-on vertical bus shall have six taps spaced 12 inches. apart.Unused tee connectors will be capped at the factory. B. Sectioned cabinets shall have six pre-molded trunklines with tees.Full length cabinets shall have one trunidine with a tee.A tee at the bottom of each section shall provide the means of connection to the next section with a pre-molded section of cable. tC. A 36-inches "pigtail"cable shall connect the tee in the dropline to the PROFIBUS DP device located in the MCC unit. ' D. Each device shall be configured and addressed to correspond with software settings. 1416-03 16482Motor Contro;Centers—Low Voltage dor 1 6482-1 5 ZEL —ENGINEERS- SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE E. A Read/Write test shall be performed prior to shipment on all network devices including, ' but not limited to, Overloads,Drives, and Soft Starters, F. Testing shall be designed to verify system operation and shall include these verifications as ' a minimum: a. Drawings and Bill of Materials b. I/O addressing c. Correct device operation by I/O address d. Host Communications e. Control Network Interface f. Markings/Labels include: 1) Instructional type 2) Underwriters Laboratory(UL)/Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 3) Inspector's stamps G. The manufacturer shall use integral quality control checks throughout the manufacturing ' process to ensure that the MCC meets operating specifications. 2.19 QUALITY CONTROL ' A. The entire MCC shall go through a quality inspection before shipment. This inspection will include: 1. Physical Inspection of: a. Structure. b. Electrical conductors,including: 1) bussing. 2) general wiring. 3) units. 2. Electrical Tests a. General electrical tests include: 1) power circuit phasing. 2) control circuit wiring. 3) instrument transformers. 4) meters. 5) ground fault system. 6) device electrical operation. b. AC dielectric tests shall be performed on the power circuit. 3. Markings/Labels,include: a. instructional type. b. Underwriters Laboratory(UL)/Canadian Standards Association(CSA). c. inspector's stamps. 4. Each device shall be configured and addressed to correspond with software settings. 5. A Read/Write test shall be performed prior to shipment on all network devices including,but not limited to, Overloads,Drives,and Soft Starters. 1416-O3164S2Motor Control Crntert:–Low Voltagc.doc 16482-16 ZEL ' —ENGINEERS— ' SECTION 16482 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 6. Testing shall be designed to verify system operation and shall include these verifications as a minimum: ' a. Drawings and Bill of Materials b. UO addressing c. Correct device operation by I/O address d. Host Communications ' e. Control Network Interface 7. The manufacturer shall use integral quality control checks throughout the manufacturing process to ensure that the MCC meets operating specifications. ' PART 3 EXECUTION ' 3.1 LOCATION A. Motor control centers are not to be placed in hazardous locations: The area chosenshall be well ventilated and totally free from humidity,dust and dirt. The temperature of the area ' shall be no less than 32 degrees F and no greater than 104 degrees F. For indoor locations, protection must be provided to prevent moisture entering the enclosure. B. Motor control centers shall be located in an area with a minimum of 3 ft of free space in. front of front-of-board construction. An additional 3 ft should be allowed in the rear of back-to-back construction. This free space will give adequate-room-to remove and install ' units. A minimum of 0.5 inche space should be provided between the back of front-of- board MCCs and a wall,6 inches required for damp locations. ' C. The motor control centers shall be assembled in the factory an a smooth level surface so that all sections are properly aligned. A similar smooth and level surface shall be provided for installation. An uneven foundation will cause misalignment of shipping blocks,units, ' and doors. The surface under a MCC shall be of a non-combustible material unless bottom plates are installed in each vertical section. 3.2 PACKING/SHIPPING ' A. The MCC shall be separated into shipping blocks no more than three vertical sections each. Shipping blocks shall be shipped on their sides to permit easier handling at the jobsite. ' Each shipping block shall include a removable lifting angle,which will allow an easy means of attaching an overhead crane or other suitable lifting equipment. 3.3 STORAGE A. If'the MCC cannot be placed into service reasonably soon after its receipt,store it in a ' clean,dry and ventilated building free from temperature extremes. Acceptable storage temperatures are from 32 degrees F to 104 degrees F. 1 ' 1416-0316482MotorContro1Centers–Low Voltage.doc 16482-17ZEL —ENGINEERS- I SECTION 16482 1 MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS-LOW VOLTAGE 3.4 WARRANTY 1 A. The MCC shall be warranted to be free from defects in materials and worlananship for a period of eighteen(18)months from date of invoice from manufacturer or authorized sales channel. END OF SECTION 1 1 i 1 1 1 i i i 1 1416-03 I6483Motor Control Centro–Law Voltage doc 16482-18 ZEL 1 —ENGINEERS— 1